Sample records for linear potential theory

  1. Robust global identifiability theory using potentials--Application to compartmental models.

    PubMed

    Wongvanich, N; Hann, C E; Sirisena, H R

    2015-04-01

    This paper presents a global practical identifiability theory for analyzing and identifying linear and nonlinear compartmental models. The compartmental system is prolonged onto the potential jet space to formulate a set of input-output equations that are integrals in terms of the measured data, which allows for robust identification of parameters without requiring any simulation of the model differential equations. Two classes of linear and non-linear compartmental models are considered. The theory is first applied to analyze the linear nitrous oxide (N2O) uptake model. The fitting accuracy of the identified models from differential jet space and potential jet space identifiability theories is compared with a realistic noise level of 3% which is derived from sensor noise data in the literature. The potential jet space approach gave a match that was well within the coefficient of variation. The differential jet space formulation was unstable and not suitable for parameter identification. The proposed theory is then applied to a nonlinear immunological model for mastitis in cows. In addition, the model formulation is extended to include an iterative method which allows initial conditions to be accurately identified. With up to 10% noise, the potential jet space theory predicts the normalized population concentration infected with pathogens, to within 9% of the true curve. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  2. Scalar-tensor linear inflation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Artymowski, Michał; Racioppi, Antonio, E-mail: Michal.Artymowski@uj.edu.pl, E-mail: Antonio.Racioppi@kbfi.ee

    2017-04-01

    We investigate two approaches to non-minimally coupled gravity theories which present linear inflation as attractor solution: a) the scalar-tensor theory approach, where we look for a scalar-tensor theory that would restore results of linear inflation in the strong coupling limit for a non-minimal coupling to gravity of the form of f (φ) R /2; b) the particle physics approach, where we motivate the form of the Jordan frame potential by loop corrections to the inflaton field. In both cases the Jordan frame potentials are modifications of the induced gravity inflationary scenario, but instead of the Starobinsky attractor they lead tomore » linear inflation in the strong coupling limit.« less

  3. PAN AIR: A computer program for predicting subsonic or supersonic linear potential flows about arbitrary configurations using a higher order panel method. Volume 1: Theory document (version 1.1)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Magnus, A. E.; Epton, M. A.

    1981-01-01

    Panel aerodynamics (PAN AIR) is a system of computer programs designed to analyze subsonic and supersonic inviscid flows about arbitrary configurations. A panel method is a program which solves a linear partial differential equation by approximating the configuration surface by a set of panels. An overview of the theory of potential flow in general and PAN AIR in particular is given along with detailed mathematical formulations. Fluid dynamics, the Navier-Stokes equation, and the theory of panel methods were also discussed.

  4. COMPUTATIONAL ELECTROCHEMISTRY: AQUEOUS ONE-ELECTRON OXIDATION POTENTIALS FOR SUBSTITUTED ANILINES

    EPA Science Inventory

    Semiempirical molecular orbital theory and density functional theory are used to compute one-electron oxidation potentials for aniline and a set of 21 mono- and di-substituted anilines in aqueous solution. Linear relationships between theoretical predictions and experiment are co...

  5. Linear programming model to develop geodiversity map using utility theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sepehr, Adel

    2015-04-01

    In this article, the classification and mapping of geodiversity based on a quantitative methodology was accomplished using linear programming, the central idea of which being that geosites and geomorphosites as main indicators of geodiversity can be evaluated by utility theory. A linear programming method was applied for geodiversity mapping over Khorasan-razavi province located in eastern north of Iran. In this route, the main criteria for distinguishing geodiversity potential in the studied area were considered regarding rocks type (lithology), faults position (tectonic process), karst area (dynamic process), Aeolian landforms frequency and surface river forms. These parameters were investigated by thematic maps including geology, topography and geomorphology at scales 1:100'000, 1:50'000 and 1:250'000 separately, imagery data involving SPOT, ETM+ (Landsat 7) and field operations directly. The geological thematic layer was simplified from the original map using a practical lithologic criterion based on a primary genetic rocks classification representing metamorphic, igneous and sedimentary rocks. The geomorphology map was provided using DEM at scale 30m extracted by ASTER data, geology and google earth images. The geology map shows tectonic status and geomorphology indicated dynamic processes and landform (karst, Aeolian and river). Then, according to the utility theory algorithms, we proposed a linear programming to classify geodiversity degree in the studied area based on geology/morphology parameters. The algorithm used in the methodology was consisted a linear function to be maximized geodiversity to certain constraints in the form of linear equations. The results of this research indicated three classes of geodiversity potential including low, medium and high status. The geodiversity potential shows satisfied conditions in the Karstic areas and Aeolian landscape. Also the utility theory used in the research has been decreased uncertainty of the evaluations.

  6. f(R) gravity on non-linear scales: the post-Friedmann expansion and the vector potential

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Thomas, D.B.; Bruni, M.; Koyama, K.

    2015-07-01

    Many modified gravity theories are under consideration in cosmology as the source of the accelerated expansion of the universe and linear perturbation theory, valid on the largest scales, has been examined in many of these models. However, smaller non-linear scales offer a richer phenomenology with which to constrain modified gravity theories. Here, we consider the Hu-Sawicki form of f(R) gravity and apply the post-Friedmann approach to derive the leading order equations for non-linear scales, i.e. the equations valid in the Newtonian-like regime. We reproduce the standard equations for the scalar field, gravitational slip and the modified Poisson equation in amore » coherent framework. In addition, we derive the equation for the leading order correction to the Newtonian regime, the vector potential. We measure this vector potential from f(R) N-body simulations at redshift zero and one, for two values of the f{sub R{sub 0}} parameter. We find that the vector potential at redshift zero in f(R) gravity can be close to 50% larger than in GR on small scales for |f{sub R{sub 0}}|=1.289 × 10{sup −5}, although this is less for larger scales, earlier times and smaller values of the f{sub R{sub 0}} parameter. Similarly to in GR, the small amplitude of this vector potential suggests that the Newtonian approximation is highly accurate for f(R) gravity, and also that the non-linear cosmological behaviour of f(R) gravity can be completely described by just the scalar potentials and the f(R) field.« less

  7. A Van der Waals-like theory of plasma double layers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Katz, Ira; Davis, V. A.

    1989-01-01

    A theory describing plasma double layers in terms of multiple roots of the charge density expression is presented. The theory presented uses the fact that equilibrium plasmas shield small potential perturbations linearly; for high potentials, the shielding decreases. The approach is analogous to Van der Waals' theory of simple fluids in which inclusion of approximate expressions for both excluded volume and long range attractive forces sufficiently describes the first-order liquid-gas phase transition.

  8. Smoothed Residual Plots for Generalized Linear Models. Technical Report #450.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brant, Rollin

    Methods for examining the viability of assumptions underlying generalized linear models are considered. By appealing to the likelihood, a natural generalization of the raw residual plot for normal theory models is derived and is applied to investigating potential misspecification of the linear predictor. A smooth version of the plot is also…

  9. Linearized modified gravity theories with a cosmological term: advance of perihelion and deflection of light

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Özer, Hatice; Delice, Özgür

    2018-03-01

    Two different ways of generalizing Einstein’s general theory of relativity with a cosmological constant to Brans–Dicke type scalar–tensor theories are investigated in the linearized field approximation. In the first case a cosmological constant term is coupled to a scalar field linearly whereas in the second case an arbitrary potential plays the role of a variable cosmological term. We see that the former configuration leads to a massless scalar field whereas the latter leads to a massive scalar field. General solutions of these linearized field equations for both cases are obtained corresponding to a static point mass. Geodesics of these solutions are also presented and solar system effects such as the advance of the perihelion, deflection of light rays and gravitational redshift were discussed. In general relativity a cosmological constant has no role in these phenomena. We see that for the Brans–Dicke theory, the cosmological constant also has no effect on these phenomena. This is because solar system observations require very large values of the Brans–Dicke parameter and the correction terms to these phenomena becomes identical to GR for these large values of this parameter. This result is also observed for the theory with arbitrary potential if the mass of the scalar field is very light. For a very heavy scalar field, however, there is no such limit on the value of this parameter and there are ranges of this parameter where these contributions may become relevant in these scales. Galactic and intergalactic dynamics is also discussed for these theories at the latter part of the paper with similar conclusions.

  10. Linearized compressible-flow theory for sonic flight speeds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Heaslet, Max A; Lomax, Harvard; Spreiter, John R

    1950-01-01

    The partial differential equation for the perturbation velocity potential is examined for free-stream Mach numbers close to and equal to one. It is found that, under the assumptions of linearized theory, solutions can be found consistent with the theory for lifting-surface problems both in stationary three-dimensional flow and in unsteady two-dimensional flow. Several examples are solved including a three dimensional swept-back wing and two dimensional harmonically-oscillating wing, both for a free stream Mach number equal to one. Momentum relations for the evaluation of wave and vortex drag are also discussed. (author)

  11. Linear network representation of multistate models of transport.

    PubMed Central

    Sandblom, J; Ring, A; Eisenman, G

    1982-01-01

    By introducing external driving forces in rate-theory models of transport we show how the Eyring rate equations can be transformed into Ohm's law with potentials that obey Kirchhoff's second law. From such a formalism the state diagram of a multioccupancy multicomponent system can be directly converted into linear network with resistors connecting nodal (branch) points and with capacitances connecting each nodal point with a reference point. The external forces appear as emf or current generators in the network. This theory allows the algebraic methods of linear network theory to be used in solving the flux equations for multistate models and is particularly useful for making proper simplifying approximation in models of complex membrane structure. Some general properties of linear network representation are also deduced. It is shown, for instance, that Maxwell's reciprocity relationships of linear networks lead directly to Onsager's relationships in the near equilibrium region. Finally, as an example of the procedure, the equivalent circuit method is used to solve the equations for a few transport models. PMID:7093425

  12. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bose, Benjamin; Koyama, Kazuya, E-mail: benjamin.bose@port.ac.uk, E-mail: kazuya.koyama@port.ac.uk

    We develop a code to produce the power spectrum in redshift space based on standard perturbation theory (SPT) at 1-loop order. The code can be applied to a wide range of modified gravity and dark energy models using a recently proposed numerical method by A.Taruya to find the SPT kernels. This includes Horndeski's theory with a general potential, which accommodates both chameleon and Vainshtein screening mechanisms and provides a non-linear extension of the effective theory of dark energy up to the third order. Focus is on a recent non-linear model of the redshift space power spectrum which has been shownmore » to model the anisotropy very well at relevant scales for the SPT framework, as well as capturing relevant non-linear effects typical of modified gravity theories. We provide consistency checks of the code against established results and elucidate its application within the light of upcoming high precision RSD data.« less

  13. Evaluation of linear induction motor characteristics : the Yamamura model

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    1975-04-30

    The Yamamura theory of the double-sided linear induction motor (LIM) excited by a constant current source is discussed in some detail. The report begins with a derivation of thrust and airgap power using the method of vector potentials and theorem of...

  14. Local control theory using trajectory surface hopping and linear-response time-dependent density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Curchod, Basile F E; Penfold, Thomas J; Rothlisberger, Ursula; Tavernelli, Ivano

    2013-01-01

    The implementation of local control theory using nonadiabatic molecular dynamics within the framework of linear-response time-dependent density functional theory is discussed. The method is applied to study the photoexcitation of lithium fluoride, for which we demonstrate that this approach can efficiently generate a pulse, on-the-fly, able to control the population transfer between two selected electronic states. Analysis of the computed control pulse yields insights into the photophysics of the process identifying the relevant frequencies associated to the curvature of the initial and final state potential energy curves and their energy differences. The limitations inherent to the use of the trajectory surface hopping approach are also discussed.

  15. New infinite-dimensional hidden symmetries for heterotic string theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gao Yajun

    The symmetry structures of two-dimensional heterotic string theory are studied further. A (2d+n)x(2d+n) matrix complex H-potential is constructed and the field equations are extended into a complex matrix formulation. A pair of Hauser-Ernst-type linear systems are established. Based on these linear systems, explicit formulations of new hidden symmetry transformations for the considered theory are given and then these symmetry transformations are verified to constitute infinite-dimensional Lie algebras: the semidirect product of the Kac-Moody o(d,d+n-circumflex) and Virasoro algebras (without center charges). These results demonstrate that the heterotic string theory under consideration possesses more and richer symmetry structures than previously expected.

  16. Applications of potential theory computations to transonic aeroelasticity

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Edwards, J. W.

    1986-01-01

    Unsteady aerodynamic and aeroelastic stability calculations based upon transonic small disturbance (TSD) potential theory are presented. Results from the two-dimensional XTRAN2L code and the three-dimensional XTRAN3S code are compared with experiment to demonstrate the ability of TSD codes to treat transonic effects. The necessity of nonisentropic corrections to transonic potential theory is demonstrated. Dynamic computational effects resulting from the choice of grid and boundary conditions are illustrated. Unsteady airloads for a number of parameter variations including airfoil shape and thickness, Mach number, frequency, and amplitude are given. Finally, samples of transonic aeroelastic calculations are given. A key observation is the extent to which unsteady transonic airloads calculated by inviscid potential theory may be treated in a locally linear manner.

  17. Aerodynamic preliminary analysis system. Part 1: Theory. [linearized potential theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bonner, E.; Clever, W.; Dunn, K.

    1978-01-01

    A comprehensive aerodynamic analysis program based on linearized potential theory is described. The solution treats thickness and attitude problems at subsonic and supersonic speeds. Three dimensional configurations with or without jet flaps having multiple non-planar surfaces of arbitrary planform and open or closed slender bodies of non-circular contour may be analyzed. Longitudinal and lateral-directional static and rotary derivative solutions may be generated. The analysis was implemented on a time sharing system in conjunction with an input tablet digitizer and an interactive graphics input/output display and editing terminal to maximize its responsiveness to the preliminary analysis problem. Nominal case computation time of 45 CPU seconds on the CDC 175 for a 200 panel simulation indicates the program provides an efficient analysis for systematically performing various aerodynamic configuration tradeoff and evaluation studies.

  18. The interplay between screening properties and colloid anisotropy: towards a reliable pair potential for disc-like charged particles.

    PubMed

    Agra, R; Trizac, E; Bocquet, L

    2004-12-01

    The electrostatic potential of a highly charged disc (clay platelet) in an electrolyte is investigated in detail. The corresponding non-linear Poisson-Boltzmann (PB) equation is solved numerically, and we show that the far-field behaviour (relevant for colloidal interactions in dilute suspensions) is exactly that obtained within linearized PB theory, with the surface boundary condition of a uniform potential. The latter linear problem is solved by a new semi-analytical procedure and both the potential amplitude (quantified by an effective charge) and potential anisotropy coincide closely within PB and linearized PB, provided the disc bare charge is high enough. This anisotropy remains at all scales; it is encoded in a function that may vary over several orders of magnitude depending on the azimuthal angle under which the disc is seen. The results allow to construct a pair potential for discs interaction, that is strongly orientation dependent.

  19. Functional differentiability in time-dependent quantum mechanics.

    PubMed

    Penz, Markus; Ruggenthaler, Michael

    2015-03-28

    In this work, we investigate the functional differentiability of the time-dependent many-body wave function and of derived quantities with respect to time-dependent potentials. For properly chosen Banach spaces of potentials and wave functions, Fréchet differentiability is proven. From this follows an estimate for the difference of two solutions to the time-dependent Schrödinger equation that evolve under the influence of different potentials. Such results can be applied directly to the one-particle density and to bounded operators, and present a rigorous formulation of non-equilibrium linear-response theory where the usual Lehmann representation of the linear-response kernel is not valid. Further, the Fréchet differentiability of the wave function provides a new route towards proving basic properties of time-dependent density-functional theory.

  20. Equilibrium finite-frequency noise of an interacting mesoscopic capacitor studied in time-dependent density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dittmann, Niklas; Splettstoesser, Janine; Helbig, Nicole

    2018-03-01

    We calculate the frequency-dependent equilibrium noise of a mesoscopic capacitor in time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT). The capacitor is modeled as a single-level quantum dot with on-site Coulomb interaction and tunnel coupling to a nearby reservoir. The noise spectra are derived from linear-response conductances via the fluctuation-dissipation theorem. Thereby, we analyze the performance of a recently derived exchange-correlation potential with time-nonlocal density dependence in the finite-frequency linear-response regime. We compare our TDDFT noise spectra with real-time perturbation theory and find excellent agreement for noise frequencies below the reservoir temperature.

  1. Calculations on the forces and moments for an oscillating wing-aileron combination in two-dimensional potential flow at sonic speed

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nelson, Herbert C; Berman, Julian H

    1953-01-01

    The linearized theory for compressible unsteady flow is used, as suggested in recent contributions to the subject, to obtain the velocity potential and the lift and moment for a thin harmonically oscillating, two-dimensional wing-aileron combination moving at sonic speed. The velocity potential is derived by considering the sonic case as the limit of the linearized supersonic theory. From the velocity potential explicit expressions for the lift and moment are developed for vertical translation and pitching of the wing and rotation of the aileron. The sonic results are compared and found to be consistent with previously obtained subsonic and supersonic results. Several figures are presented showing the variation of lift and moment with reduced frequency and Mach number and the influence of Mach number on some cases of bending-torsion flutter.

  2. STOCK Mechanics:. a General Theory and Method of Energy Conservation with Applications on Djia

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tuncay, Çağlar

    A new method, based on the original theory of conservation of sum of kinetic and potential energy defined for prices is proposed and applied on the Dow Jones Industrials Average (DJIA). The general trends averaged over months or years gave a roughly conserved total energy, with three different potential energies, i.e., positive definite quadratic, negative definite quadratic and linear potential energy for exponential rises (and falls), sinusoidal oscillations and parabolic trajectories, respectively. Corresponding expressions for force (impact) are also given.

  3. Antenna theory: Analysis and design

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Balanis, C. A.

    The book's main objective is to introduce the fundamental principles of antenna theory and to apply them to the analysis, design, and measurements of antennas. In a description of antennas, the radiation mechanism is discussed along with the current distribution on a thin wire. Fundamental parameters of antennas are examined, taking into account the radiation pattern, radiation power density, radiation intensity, directivity, numerical techniques, gain, antenna efficiency, half-power beamwidth, beam efficiency, bandwidth, polarization, input impedance, and antenna temperature. Attention is given to radiation integrals and auxiliary potential functions, linear wire antennas, loop antennas, linear and circular arrays, self- and mutual impedances of linear elements and arrays, broadband dipoles and matching techniques, traveling wave and broadband antennas, frequency independent antennas and antenna miniaturization, the geometrical theory of diffraction, horns, reflectors and lens antennas, antenna synthesis and continuous sources, and antenna measurements.

  4. Koopman operator theory: Past, present, and future

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brunton, Steven; Kaiser, Eurika; Kutz, Nathan

    2017-11-01

    Koopman operator theory has emerged as a dominant method to represent nonlinear dynamics in terms of an infinite-dimensional linear operator. The Koopman operator acts on the space of all possible measurement functions of the system state, advancing these measurements with the flow of the dynamics. A linear representation of nonlinear dynamics has tremendous potential to enable the prediction, estimation, and control of nonlinear systems with standard textbook methods developed for linear systems. Dynamic mode decomposition has become the leading data-driven method to approximate the Koopman operator, although there are still open questions and challenges around how to obtain accurate approximations for strongly nonlinear systems. This talk will provide an introductory overview of modern Koopman operator theory, reviewing the basics and describing recent theoretical and algorithmic developments. Particular emphasis will be placed on the use of data-driven Koopman theory to characterize and control high-dimensional fluid dynamic systems. This talk will also address key advances in the rapidly growing fields of machine learning and data science that are likely to drive future developments.

  5. Quasilocal conserved charges in a covariant theory of gravity.

    PubMed

    Kim, Wontae; Kulkarni, Shailesh; Yi, Sang-Heon

    2013-08-23

    In any generally covariant theory of gravity, we show the relationship between the linearized asymptotically conserved current and its nonlinear completion through the identically conserved current. Our formulation for conserved charges is based on the Lagrangian description, and so completely covariant. By using this result, we give a prescription to define quasilocal conserved charges in any higher derivative gravity. As applications of our approach, we demonstrate the angular momentum invariance along the radial direction of black holes and reproduce more efficiently the linearized potential on the asymptotic anti-de Sitter space.

  6. Solving the Problem of Linear Viscoelasticity for Piecewise-Homogeneous Anisotropic Plates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kaloerov, S. A.; Koshkin, A. A.

    2017-11-01

    An approximate method for solving the problem of linear viscoelasticity for thin anisotropic plates subject to transverse bending is proposed. The method of small parameter is used to reduce the problem to a sequence of boundary problems of applied theory of bending of plates solved using complex potentials. The general form of complex potentials in approximations and the boundary conditions for determining them are obtained. Problems for a plate with elliptic elastic inclusions are solved as an example. The numerical results for a plate with one, two elliptical (circular), and linear inclusions are analyzed.

  7. An oscillatory kernel function method for lifting surfaces in mixed transonic flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cunningham, A. M., Jr.

    1974-01-01

    A study was conducted on the use of combined subsonic and supersonic linear theory to obtain economical and yet realistic solutions to unsteady transonic flow problems. With some modification, existing linear theory methods were combined into a single computer program. The method was applied to problems for which measured steady Mach number distributions and unsteady pressure distributions were available. By comparing theory and experiment, the transonic method showed a significant improvement over uniform flow methods. The results also indicated that more exact local Mach number effects and normal shock boundary conditions on the perturbation potential were needed. The validity of these improvements was demonstrated by application to steady flow.

  8. Linear-response time-dependent density-functional theory with pairing fields.

    PubMed

    Peng, Degao; van Aggelen, Helen; Yang, Yang; Yang, Weitao

    2014-05-14

    Recent development in particle-particle random phase approximation (pp-RPA) broadens the perspective on ground state correlation energies [H. van Aggelen, Y. Yang, and W. Yang, Phys. Rev. A 88, 030501 (2013), Y. Yang, H. van Aggelen, S. N. Steinmann, D. Peng, and W. Yang, J. Chem. Phys. 139, 174110 (2013); D. Peng, S. N. Steinmann, H. van Aggelen, and W. Yang, J. Chem. Phys. 139, 104112 (2013)] and N ± 2 excitation energies [Y. Yang, H. van Aggelen, and W. Yang, J. Chem. Phys. 139, 224105 (2013)]. So far Hartree-Fock and approximated density-functional orbitals have been utilized to evaluate the pp-RPA equation. In this paper, to further explore the fundamentals and the potential use of pairing matrix dependent functionals, we present the linear-response time-dependent density-functional theory with pairing fields with both adiabatic and frequency-dependent kernels. This theory is related to the density-functional theory and time-dependent density-functional theory for superconductors, but is applied to normal non-superconducting systems for our purpose. Due to the lack of the proof of the one-to-one mapping between the pairing matrix and the pairing field for time-dependent systems, the linear-response theory is established based on the representability assumption of the pairing matrix. The linear response theory justifies the use of approximated density-functionals in the pp-RPA equation. This work sets the fundamentals for future density-functional development to enhance the description of ground state correlation energies and N ± 2 excitation energies.

  9. Determining polarizable force fields with electrostatic potentials from quantum mechanical linear response theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wang, Hao; Yang, Weitao, E-mail: weitao.yang@duke.edu; Department of Physics, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708

    We developed a new method to calculate the atomic polarizabilities by fitting to the electrostatic potentials (ESPs) obtained from quantum mechanical (QM) calculations within the linear response theory. This parallels the conventional approach of fitting atomic charges based on electrostatic potentials from the electron density. Our ESP fitting is combined with the induced dipole model under the perturbation of uniform external electric fields of all orientations. QM calculations for the linear response to the external electric fields are used as input, fully consistent with the induced dipole model, which itself is a linear response model. The orientation of the uniformmore » external electric fields is integrated in all directions. The integration of orientation and QM linear response calculations together makes the fitting results independent of the orientations and magnitudes of the uniform external electric fields applied. Another advantage of our method is that QM calculation is only needed once, in contrast to the conventional approach, where many QM calculations are needed for many different applied electric fields. The molecular polarizabilities obtained from our method show comparable accuracy with those from fitting directly to the experimental or theoretical molecular polarizabilities. Since ESP is directly fitted, atomic polarizabilities obtained from our method are expected to reproduce the electrostatic interactions better. Our method was used to calculate both transferable atomic polarizabilities for polarizable molecular mechanics’ force fields and nontransferable molecule-specific atomic polarizabilities.« less

  10. Linear dependence between the wavefront gradient and the masked intensity for the point source with a CCD sensor

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Huizhen; Ma, Liang; Wang, Bin

    2018-01-01

    In contrast to the conventional adaptive optics (AO) system, the wavefront sensorless (WFSless) AO system doesn't need a WFS to measure the wavefront aberrations. It is simpler than the conventional AO in system architecture and can be applied to the complex conditions. The model-based WFSless system has a great potential in real-time correction applications because of its fast convergence. The control algorithm of the model-based WFSless system is based on an important theory result that is the linear relation between the Mean-Square Gradient (MSG) magnitude of the wavefront aberration and the second moment of the masked intensity distribution in the focal plane (also called as Masked Detector Signal-MDS). The linear dependence between MSG and MDS for the point source imaging with a CCD sensor will be discussed from theory and simulation in this paper. The theory relationship between MSG and MDS is given based on our previous work. To verify the linear relation for the point source, we set up an imaging model under atmospheric turbulence. Additionally, the value of MDS will be deviate from that of theory because of the noise of detector and further the deviation will affect the correction effect. The theory results under noise will be obtained through theoretical derivation and then the linear relation between MDS and MDS under noise will be discussed through the imaging model. Results show the linear relation between MDS and MDS under noise is also maintained well, which provides a theoretical support to applications of the model-based WFSless system.

  11. Focal points and principal solutions of linear Hamiltonian systems revisited

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Šepitka, Peter; Šimon Hilscher, Roman

    2018-05-01

    In this paper we present a novel view on the principal (and antiprincipal) solutions of linear Hamiltonian systems, as well as on the focal points of their conjoined bases. We present a new and unified theory of principal (and antiprincipal) solutions at a finite point and at infinity, and apply it to obtain new representation of the multiplicities of right and left proper focal points of conjoined bases. We show that these multiplicities can be characterized by the abnormality of the system in a neighborhood of the given point and by the rank of the associated T-matrix from the theory of principal (and antiprincipal) solutions. We also derive some additional important results concerning the representation of T-matrices and associated normalized conjoined bases. The results in this paper are new even for completely controllable linear Hamiltonian systems. We also discuss other potential applications of our main results, in particular in the singular Sturmian theory.

  12. Impact Tsunami Calculations: Hydrodynamical Simulations vs. Linear Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Korycansky, E.; Asphaug, E.; Ward, S. N.

    2003-01-01

    Tsunamis generated by the impacts of asteroids and comets into the Earth oceans are widely recognized as a potential catastrophic hazard to the Earth s population. Our general conclusion is that linear theory is a reasonably accurate guide to behavior of tsunamis generated by impactors of moderate size, where the initial transient impact cavity is of moderate depth compared to the ocean depth. This is particularly the case for long wavelength waves that propagate fastest and would reach coastlines first. Such tsunamis would be generated in the open ocean by impactors of 300 meters in diameter, which might be expected to strike the Earth once every few thousand years, on the average. Larger impactors produce cavities deep enough to reach the ocean floor; even here, linear theory is applicable if the starting point is chosen at a later phase in the calculation when the impact crater has slumped back to produce a cavity of moderate depth and slope.

  13. Invertibility of retarded response functions for Laplace transformable potentials: Application to one-body reduced density matrix functional theory.

    PubMed

    Giesbertz, K J H

    2015-08-07

    A theorem for the invertibility of arbitrary response functions is presented under the following conditions: the time dependence of the potentials should be Laplace transformable and the initial state should be a ground state, though it might be degenerate. This theorem provides a rigorous foundation for all density-functional-like theories in the time-dependent linear response regime. Especially for time-dependent one-body reduced density matrix (1RDM) functional theory, this is an important step forward, since a solid foundation has currently been lacking. The theorem is equally valid for static response functions in the non-degenerate case, so can be used to characterize the uniqueness of the potential in the ground state version of the corresponding density-functional-like theory. Such a classification of the uniqueness of the non-local potential in ground state 1RDM functional theory has been lacking for decades. With the aid of presented invertibility theorem presented here, a complete classification of the non-uniqueness of the non-local potential in 1RDM functional theory can be given for the first time.

  14. Influence of thickness and camber on the aeroelastic stability of supersonic throughflow fans: An engineering approach

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ramsey, John K.

    1989-01-01

    An engineering approach was used to include the nonlinear effects of thickness and camber in an analytical aeroelastic analysis of cascades in supersonic acial flow (supersonic leading-edge locus). A hybrid code using Lighthill's nonlinear piston theory and Lanes's linear potential theory was developed to include these nonlinear effects. Lighthill's theory was used to calculate the unsteady pressures on the noninterference surface regions of the airfoils in cascade. Lane's theory was used to calculate the unsteady pressures on the remaining interference surface regions. Two airfoil profiles was investigated (a supersonic throughflow fan design and a NACA 66-206 airfoil with a sharp leading edge). Results show that compared with predictions of Lane's potential theory for flat plates, the inclusion of thickness (with or without camber) may increase or decrease the aeroelastic stability, depending on the airfoil geometry and operating conditions. When thickness effects are included in the aeroelastic analysis, inclusion of camber will influence the predicted stability in proportion to the magnitude of the added camber. The critical interblade phase angle, depending on the airfoil profile and operating conditions, may also be influenced by thickness and camber. Compared with predictions of Lane's linear potential theory, the inclusion of thickness and camber decreased the aerodynamic stifness and increased the aerodynamic damping at Mach 2 and 2.95 for a cascade of supersonic throughflow fan airfoils oscillating 180 degrees out of phase at a reduced frequency of 0.1.

  15. Energetics and optimum motion of oscillating lifting surfaces of finite span

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ahmadi, A. R.; Widnall, S. E.

    1986-01-01

    In certain modes of animal propulsion in nature, such as bird flight and fish swimming, the efficiency compared to man-made vehicles is very high. In such cases, wing and tail motions are typically associated with relatively high Reynolds numbers, where viscous effects are confined to a thin boundary layer at the surface and a thin trailing wake. The propulsive forces, which are generated primarily by the inertial forces, can be calculated from potential-flow theory using linearized unsteady-wing theory (for small-amplitude oscillations). In the present study, a recently developed linearized, low-frequency, unsteady lifting-line theory is employed to calculate the (sectional and total) energetic quantities and optimum motion of an oscillating wing of finite span.

  16. Linearized potential solution for an airfoil in nonuniform parallel streams

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Prabhu, R. K.; Tiwari, S. N.

    1983-01-01

    A small perturbation potential flow theory is applied to the problem of determining the chordwise pressure distribution, lift and pitching moment of a thin airfoil in the middle of five parallel streams. This theory is then extended to the case of an undisturbed stream having a given smooth velocity profile. Two typical examples are considered and the results obtained are compared with available solutions of Euler's equations. The agreement between these two results is not quite satisfactory. Possible reasons for the differences are indicated.

  17. Local and linear chemical reactivity response functions at finite temperature in density functional theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Franco-Pérez, Marco, E-mail: francopj@mcmaster.ca, E-mail: ayers@mcmaster.ca, E-mail: jlgm@xanum.uam.mx, E-mail: avela@cinvestav.mx; Departamento de Química, Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana-Iztapalapa, Av. San Rafael Atlixco 186, México, D.F. 09340; Ayers, Paul W., E-mail: francopj@mcmaster.ca, E-mail: ayers@mcmaster.ca, E-mail: jlgm@xanum.uam.mx, E-mail: avela@cinvestav.mx

    2015-12-28

    We explore the local and nonlocal response functions of the grand canonical potential density functional at nonzero temperature. In analogy to the zero-temperature treatment, local (e.g., the average electron density and the local softness) and nonlocal (e.g., the softness kernel) intrinsic response functions are defined as partial derivatives of the grand canonical potential with respect to its thermodynamic variables (i.e., the chemical potential of the electron reservoir and the external potential generated by the atomic nuclei). To define the local and nonlocal response functions of the electron density (e.g., the Fukui function, the linear density response function, and the dualmore » descriptor), we differentiate with respect to the average electron number and the external potential. The well-known mathematical relationships between the intrinsic response functions and the electron-density responses are generalized to nonzero temperature, and we prove that in the zero-temperature limit, our results recover well-known identities from the density functional theory of chemical reactivity. Specific working equations and numerical results are provided for the 3-state ensemble model.« less

  18. Local and linear chemical reactivity response functions at finite temperature in density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Franco-Pérez, Marco; Ayers, Paul W; Gázquez, José L; Vela, Alberto

    2015-12-28

    We explore the local and nonlocal response functions of the grand canonical potential density functional at nonzero temperature. In analogy to the zero-temperature treatment, local (e.g., the average electron density and the local softness) and nonlocal (e.g., the softness kernel) intrinsic response functions are defined as partial derivatives of the grand canonical potential with respect to its thermodynamic variables (i.e., the chemical potential of the electron reservoir and the external potential generated by the atomic nuclei). To define the local and nonlocal response functions of the electron density (e.g., the Fukui function, the linear density response function, and the dual descriptor), we differentiate with respect to the average electron number and the external potential. The well-known mathematical relationships between the intrinsic response functions and the electron-density responses are generalized to nonzero temperature, and we prove that in the zero-temperature limit, our results recover well-known identities from the density functional theory of chemical reactivity. Specific working equations and numerical results are provided for the 3-state ensemble model.

  19. The Double-Well Potential in Quantum Mechanics: A Simple, Numerically Exact Formulation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jelic, V.; Marsiglio, F.

    2012-01-01

    The double-well potential is arguably one of the most important potentials in quantum mechanics, because the solution contains the notion of a state as a linear superposition of "classical" states, a concept which has become very important in quantum information theory. It is therefore desirable to have solutions to simple double-well potentials…

  20. Discriminating between two reformulations of SU(3) Yang-Mills theory on a lattice

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shibata, Akihiro; Kondo, Kei-Ichi; Shinohara, Toru

    2016-01-22

    In order to investigate quark confinement, we give a new reformulation of the SU (N) Yang-Mills theory on a lattice and present the results of the numerical simulations of the SU (3) Yang-Mills theory on a lattice. The numerical simulations include the derivation of the linear potential for static interquark potential, i.e., non-vanishing string tension, in which the “Abelian” dominance and magnetic monopole dominance are established, confirmation of the dual Meissner effect by measuring the chromoelectric flux tube between quark-antiquark pair, the induced magnetic-monopole current, and the type of dual superconductivity, etc.

  1. A parametrisation of modified gravity on nonlinear cosmological scales

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lombriser, Lucas, E-mail: llo@roe.ac.uk

    2016-11-01

    Viable modifications of gravity on cosmological scales predominantly rely on screening mechanisms to recover Einstein's Theory of General Relativity in the Solar System, where it has been well tested. A parametrisation of the effects of such modifications in the spherical collapse model is presented here for the use of modelling the modified nonlinear cosmological structure. The formalism allows an embedding of the different screening mechanisms operating in scalar-tensor theories through large values of the gravitational potential or its first or second derivatives as well as of linear suppression effects or more general transitions between modified and Einstein gravity limits. Eachmore » screening or suppression mechanism is parametrised by a time, mass, and environment dependent screening scale, an effective modified gravitational coupling in the fully unscreened limit that can be matched to linear theory, the exponent of a power-law radial profile of the screened coupling, determined by derivatives, symmetries, and potentials in the scalar field equation, and an interpolation rate between the screened and unscreened limits. Along with generalised perturbative methods, the parametrisation may be used to formulate a nonlinear extension to the linear parametrised post-Friedmannian framework to enable generalised tests of gravity with the wealth of observations from the nonlinear cosmological regime.« less

  2. Mathematical Techniques for Nonlinear System Theory.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-09-01

    This report deals with research results obtained in the following areas: (1) Finite-dimensional linear system theory by algebraic methods--linear...Infinite-dimensional linear systems--realization theory of infinite-dimensional linear systems; (3) Nonlinear system theory --basic properties of

  3. Towards time-dependent current-density-functional theory in the non-linear regime

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Escartín, J. M.; Vincendon, M.; Romaniello, P.; Dinh, P. M.; Reinhard, P.-G.; Suraud, E.

    2015-02-01

    Time-Dependent Density-Functional Theory (TDDFT) is a well-established theoretical approach to describe and understand irradiation processes in clusters and molecules. However, within the so-called adiabatic local density approximation (ALDA) to the exchange-correlation (xc) potential, TDDFT can show insufficiencies, particularly in violently dynamical processes. This is because within ALDA the xc potential is instantaneous and is a local functional of the density, which means that this approximation neglects memory effects and long-range effects. A way to go beyond ALDA is to use Time-Dependent Current-Density-Functional Theory (TDCDFT), in which the basic quantity is the current density rather than the density as in TDDFT. This has been shown to offer an adequate account of dissipation in the linear domain when the Vignale-Kohn (VK) functional is used. Here, we go beyond the linear regime and we explore this formulation in the time domain. In this case, the equations become very involved making the computation out of reach; we hence propose an approximation to the VK functional which allows us to calculate the dynamics in real time and at the same time to keep most of the physics described by the VK functional. We apply this formulation to the calculation of the time-dependent dipole moment of Ca, Mg and Na2. Our results show trends similar to what was previously observed in model systems or within linear response. In the non-linear domain, our results show that relaxation times do not decrease with increasing deposited excitation energy, which sets some limitations to the practical use of TDCDFT in such a domain of excitations.

  4. Towards time-dependent current-density-functional theory in the non-linear regime.

    PubMed

    Escartín, J M; Vincendon, M; Romaniello, P; Dinh, P M; Reinhard, P-G; Suraud, E

    2015-02-28

    Time-Dependent Density-Functional Theory (TDDFT) is a well-established theoretical approach to describe and understand irradiation processes in clusters and molecules. However, within the so-called adiabatic local density approximation (ALDA) to the exchange-correlation (xc) potential, TDDFT can show insufficiencies, particularly in violently dynamical processes. This is because within ALDA the xc potential is instantaneous and is a local functional of the density, which means that this approximation neglects memory effects and long-range effects. A way to go beyond ALDA is to use Time-Dependent Current-Density-Functional Theory (TDCDFT), in which the basic quantity is the current density rather than the density as in TDDFT. This has been shown to offer an adequate account of dissipation in the linear domain when the Vignale-Kohn (VK) functional is used. Here, we go beyond the linear regime and we explore this formulation in the time domain. In this case, the equations become very involved making the computation out of reach; we hence propose an approximation to the VK functional which allows us to calculate the dynamics in real time and at the same time to keep most of the physics described by the VK functional. We apply this formulation to the calculation of the time-dependent dipole moment of Ca, Mg and Na2. Our results show trends similar to what was previously observed in model systems or within linear response. In the non-linear domain, our results show that relaxation times do not decrease with increasing deposited excitation energy, which sets some limitations to the practical use of TDCDFT in such a domain of excitations.

  5. Gapless topological order, gravity, and black holes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rasmussen, Alex; Jermyn, Adam S.

    2018-04-01

    In this work we demonstrate that linearized gravity exhibits gapless topological order with an extensive ground state degeneracy. This phenomenon is closely related both to the topological order of the pyrochlore U (1 ) spin liquid and to recent work by Hawking and co-workers, who used the soft-photon and graviton theorems to demonstrate that the vacuum in linearized gravity is not unique. We first consider lattice models whose low-energy behavior is described by electromagnetism and linearized gravity, and then argue that the topological nature of these models carries over into the continuum. We demonstrate that these models can have many ground states without making assumptions about the topology of spacetime or about the high-energy nature of the theory, and show that the infinite family of symmetries described by Hawking and co-workers is simply the different topological sectors. We argue that in this context black holes appear as topological defects in the infrared theory, and that this suggests a potential approach to understanding both the firewall paradox and information encoding in gravitational theories. Finally, we use insights from the soft-boson theorems to make connections between deconfined gauge theories with continuous gauge groups and gapless topological order.

  6. Stoichiometric network theory for nonequilibrium biochemical systems.

    PubMed

    Qian, Hong; Beard, Daniel A; Liang, Shou-dan

    2003-02-01

    We introduce the basic concepts and develop a theory for nonequilibrium steady-state biochemical systems applicable to analyzing large-scale complex isothermal reaction networks. In terms of the stoichiometric matrix, we demonstrate both Kirchhoff's flux law sigma(l)J(l)=0 over a biochemical species, and potential law sigma(l) mu(l)=0 over a reaction loop. They reflect mass and energy conservation, respectively. For each reaction, its steady-state flux J can be decomposed into forward and backward one-way fluxes J = J+ - J-, with chemical potential difference deltamu = RT ln(J-/J+). The product -Jdeltamu gives the isothermal heat dissipation rate, which is necessarily non-negative according to the second law of thermodynamics. The stoichiometric network theory (SNT) embodies all of the relevant fundamental physics. Knowing J and deltamu of a biochemical reaction, a conductance can be computed which directly reflects the level of gene expression for the particular enzyme. For sufficiently small flux a linear relationship between J and deltamu can be established as the linear flux-force relation in irreversible thermodynamics, analogous to Ohm's law in electrical circuits.

  7. Wave propagation problem for a micropolar elastic waveguide

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kovalev, V. A.; Murashkin, E. V.; Radayev, Y. N.

    2018-04-01

    A propagation problem for coupled harmonic waves of translational displacements and microrotations along the axis of a long cylindrical waveguide is discussed at present study. Microrotations modeling is carried out within the linear micropolar elasticity frameworks. The mathematical model of the linear (or even nonlinear) micropolar elasticity is also expanded to a field theory model by variational least action integral and the least action principle. The governing coupled vector differential equations of the linear micropolar elasticity are given. The translational displacements and microrotations in the harmonic coupled wave are decomposed into potential and vortex parts. Calibrating equations providing simplification of the equations for the wave potentials are proposed. The coupled differential equations are then reduced to uncoupled ones and finally to the Helmholtz wave equations. The wave equations solutions for the translational and microrotational waves potentials are obtained for a high-frequency range.

  8. Steady vibrations of wing of circular plan form

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kochin, N E

    1953-01-01

    This paper treats the problem of determining the lift, moment, and induced drag of a thin wing of circular plan form in uniform incompressible flow on the basis of linearized theory. As contrasted to a similar paper by Kinner, in which the acceleration potential method was used, the present paper utilizes the concept of the velocity potential. Calculations of the lift and moment are presented for several deformed shapes. It is shown that considerable deviations exist between the strip theory analysis and the more exact theory. The lift, moment, and induced drag are also determined for a harmonically oscillatory circular plan form wing. As contrasted to a similar paper by Schade, in which the acceleration potential method was used, the present paper utilizes the concept of the velocity potential. Expressions for lift, moment, and induced drag are given and finally specialized to the case of a slowly oscillating circular wing.

  9. Clipping the cosmos: the bias and bispectrum of large scale structure.

    PubMed

    Simpson, Fergus; James, J Berian; Heavens, Alan F; Heymans, Catherine

    2011-12-30

    A large fraction of the information collected by cosmological surveys is simply discarded to avoid length scales which are difficult to model theoretically. We introduce a new technique which enables the extraction of useful information from the bispectrum of galaxies well beyond the conventional limits of perturbation theory. Our results strongly suggest that this method increases the range of scales where the relation between the bispectrum and power spectrum in tree-level perturbation theory may be applied, from k(max) ∼ 0.1 to ∼0.7 hMpc(-1). This leads to correspondingly large improvements in the determination of galaxy bias. Since the clipped matter power spectrum closely follows the linear power spectrum, there is the potential to use this technique to probe the growth rate of linear perturbations and confront theories of modified gravity with observation.

  10. Quinone 1 e – and 2 e – /2 H + Reduction Potentials: Identification and Analysis of Deviations from Systematic Scaling Relationships

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huynh, Mioy T.; Anson, Colin W.; Cavell, Andrew C.

    Quinones participate in diverse electron transfer and proton-coupled electron transfer processes in chemistry and biology. An experimental study of common quinones reveals a non-linear correlation between the 1 e – and 2 e –/2 H + reduction potentials. This unexpected observation prompted a computational study of 128 different quinones, probing their 1 e – reduction potentials, pKa values, and 2 e –/2 H + reduction potentials. The density functional theory calculations reveal an approximately linear correlation between these three properties and an effective Hammett constant associated with the quinone substituent(s). However, deviations from this linear scaling relationship are evident formore » quinones that feature halogen substituents, charged substituents, intramolecular hydrogen bonding in the hydroquinone, and/or sterically bulky substituents. These results, particularly the different substituent effects on the 1 e – versus 2 e – /2 H + reduction potentials, have important implications for designing quinones with tailored redox properties.« less

  11. Dynamics of cosmological perturbations in modified Brans-Dicke cosmology with matter-scalar field interaction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kofinas, Georgios; Lima, Nelson A.

    2017-10-01

    In this work we focus on a novel completion of the well-known Brans-Dicke theory that introduces an interaction between the dark energy and dark matter sectors, known as complete Brans-Dicke (CBD) theory. We obtain viable cosmological accelerating solutions that fit supernovae observations with great precision without any scalar potential V (ϕ ). We use these solutions to explore the impact of the CBD theory on the large scale structure by studying the dynamics of its linear perturbations. We observe a growing behavior of the lensing potential Φ+ at late-times, while the growth rate is actually suppressed relatively to Λ CDM , which allows the CBD theory to provide a competitive fit to current RSD measurements of f σ8. However, we also observe that the theory exhibits a pathological change of sign in the effective gravitational constant concerning the perturbations on subhorizon scales that could pose a challenge to its validity.

  12. A density matrix-based method for the linear-scaling calculation of dynamic second- and third-order properties at the Hartree-Fock and Kohn-Sham density functional theory levels.

    PubMed

    Kussmann, Jörg; Ochsenfeld, Christian

    2007-11-28

    A density matrix-based time-dependent self-consistent field (D-TDSCF) method for the calculation of dynamic polarizabilities and first hyperpolarizabilities using the Hartree-Fock and Kohn-Sham density functional theory approaches is presented. The D-TDSCF method allows us to reduce the asymptotic scaling behavior of the computational effort from cubic to linear for systems with a nonvanishing band gap. The linear scaling is achieved by combining a density matrix-based reformulation of the TDSCF equations with linear-scaling schemes for the formation of Fock- or Kohn-Sham-type matrices. In our reformulation only potentially linear-scaling matrices enter the formulation and efficient sparse algebra routines can be employed. Furthermore, the corresponding formulas for the first hyperpolarizabilities are given in terms of zeroth- and first-order one-particle reduced density matrices according to Wigner's (2n+1) rule. The scaling behavior of our method is illustrated for first exemplary calculations with systems of up to 1011 atoms and 8899 basis functions.

  13. A new line-of-sight approach to the non-linear Cosmic Microwave Background

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fidler, Christian; Koyama, Kazuya; Pettinari, Guido W., E-mail: christian.fidler@port.ac.uk, E-mail: kazuya.koyama@port.ac.uk, E-mail: guido.pettinari@gmail.com

    2015-04-01

    We develop the transport operator formalism, a new line-of-sight integration framework to calculate the anisotropies of the Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB) at the linear and non-linear level. This formalism utilises a transformation operator that removes all inhomogeneous propagation effects acting on the photon distribution function, thus achieving a split between perturbative collisional effects at recombination and non-perturbative line-of-sight effects at later times. The former can be computed in the framework of standard cosmological perturbation theory with a second-order Boltzmann code such as SONG, while the latter can be treated within a separate perturbative scheme allowing the use of non-linear Newtonianmore » potentials. We thus provide a consistent framework to compute all physical effects contained in the Boltzmann equation and to combine the standard remapping approach with Boltzmann codes at any order in perturbation theory, without assuming that all sources are localised at recombination.« less

  14. Linear analysis near a steady-state of biochemical networks: control analysis, correlation metrics and circuit theory.

    PubMed

    Heuett, William J; Beard, Daniel A; Qian, Hong

    2008-05-15

    Several approaches, including metabolic control analysis (MCA), flux balance analysis (FBA), correlation metric construction (CMC), and biochemical circuit theory (BCT), have been developed for the quantitative analysis of complex biochemical networks. Here, we present a comprehensive theory of linear analysis for nonequilibrium steady-state (NESS) biochemical reaction networks that unites these disparate approaches in a common mathematical framework and thermodynamic basis. In this theory a number of relationships between key matrices are introduced: the matrix A obtained in the standard, linear-dynamic-stability analysis of the steady-state can be decomposed as A = SRT where R and S are directly related to the elasticity-coefficient matrix for the fluxes and chemical potentials in MCA, respectively; the control-coefficients for the fluxes and chemical potentials can be written in terms of RTBS and STBS respectively where matrix B is the inverse of A; the matrix S is precisely the stoichiometric matrix in FBA; and the matrix eAt plays a central role in CMC. One key finding that emerges from this analysis is that the well-known summation theorems in MCA take different forms depending on whether metabolic steady-state is maintained by flux injection or concentration clamping. We demonstrate that if rate-limiting steps exist in a biochemical pathway, they are the steps with smallest biochemical conductances and largest flux control-coefficients. We hypothesize that biochemical networks for cellular signaling have a different strategy for minimizing energy waste and being efficient than do biochemical networks for biosynthesis. We also discuss the intimate relationship between MCA and biochemical systems analysis (BSA).

  15. Linear response theory for annealing of radiation damage in semiconductor devices

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Litovchenko, Vitaly

    1988-01-01

    A theoretical study of the radiation/annealing response of MOS ICs is described. Although many experiments have been performed in this field, no comprehensive theory dealing with radiation/annealing response has been proposed. Many attempts have been made to apply linear response theory, but no theoretical foundation has been presented. The linear response theory outlined here is capable of describing a broad area of radiation/annealing response phenomena in MOS ICs, in particular, both simultaneous irradiation and annealing, as well as short- and long-term annealing, including the case when annealing is nearing completion. For the first time, a simple procedure is devised to determine the response function from experimental radiation/annealing data. In addition, this procedure enables us to study the effect of variable temperature and dose rate, effects which are of interest in spaceflight. In the past, the shift in threshold potential due to radiation/annealing has usually been assumed to depend on one variable: the time lapse between an impulse dose and the time of observation. While such a suggestion of uniformity in time is certainly true for a broad range of radiation annealing phenomena, it may not hold for some ranges of the variables of interest (temperature, dose rate, etc.). A response function is projected which is dependent on two variables: the time of observation and the time of the impulse dose. This dependence on two variables allows us to extend the theory to the treatment of a variable dose rate. Finally, the linear theory is generalized to the case in which the response is nonlinear with impulse dose, but is proportional to some impulse function of dose. A method to determine both the impulse and response functions is presented.

  16. A first-order Green's function approach to supersonic oscillatory flow: A mixed analytic and numeric treatment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Freedman, M. I.; Sipcic, S.; Tseng, K.

    1985-01-01

    A frequency domain Green's Function Method for unsteady supersonic potential flow around complex aircraft configurations is presented. The focus is on the supersonic range wherein the linear potential flow assumption is valid. In this range the effects of the nonlinear terms in the unsteady supersonic compressible velocity potential equation are negligible and therefore these terms will be omitted. The Green's function method is employed in order to convert the potential flow differential equation into an integral one. This integral equation is then discretized, through standard finite element technique, to yield a linear algebraic system of equations relating the unknown potential to its prescribed co-normalwash (boundary condition) on the surface of the aircraft. The arbitrary complex aircraft configuration (e.g., finite-thickness wing, wing-body-tail) is discretized into hyperboloidal (twisted quadrilateral) panels. The potential and co-normalwash are assumed to vary linearly within each panel. The long range goal is to develop a comprehensive theory for unsteady supersonic potential aerodynamic which is capable of yielding accurate results even in the low supersonic (i.e., high transonic) range.

  17. Dark energy and modified gravity in the Effective Field Theory of Large-Scale Structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cusin, Giulia; Lewandowski, Matthew; Vernizzi, Filippo

    2018-04-01

    We develop an approach to compute observables beyond the linear regime of dark matter perturbations for general dark energy and modified gravity models. We do so by combining the Effective Field Theory of Dark Energy and Effective Field Theory of Large-Scale Structure approaches. In particular, we parametrize the linear and nonlinear effects of dark energy on dark matter clustering in terms of the Lagrangian terms introduced in a companion paper [1], focusing on Horndeski theories and assuming the quasi-static approximation. The Euler equation for dark matter is sourced, via the Newtonian potential, by new nonlinear vertices due to modified gravity and, as in the pure dark matter case, by the effects of short-scale physics in the form of the divergence of an effective stress tensor. The effective fluid introduces a counterterm in the solution to the matter continuity and Euler equations, which allows a controlled expansion of clustering statistics on mildly nonlinear scales. We use this setup to compute the one-loop dark-matter power spectrum.

  18. Combined linear theory/impact theory method for analysis and design of high speed configurations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brooke, D.; Vondrasek, D. V.

    1980-01-01

    Pressure distributions on a wing body at Mach 4.63 are calculated. The combined theory is shown to give improved predictions over either linear theory or impact theory alone. The combined theory is also applied in the inverse design mode to calculate optimum camber slopes at Mach 4.63. Comparisons with optimum camber slopes obtained from unmodified linear theory show large differences. Analysis of the results indicate that the combined theory correctly predicts the effect of thickness on the loading distributions at high Mach numbers, and that finite thickness wings optimized at high Mach numbers using unmodified linear theory will not achieve the minimum drag characteristics for which they are designed.

  19. Lenard-Balescu calculations and classical molecular dynamics simulations of electrical and thermal conductivities of hydrogen plasmas

    DOE PAGES

    Whitley, Heather D.; Scullard, Christian R.; Benedict, Lorin X.; ...

    2014-12-04

    Here, we present a discussion of kinetic theory treatments of linear electrical and thermal transport in hydrogen plasmas, for a regime of interest to inertial confinement fusion applications. In order to assess the accuracy of one of the more involved of these approaches, classical Lenard-Balescu theory, we perform classical molecular dynamics simulations of hydrogen plasmas using 2-body quantum statistical potentials and compute both electrical and thermal conductivity from out particle trajectories using the Kubo approach. Our classical Lenard-Balescu results employing the identical statistical potentials agree well with the simulations.

  20. Linearization instability for generic gravity in AdS spacetime

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Altas, Emel; Tekin, Bayram

    2018-01-01

    In general relativity, perturbation theory about a background solution fails if the background spacetime has a Killing symmetry and a compact spacelike Cauchy surface. This failure, dubbed as linearization instability, shows itself as non-integrability of the perturbative infinitesimal deformation to a finite deformation of the background. Namely, the linearized field equations have spurious solutions which cannot be obtained from the linearization of exact solutions. In practice, one can show the failure of the linear perturbation theory by showing that a certain quadratic (integral) constraint on the linearized solutions is not satisfied. For non-compact Cauchy surfaces, the situation is different and for example, Minkowski space having a non-compact Cauchy surface, is linearization stable. Here we study, the linearization instability in generic metric theories of gravity where Einstein's theory is modified with additional curvature terms. We show that, unlike the case of general relativity, for modified theories even in the non-compact Cauchy surface cases, there are some theories which show linearization instability about their anti-de Sitter backgrounds. Recent D dimensional critical and three dimensional chiral gravity theories are two such examples. This observation sheds light on the paradoxical behavior of vanishing conserved charges (mass, angular momenta) for non-vacuum solutions, such as black holes, in these theories.

  1. Tackling non-linearities with the effective field theory of dark energy and modified gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frusciante, Noemi; Papadomanolakis, Georgios

    2017-12-01

    We present the extension of the effective field theory framework to the mildly non-linear scales. The effective field theory approach has been successfully applied to the late time cosmic acceleration phenomenon and it has been shown to be a powerful method to obtain predictions about cosmological observables on linear scales. However, mildly non-linear scales need to be consistently considered when testing gravity theories because a large part of the data comes from those scales. Thus, non-linear corrections to predictions on observables coming from the linear analysis can help in discriminating among different gravity theories. We proceed firstly by identifying the necessary operators which need to be included in the effective field theory Lagrangian in order to go beyond the linear order in perturbations and then we construct the corresponding non-linear action. Moreover, we present the complete recipe to map any single field dark energy and modified gravity models into the non-linear effective field theory framework by considering a general action in the Arnowitt-Deser-Misner formalism. In order to illustrate this recipe we proceed to map the beyond-Horndeski theory and low-energy Hořava gravity into the effective field theory formalism. As a final step we derived the 4th order action in term of the curvature perturbation. This allowed us to identify the non-linear contributions coming from the linear order perturbations which at the next order act like source terms. Moreover, we confirm that the stability requirements, ensuring the positivity of the kinetic term and the speed of propagation for scalar mode, are automatically satisfied once the viability of the theory is demanded at linear level. The approach we present here will allow to construct, in a model independent way, all the relevant predictions on observables at mildly non-linear scales.

  2. Modeling of active transmembrane transport in a mixture theory framework.

    PubMed

    Ateshian, Gerard A; Morrison, Barclay; Hung, Clark T

    2010-05-01

    This study formulates governing equations for active transport across semi-permeable membranes within the framework of the theory of mixtures. In mixture theory, which models the interactions of any number of fluid and solid constituents, a supply term appears in the conservation of linear momentum to describe momentum exchanges among the constituents. In past applications, this momentum supply was used to model frictional interactions only, thereby describing passive transport processes. In this study, it is shown that active transport processes, which impart momentum to solutes or solvent, may also be incorporated in this term. By projecting the equation of conservation of linear momentum along the normal to the membrane, a jump condition is formulated for the mechano-electrochemical potential of fluid constituents which is generally applicable to nonequilibrium processes involving active transport. The resulting relations are simple and easy to use, and address an important need in the membrane transport literature.

  3. Microscopic theory of linear light scattering from mesoscopic media and in near-field optics.

    PubMed

    Keller, Ole

    2005-08-01

    On the basis of quantum mechanical response theory a microscopic propagator theory of linear light scattering from mesoscopic systems is presented. The central integral equation problem is transferred to a matrix equation problem by discretization in transitions between pairs of (many-body) energy eigenstates. The local-field calculation which appears from this approach is valid down to the microscopic region. Previous theories based on the (macroscopic) dielectric constant concept make use of spatial (geometrical) discretization and cannot in general be trusted on the mesoscopic length scale. The present theory can be applied to light scattering studies in near-field optics. After a brief discussion of the macroscopic integral equation problem a microscopic potential description of the scattering process is established. In combination with the use of microscopic electromagnetic propagators the formalism allows one to make contact to the macroscopic theory of light scattering and to the spatial photon localization problem. The quantum structure of the microscopic conductivity response tensor enables one to establish a clear physical picture of the origin of local-field phenomena in mesoscopic and near-field optics. The Huygens scalar propagator formalism is revisited and its generality in microscopic physics pointed out.

  4. Theory of polyelectrolytes in solvents.

    PubMed

    Chitanvis, Shirish M

    2003-12-01

    Using a continuum description, we account for fluctuations in the ionic solvent surrounding a Gaussian, charged chain and derive an effective short-ranged potential between the charges on the chain. This potential is repulsive at short separations and attractive at longer distances. The chemical potential can be derived from this potential. When the chemical potential is positive, it leads to a meltlike state. For a vanishingly low concentration of segments, this state exhibits scaling behavior for long chains. The Flory exponent characterizing the radius of gyration for long chains is calculated to be approximately 0.63, close to the classical value obtained for second order phase transitions. For short chains, the radius of gyration varies linearly with N, the chain length, and is sensitive to the parameters in the interaction potential. The linear dependence on the chain length N indicates a stiff behavior. The chemical potential associated with this interaction changes sign, when the screening length in the ionic solvent exceeds a critical value. This leads to condensation when the chemical potential is negative. In this state, it is shown using the mean-field approximation that spherical and toroidal condensed shapes can be obtained. The thickness of the toroidal polyelectrolyte is studied as a function of the parameters of the model, such as the ionic screening length. The predictions of this theory should be amenable to experimental verification.

  5. Swimming of a linear chain with a cargo in an incompressible viscous fluid with inertia

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Felderhof, B. U.

    2017-01-01

    An approximation to the added mass matrix of an assembly of spheres is constructed on the basis of potential flow theory for situations where one sphere is much larger than the others. In the approximation, the flow potential near a small sphere is assumed to be dipolar, but near the large sphere it involves all higher order multipoles. The analysis is based on an exact result for the potential of a magnetic dipole in the presence of a superconducting sphere. Subsequently, the approximate added mass hydrodynamic interactions are used in a calculation of the swimming velocity and rate of dissipation of linear chain structures consisting of a number of small spheres and a single large one, with account also of frictional hydrodynamic interactions. The results derived for periodic swimming on the basis of a kinematic approach are compared with the bilinear theory, valid for small amplitude of stroke, and with the numerical solution of the approximate equations of motion. The calculations interpolate over the whole range of scale number between the friction-dominated Stokes limit and the inertia-dominated regime.

  6. Gurtin-Murdoch surface elasticity theory revisit: An orbital-free density functional theory perspective

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Yichao; Wei, Yihai; Guo, Xu

    2017-12-01

    In the present paper, the well-established Gurtin-Murdoch theory of surface elasticity (Gurtin and Murdoch, 1975, 1978) is revisited from an orbital-free density functional theory (OFDFT) perspective by taking the boundary layer into consideration. Our analysis indicates that firstly, the quantities introduced in the Gurtin-Murdoch theory of surface elasticity can all find their explicit expressions in the derived OFDFT-based theoretical model. Secondly, the derived expression for surface energy density captures a competition between the surface normal derivatives of the electron density and the electrostatic potential, which well rationalises the onset of signed elastic constants that are observed both experimentally and computationally. Thirdly, the established model naturally yields an inversely linear relationship between the materials surface stiffness and its size, which conforms to relevant findings in literature. Since the proposed OFDFT-based model is established under arbitrarily imposed boundary condition of electron density, electrostatic potential and external load, it also has the potential of being used to investigate the electro-mechanical behaviour of nanoscale materials manifesting surface effect.

  7. Generalized Brans-Dicke theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    De Felice, Antonio; Tsujikawa, Shinji, E-mail: defelice@rs.kagu.tus.ac.jp, E-mail: shinji@rs.kagu.tus.ac.jp

    2010-07-01

    In Brans-Dicke theory a non-linear self interaction of a scalar field φ allows a possibility of realizing the late-time cosmic acceleration, while recovering the General Relativistic behavior at early cosmological epochs. We extend this to more general modified gravitational theories in which a de Sitter solution for dark energy exists without using a field potential. We derive a condition for the stability of the de Sitter point and study the background cosmological dynamics of such theories. We also restrict the allowed region of model parameters from the demand for the avoidance of ghosts and instabilities. A peculiar evolution of themore » field propagation speed allows us to distinguish those theories from the ΛCDM model.« less

  8. Neural Decoding and "Inner" Psychophysics: A Distance-to-Bound Approach for Linking Mind, Brain, and Behavior.

    PubMed

    Ritchie, J Brendan; Carlson, Thomas A

    2016-01-01

    A fundamental challenge for cognitive neuroscience is characterizing how the primitives of psychological theory are neurally implemented. Attempts to meet this challenge are a manifestation of what Fechner called "inner" psychophysics: the theory of the precise mapping between mental quantities and the brain. In his own time, inner psychophysics remained an unrealized ambition for Fechner. We suggest that, today, multivariate pattern analysis (MVPA), or neural "decoding," methods provide a promising starting point for developing an inner psychophysics. A cornerstone of these methods are simple linear classifiers applied to neural activity in high-dimensional activation spaces. We describe an approach to inner psychophysics based on the shared architecture of linear classifiers and observers under decision boundary models such as signal detection theory. Under this approach, distance from a decision boundary through activation space, as estimated by linear classifiers, can be used to predict reaction time in accordance with signal detection theory, and distance-to-bound models of reaction time. Our "neural distance-to-bound" approach is potentially quite general, and simple to implement. Furthermore, our recent work on visual object recognition suggests it is empirically viable. We believe the approach constitutes an important step along the path to an inner psychophysics that links mind, brain, and behavior.

  9. Ion strength limit of computed excess functions based on the linearized Poisson-Boltzmann equation.

    PubMed

    Fraenkel, Dan

    2015-12-05

    The linearized Poisson-Boltzmann (L-PB) equation is examined for its κ-range of validity (κ, Debye reciprocal length). This is done for the Debye-Hückel (DH) theory, i.e., using a single ion size, and for the SiS treatment (D. Fraenkel, Mol. Phys. 2010, 108, 1435), which extends the DH theory to the case of ion-size dissimilarity (therefore dubbed DH-SiS). The linearization of the PB equation has been claimed responsible for the DH theory's failure to fit with experiment at > 0.1 m; but DH-SiS fits with data of the mean ionic activity coefficient, γ± (molal), against m, even at m > 1 (κ > 0.33 Å(-1) ). The SiS expressions combine the overall extra-electrostatic potential energy of the smaller ion, as central ion-Ψa>b (κ), with that of the larger ion, as central ion-Ψb>a (κ); a and b are, respectively, the counterion and co-ion distances of closest approach. Ψa>b and Ψb>a are derived from the L-PB equation, which appears to conflict with their being effective up to moderate electrolyte concentrations (≈1 m). However, the L-PB equation can be valid up to κ ≥ 1.3 Å(-1) if one abandons the 1/κ criterion for its effectiveness and, instead, use, as criterion, the mean-field electrostatic interaction potential of the central ion with its ion cloud, at a radial distance dividing the cloud charge into two equal parts. The DH theory's failure is, thus, not because of using the L-PB equation; the lethal approximation is assigning a single size to the positive and negative ions. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  10. Linear analysis near a steady-state of biochemical networks: Control analysis, correlation metrics and circuit theory

    PubMed Central

    Heuett, William J; Beard, Daniel A; Qian, Hong

    2008-01-01

    Background Several approaches, including metabolic control analysis (MCA), flux balance analysis (FBA), correlation metric construction (CMC), and biochemical circuit theory (BCT), have been developed for the quantitative analysis of complex biochemical networks. Here, we present a comprehensive theory of linear analysis for nonequilibrium steady-state (NESS) biochemical reaction networks that unites these disparate approaches in a common mathematical framework and thermodynamic basis. Results In this theory a number of relationships between key matrices are introduced: the matrix A obtained in the standard, linear-dynamic-stability analysis of the steady-state can be decomposed as A = SRT where R and S are directly related to the elasticity-coefficient matrix for the fluxes and chemical potentials in MCA, respectively; the control-coefficients for the fluxes and chemical potentials can be written in terms of RTBS and STBS respectively where matrix B is the inverse of A; the matrix S is precisely the stoichiometric matrix in FBA; and the matrix eAt plays a central role in CMC. Conclusion One key finding that emerges from this analysis is that the well-known summation theorems in MCA take different forms depending on whether metabolic steady-state is maintained by flux injection or concentration clamping. We demonstrate that if rate-limiting steps exist in a biochemical pathway, they are the steps with smallest biochemical conductances and largest flux control-coefficients. We hypothesize that biochemical networks for cellular signaling have a different strategy for minimizing energy waste and being efficient than do biochemical networks for biosynthesis. We also discuss the intimate relationship between MCA and biochemical systems analysis (BSA). PMID:18482450

  11. Higgs potential from derivative interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Quadri, A.

    2017-06-01

    A formulation of the linear σ model with derivative interactions is studied. The classical theory is on-shell equivalent to the σ model with the standard quartic Higgs potential. The mass of the scalar mode only appears in the quadratic part and not in the interaction vertices, unlike in the ordinary formulation of the theory. Renormalization of the model is discussed. A nonpower-counting renormalizable extension, obeying the defining functional identities of the theory, is presented. This extension is physically equivalent to the tree-level inclusion of a dimension-six effective operator ∂μ(Φ†Φ)∂μ(Φ†Φ). The resulting UV divergences are arranged in a perturbation series around the power-counting renormalizable theory. The application of the formalism to the Standard Model in the presence of the dimension-six operator ∂μ(Φ†Φ)∂μ(Φ†Φ) is discussed.

  12. Full three-body problem in effective-field-theory models of gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Battista, Emmanuele; Esposito, Giampiero

    2014-10-01

    Recent work in the literature has studied the restricted three-body problem within the framework of effective-field-theory models of gravity. This paper extends such a program by considering the full three-body problem, when the Newtonian potential is replaced by a more general central potential which depends on the mutual separations of the three bodies. The general form of the equations of motion is written down, and they are studied when the interaction potential reduces to the quantum-corrected central potential considered recently in the literature. A recursive algorithm is found for solving the associated variational equations, which describe small departures from given periodic solutions of the equations of motion. Our scheme involves repeated application of a 2×2 matrix of first-order linear differential operators.

  13. Non-linear interaction of a detonation/vorticity wave

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lasseigne, D. G.; Jackson, T. L.; Hussaini, M. Y.

    1991-01-01

    The interaction of an oblique, overdriven detonation wave with a vorticity disturbance is investigated by a direct two-dimensional numerical simulation using a multi-domain, finite-difference solution of the compressible Euler equations. The results are compared to those of linear theory, which predict that the effect of exothermicity on the interaction is relatively small except possibly near a critical angle where linear theory no longer holds. It is found that the steady-state computational results agree with the results of linear theory. However, for cases with incident angle near the critical angle, moderate disturbance amplitudes, and/or sudden transient encounter with a disturbance, the effects of exothermicity are more pronounced than predicted by linear theory. Finally, it is found that linear theory correctly determines the critical angle.

  14. Nonlinear phenomena in general relativity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Allahyari, Alireza; Firouzjaee, Javad T.; Mansouri, Reza

    2018-04-01

    The perturbation theory plays an important role in studying structure formation in cosmology and post-Newtonian physics, but not all phenomena can be described by the linear perturbation theory. Thus, it is necessary to study exact solutions or higher-order perturbations. Specifically, we study black hole (apparent) horizons and the cosmological event horizon formation in the perturbation theory. We emphasize that in the perturbative regime of the gravitational potential these horizons cannot form in the lower order. Studying the infinite plane metric, we show that, to capture the cosmological constant effect, we need at least a second-order expansion.

  15. Analysis of superconducting electromagnetic finite elements based on a magnetic vector potential variational principle

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schuler, James J.; Felippa, Carlos A.

    1991-01-01

    Electromagnetic finite elements are extended based on a variational principle that uses the electromagnetic four potential as primary variable. The variational principle is extended to include the ability to predict a nonlinear current distribution within a conductor. The extension of this theory is first done on a normal conductor and tested on two different problems. In both problems, the geometry remains the same, but the material properties are different. The geometry is that of a 1-D infinite wire. The first problem is merely a linear control case used to validate the new theory. The second problem is made up of linear conductors with varying conductivities. Both problems perform well and predict current densities that are accurate to within a few ten thousandths of a percent of the exact values. The fourth potential is then removed, leaving only the magnetic vector potential, and the variational principle is further extended to predict magnetic potentials, magnetic fields, the number of charge carriers, and the current densities within a superconductor. The new element produces good results for the mean magnetic field, the vector potential, and the number of superconducting charge carriers despite a relatively high system condition number. The element did not perform well in predicting the current density. Numerical problems inherent to this formulation are explored and possible remedies to produce better current predicting finite elements are presented.

  16. Quantum corrections to the generalized Proca theory via a matter field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Amado, André; Haghani, Zahra; Mohammadi, Azadeh; Shahidi, Shahab

    2017-09-01

    We study the quantum corrections to the generalized Proca theory via matter loops. We consider two types of interactions, linear and nonlinear in the vector field. Calculating the one-loop correction to the vector field propagator, three- and four-point functions, we show that the non-linear interactions are harmless, although they renormalize the theory. The linear matter-vector field interactions introduce ghost degrees of freedom to the generalized Proca theory. Treating the theory as an effective theory, we calculate the energy scale up to which the theory remains healthy.

  17. A Resume of Stochastic, Time-Varying, Linear System Theory with Application to Active-Sonar Signal-Processing Problems

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-06-15

    relationships 5 3. Normalized energy in ambiguity function for i = 0 14 k ilI SACLANTCEN SR-50 A RESUME OF STOCHASTIC, TIME-VARYING, LINEAR SYSTEM THEORY WITH...the order in which systems are concatenated is unimportant. These results are exactly analogous to the results of time-invariant linear system theory in...REFERENCES 1. MEIER, L. A rdsum6 of deterministic time-varying linear system theory with application to active sonar signal processing problems, SACLANTCEN

  18. Time-dependent mean-field theory for x-ray near-edge spectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bertsch, G. F.; Lee, A. J.

    2014-02-01

    We derive equations of motion for calculating the near-edge x-ray absorption spectrum in molecules and condensed matter, based on a two-determinant approximation and Dirac's variational principle. The theory provides an exact solution for the linear response when the Hamiltonian or energy functional has only diagonal interactions in some basis. We numerically solve the equations to compare with the Mahan-Nozières-De Dominicis theory of the edge singularity in metallic conductors. Our extracted power-law exponents are similar to those of the analytic theory, but are not in quantitative agreement. The calculational method can be readily generalized to treat Kohn-Sham Hamiltonians with electron-electron interactions derived from correlation-exchange potentials.

  19. Linear and nonlinear 2D finite element analysis of sloshing modes and pressures in rectangular tanks subject to horizontal harmonic motions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Virella, Juan C.; Prato, Carlos A.; Godoy, Luis A.

    2008-05-01

    The influence of nonlinear wave theory on the sloshing natural periods and their modal pressure distributions are investigated for rectangular tanks under the assumption of two-dimensional behavior. Natural periods and mode shapes are computed and compared for both linear wave theory (LWT) and nonlinear wave theory (NLWT) models, using the finite element package ABAQUS. Linear wave theory is implemented in an acoustic model, whereas a plane strain problem with large displacements is used in NLWT. Pressure distributions acting on the tank walls are obtained for the first three sloshing modes using both linear and nonlinear wave theory. It is found that the nonlinearity does not have significant effects on the natural sloshing periods. For the sloshing pressures on the tank walls, different distributions were found using linear and nonlinear wave theory models. However, in all cases studied, the linear wave theory conservatively estimated the magnitude of the pressure distribution, whereas larger pressures resultant heights were obtained when using the nonlinear theory. It is concluded that the nonlinearity of the surface wave does not have major effects in the pressure distribution on the walls for rectangular tanks.

  20. Aspects of general higher-order gravities

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bueno, Pablo; Cano, Pablo A.; Min, Vincent S.; Visser, Manus R.

    2017-02-01

    We study several aspects of higher-order gravities constructed from general contractions of the Riemann tensor and the metric in arbitrary dimensions. First, we use the fast-linearization procedure presented in [P. Bueno and P. A. Cano, arXiv:1607.06463] to obtain the equations satisfied by the metric perturbation modes on a maximally symmetric background in the presence of matter and to classify L (Riemann ) theories according to their spectrum. Then, we linearize all theories up to quartic order in curvature and use this result to construct quartic versions of Einsteinian cubic gravity. In addition, we show that the most general cubic gravity constructed in a dimension-independent way and which does not propagate the ghostlike spin-2 mode (but can propagate the scalar) is a linear combination of f (Lovelock ) invariants, plus the Einsteinian cubic gravity term, plus a new ghost-free gravity term. Next, we construct the generalized Newton potential and the post-Newtonian parameter γ for general L (Riemann ) gravities in arbitrary dimensions, unveiling some interesting differences with respect to the four-dimensional case. We also study the emission and propagation of gravitational radiation from sources for these theories in four dimensions, providing a generalized formula for the power emitted. Finally, we review Wald's formalism for general L (Riemann ) theories and construct new explicit expressions for the relevant quantities involved. Many examples illustrate our calculations.

  1. Microhartree precision in density functional theory calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gulans, Andris; Kozhevnikov, Anton; Draxl, Claudia

    2018-04-01

    To address ultimate precision in density functional theory calculations we employ the full-potential linearized augmented plane-wave + local-orbital (LAPW + lo) method and justify its usage as a benchmark method. LAPW + lo and two completely unrelated numerical approaches, the multiresolution analysis (MRA) and the linear combination of atomic orbitals, yield total energies of atoms with mean deviations of 0.9 and 0.2 μ Ha , respectively. Spectacular agreement with the MRA is reached also for total and atomization energies of the G2-1 set consisting of 55 molecules. With the example of α iron we demonstrate the capability of LAPW + lo to reach μ Ha /atom precision also for periodic systems, which allows also for the distinction between the numerical precision and the accuracy of a given functional.

  2. Nonlinear effective theory of dark energy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cusin, Giulia; Lewandowski, Matthew; Vernizzi, Filippo

    2018-04-01

    We develop an approach to parametrize cosmological perturbations beyond linear order for general dark energy and modified gravity models characterized by a single scalar degree of freedom. We derive the full nonlinear action, focusing on Horndeski theories. In the quasi-static, non-relativistic limit, there are a total of six independent relevant operators, three of which start at nonlinear order. The new nonlinear couplings modify, beyond linear order, the generalized Poisson equation relating the Newtonian potential to the matter density contrast. We derive this equation up to cubic order in perturbations and, in a companion article [1], we apply it to compute the one-loop matter power spectrum. Within this approach, we also discuss the Vainshtein regime around spherical sources and the relation between the Vainshtein scale and the nonlinear scale for structure formation.

  3. Kullback-Leibler information function and the sequential selection of experiments to discriminate among several linear models. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sidik, S. M.

    1972-01-01

    A sequential adaptive experimental design procedure for a related problem is studied. It is assumed that a finite set of potential linear models relating certain controlled variables to an observed variable is postulated, and that exactly one of these models is correct. The problem is to sequentially design most informative experiments so that the correct model equation can be determined with as little experimentation as possible. Discussion includes: structure of the linear models; prerequisite distribution theory; entropy functions and the Kullback-Leibler information function; the sequential decision procedure; and computer simulation results. An example of application is given.

  4. Developing ultrasensitive pressure sensor based on graphene nanoribbon: Molecular dynamics simulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kwon, Oh Kuen; Lee, Jun Ha; Kim, Ki-Sub; Kang, Jeong Won

    2013-01-01

    We propose schematics for an ultra-sensitive pressure sensor based on graphene-nanoribbon (GNR) and investigate its electromechanical properties using classical molecular dynamics simulations and piezo-electricity theory. Since the top plate applied to the actual pressure is large whereas the contact area on the GNR is very small, both the sensitivity and the sensing range can be adjusted by controlling the aspect ratio between the top plate and the contact point areas. Our calculation shows that the electrical conductivity of GNRs can be tuned by the applied pressure and the electric conductance of the deflected GNR linearly increases with increasing applied pressure for the linear elastic region in low pressure below the cut-off point. In the curves for both the deflection and potential energy, the linear elastic regime in low pressure was explicitly separated with the non-linear elastic regime in high pressure. The proposed GNR-based nanoelectromechanical devices have great potential for application as electromechanical memory, relay or switching devices.

  5. Multireference Density Functional Theory with Generalized Auxiliary Systems for Ground and Excited States.

    PubMed

    Chen, Zehua; Zhang, Du; Jin, Ye; Yang, Yang; Su, Neil Qiang; Yang, Weitao

    2017-09-21

    To describe static correlation, we develop a new approach to density functional theory (DFT), which uses a generalized auxiliary system that is of a different symmetry, such as particle number or spin, from that of the physical system. The total energy of the physical system consists of two parts: the energy of the auxiliary system, which is determined with a chosen density functional approximation (DFA), and the excitation energy from an approximate linear response theory that restores the symmetry to that of the physical system, thus rigorously leading to a multideterminant description of the physical system. The electron density of the physical system is different from that of the auxiliary system and is uniquely determined from the functional derivative of the total energy with respect to the external potential. Our energy functional is thus an implicit functional of the physical system density, but an explicit functional of the auxiliary system density. We show that the total energy minimum and stationary states, describing the ground and excited states of the physical system, can be obtained by a self-consistent optimization with respect to the explicit variable, the generalized Kohn-Sham noninteracting density matrix. We have developed the generalized optimized effective potential method for the self-consistent optimization. Among options of the auxiliary system and the associated linear response theory, reformulated versions of the particle-particle random phase approximation (pp-RPA) and the spin-flip time-dependent density functional theory (SF-TDDFT) are selected for illustration of principle. Numerical results show that our multireference DFT successfully describes static correlation in bond dissociation and double bond rotation.

  6. Relativistic weak lensing from a fully non-linear cosmological density field

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Thomas, D.B.; Bruni, M.; Wands, D., E-mail: thomas.daniel@ucy.ac.cy, E-mail: marco.bruni@port.ac.uk, E-mail: david.wands@port.ac.uk

    2015-09-01

    In this paper we examine cosmological weak lensing on non-linear scales and show that there are Newtonian and relativistic contributions and that the latter can also be extracted from standard Newtonian simulations. We use the post-Friedmann formalism, a post-Newtonian type framework for cosmology, to derive the full weak-lensing deflection angle valid on non-linear scales for any metric theory of gravity. We show that the only contributing term that is quadratic in the first order deflection is the expected Born correction and lens-lens coupling term. We use this deflection angle to analyse the vector and tensor contributions to the E- andmore » B- mode cosmic shear power spectra. In our approach, once the gravitational theory has been specified, the metric components are related to the matter content in a well-defined manner. Specifying General Relativity, we write down a complete set of equations for a GR+ΛCDM universe for computing all of the possible lensing terms from Newtonian N-body simulations. We illustrate this with the vector potential and show that, in a GR+ΛCDM universe, its contribution to the E-mode is negligible with respect to that of the conventional Newtonian scalar potential, even on non-linear scales. Thus, under the standard assumption that Newtonian N-body simulations give a good approximation of the matter dynamics, we show that the standard ray tracing approach gives a good description for a ΛCDM cosmology.« less

  7. The response of multidegree-of-freedom systems with quadratic non-linearities to a harmonic parametric resonance

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nayfeh, A. H.

    1983-09-01

    An analysis is presented of the response of multidegree-of-freedom systems with quadratic non-linearities to a harmonic parametric excitation in the presence of an internal resonance of the combination type ω3 ≈ ω2 + ω1, where the ωn are the linear natural frequencies of the systems. In the case of a fundamental resonance of the third mode (i.e., Ω ≈ω 3, where Ω is the frequency of the excitation), one can identify two critical values ζ 1 and ζ 2, where ζ 2 ⩾ ζ 1, of the amplitude F of the excitation. The value F = ζ2 corresponds to the transition from stable to unstable solutions. When F < ζ1, the motion decays to zero according to both linear and non-linear theories. When F > ζ2, the motion grows exponentially with time according to the linear theory but the non-linearity limits the motion to a finite amplitude steady state. The amplitude of the third mode, which is directly excited, is independent of F, whereas the amplitudes of the first and second modes, which are indirectly excited through the internal resonance, are functions of F. When ζ1 ⩽ F ⩽ ζ2, the motion decays or achieves a finite amplitude steady state depending on the initial conditions according to the non-linear theory, whereas it decays to zero according to the linear theory. This is an example of subcritical instability. In the case of a fundamental resonance of either the first or second mode, the trivial response is the only possible steady state. When F ⩽ ζ2, the motion decays to zero according to both linear and non-linear theories. When F > ζ2, the motion grows exponentially with time according to the linear theory but it is aperiodic according to the non-linear theory. Experiments are being planned to check these theoretical results.

  8. Shear viscosity in an anisotropic unitary Fermi gas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Samanta, Rickmoy; Sharma, Rishi; Trivedi, Sandip P.

    2017-11-01

    We consider a system consisting of a strongly interacting, ultracold unitary Fermi gas under harmonic confinement. Our analysis suggests the possibility of experimentally studying, in this system, an anisotropic shear viscosity tensor driven by the anisotropy in the trapping potential. In particular, we suggest that this experimental setup could mimic some features of anisotropic geometries that have recently been studied for strongly coupled field theories which have a dual gravitational description. Results using the AdS/CFT (anti-de Sitter/conformal field theory correspondence) in these theories show that in systems with a background linear potential, certain viscosity components can be made much smaller than the entropy density, parametrically violating the bound proposed by Kovtun, Son, and Starinets (KSS). This intuition, along with results from a Boltzmann analysis that we perform, suggests that a violation of the KSS bound can perhaps occur in the unitary Fermi gas system when it is subjected to a suitable anisotropic trapping potential which may be approximated to be linear in a suitable range of parameters. We give a concrete proposal for an experimental setup where an anisotropic shear viscosity tensor may arise. In such situations, it may also be possible to observe a reduction in the spin-1 component of the shear viscosity from its lowest value observed so far in ultracold Fermi gases. In extreme anisotropic situations, the reduction may be enough to reduce the shear viscosity to entropy ratio below the proposed KSS bound, although this regime is difficult to analyze in a theoretically controlled manner.

  9. Magnon spin transport driven by the magnon chemical potential in a magnetic insulator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cornelissen, L. J.; Peters, K. J. H.; Bauer, G. E. W.; Duine, R. A.; van Wees, B. J.

    2016-07-01

    We develop a linear-response transport theory of diffusive spin and heat transport by magnons in magnetic insulators with metallic contacts. The magnons are described by a position-dependent temperature and chemical potential that are governed by diffusion equations with characteristic relaxation lengths. Proceeding from a linearized Boltzmann equation, we derive expressions for length scales and transport coefficients. For yttrium iron garnet (YIG) at room temperature we find that long-range transport is dominated by the magnon chemical potential. We compare the model's results with recent experiments on YIG with Pt contacts [L. J. Cornelissen et al., Nat. Phys. 11, 1022 (2015), 10.1038/nphys3465] and extract a magnon spin conductivity of σm=5 ×105 S/m. Our results for the spin Seebeck coefficient in YIG agree with published experiments. We conclude that the magnon chemical potential is an essential ingredient for energy and spin transport in magnetic insulators.

  10. Understanding band gaps of solids in generalized Kohn-Sham theory.

    PubMed

    Perdew, John P; Yang, Weitao; Burke, Kieron; Yang, Zenghui; Gross, Eberhard K U; Scheffler, Matthias; Scuseria, Gustavo E; Henderson, Thomas M; Zhang, Igor Ying; Ruzsinszky, Adrienn; Peng, Haowei; Sun, Jianwei; Trushin, Egor; Görling, Andreas

    2017-03-14

    The fundamental energy gap of a periodic solid distinguishes insulators from metals and characterizes low-energy single-electron excitations. However, the gap in the band structure of the exact multiplicative Kohn-Sham (KS) potential substantially underestimates the fundamental gap, a major limitation of KS density-functional theory. Here, we give a simple proof of a theorem: In generalized KS theory (GKS), the band gap of an extended system equals the fundamental gap for the approximate functional if the GKS potential operator is continuous and the density change is delocalized when an electron or hole is added. Our theorem explains how GKS band gaps from metageneralized gradient approximations (meta-GGAs) and hybrid functionals can be more realistic than those from GGAs or even from the exact KS potential. The theorem also follows from earlier work. The band edges in the GKS one-electron spectrum are also related to measurable energies. A linear chain of hydrogen molecules, solid aluminum arsenide, and solid argon provide numerical illustrations.

  11. Understanding band gaps of solids in generalized Kohn–Sham theory

    PubMed Central

    Perdew, John P.; Yang, Weitao; Burke, Kieron; Yang, Zenghui; Gross, Eberhard K. U.; Scheffler, Matthias; Scuseria, Gustavo E.; Henderson, Thomas M.; Zhang, Igor Ying; Ruzsinszky, Adrienn; Peng, Haowei; Sun, Jianwei; Trushin, Egor; Görling, Andreas

    2017-01-01

    The fundamental energy gap of a periodic solid distinguishes insulators from metals and characterizes low-energy single-electron excitations. However, the gap in the band structure of the exact multiplicative Kohn–Sham (KS) potential substantially underestimates the fundamental gap, a major limitation of KS density-functional theory. Here, we give a simple proof of a theorem: In generalized KS theory (GKS), the band gap of an extended system equals the fundamental gap for the approximate functional if the GKS potential operator is continuous and the density change is delocalized when an electron or hole is added. Our theorem explains how GKS band gaps from metageneralized gradient approximations (meta-GGAs) and hybrid functionals can be more realistic than those from GGAs or even from the exact KS potential. The theorem also follows from earlier work. The band edges in the GKS one-electron spectrum are also related to measurable energies. A linear chain of hydrogen molecules, solid aluminum arsenide, and solid argon provide numerical illustrations. PMID:28265085

  12. Quasi-linear regime of gravitational instability: Implication to density-velocity relation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Shandarin, Sergei F.

    1993-01-01

    The well known linear relation between density and peculiar velocity distributions is a powerful tool for studying the large-scale structure in the Universe. Potentially it can test the gravitational instability theory and measure Omega. At present it is used in both ways: the velocity is reconstructed, provided the density is given, and vice versa. Reconstructing the density from the velocity field usually makes use of the Zel'dovich approximation. However, the standard linear approximation in Eulerian space is used when the velocity is reconstructed from the density distribution. I show that the linearized Zel'dovich approximation, in other words the linear approximation in the Lagrangian space, is more accurate for reconstructing velocity. In principle, a simple iteration technique can recover both the density and velocity distributions in Lagrangian space, but its practical application may need an additional study.

  13. The fit between health impact assessment and public policy: practice meets theory.

    PubMed

    Harris, Patrick; Sainsbury, Peter; Kemp, Lynn

    2014-05-01

    The last decade has seen increased use of health impact assessment (HIA) to influence public policies developed outside the Health sector. HIA has developed as a structured, linear and technical process to incorporate health, broadly defined, into policy. This is potentially incongruent with complex, non-linear and tactical policy making which does not necessarily consider health. HIA research has however not incorporated existing public policy theory to explain practitioners' experiences with HIA and policy. This research, therefore, used public policy theory to explain HIA practitioners' experiences and investigate 'What is the fit between HIA and public policy?' Empirical findings from nine in-depth interviews with international HIA practitioners were re-analysed against public policy theory. We reviewed the HIA literature for inclusion of public policy theories then compared these for compatibility with our critical realist methodology and the empirical data. The theory 'Policy Cycles and Subsystems' (Howlett et al., 2009) was used to re-analyse the empirical data. HIAs for policy are necessarily both tactical and technical. Within policy subsystems using HIA to influence public policy requires tactically positioning health as a relevant public policy issue and, to facilitate this, institutional support for collaboration between Public Health and other sectors. HIA fits best within the often non-linear public policy cycle as a policy formulation instrument. HIA provides, tactically and technically, a space for practical reasoning to navigate facts, values and processes underlying the substantive and procedural dimensions of policy. Re-analysing empirical experiential data using existing public policy theory provided valuable explanations for future research, policy and practice concerning why and how HIA fits tactically and technically with the world of public policy development. The use of theory and empiricism opens up important possibilities for future research in the search for better explanations of complex practical problems. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  14. Feasibility of combining linear theory and impact theory methods for the analysis and design of high speed configurations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brooke, D.; Vondrasek, D. V.

    1978-01-01

    The aerodynamic influence coefficients calculated using an existing linear theory program were used to modify the pressures calculated using impact theory. Application of the combined approach to several wing-alone configurations shows that the combined approach gives improved predictions of the local pressure and loadings over either linear theory alone or impact theory alone. The approach not only removes most of the short-comings of the individual methods, as applied in the Mach 4 to 8 range, but also provides the basis for an inverse design procedure applicable to high speed configurations.

  15. Employing Theories Far beyond Their Limits - Linear Dichroism Theory.

    PubMed

    Mayerhöfer, Thomas G

    2018-05-15

    Using linear polarized light, it is possible in case of ordered structures, such as stretched polymers or single crystals, to determine the orientation of the transition moments of electronic and vibrational transitions. This not only helps to resolve overlapping bands, but also assigning the symmetry species of the transitions and to elucidate the structure. To perform spectral evaluation quantitatively, a sometimes "Linear Dichroism Theory" called approach is very often used. This approach links the relative orientation of the transition moment and polarization direction to the quantity absorbance. This linkage is highly questionable for several reasons. First of all, absorbance is a quantity that is by its definition not compatible with Maxwell's equations. Furthermore, absorbance seems not to be the quantity which is generally compatible with linear dichroism theory. In addition, linear dichroism theory disregards that it is not only the angle between transition moment and polarization direction, but also the angle between sample surface and transition moment, that influences band shape and intensity. Accordingly, the often invoked "magic angle" has never existed and the orientation distribution influences spectra to a much higher degree than if linear dichroism theory would hold strictly. A last point that is completely ignored by linear dichroism theory is the fact that partially oriented or randomly-oriented samples usually consist of ordered domains. It is their size relative to the wavelength of light that can also greatly influence a spectrum. All these findings can help to elucidate orientation to a much higher degree by optical methods than currently thought possible by the users of linear dichroism theory. Hence, it is the goal of this contribution to point out these shortcomings of linear dichroism theory to its users to stimulate efforts to overcome the long-lasting stagnation of this important field. © 2018 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  16. Infrared modification of gravity from conformal symmetry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gegenberg, Jack; Rahmati, Shohreh; Seahra, Sanjeev S.

    2016-03-01

    We reconsider a gauge theory of gravity in which the gauge group is the conformal group SO(4,2), and the action is of the Yang-Mills form, quadratic in the curvature. The resulting gravitational theory exhibits local conformal symmetry and reduces to Weyl-squared gravity under certain conditions. When the theory is linearized about flat spacetime, we find that matter which couples to the generators of special conformal transformations reproduces Newton's inverse square law. Conversely, matter which couples to generators of translations induces a constant and possibly repulsive force far from the source, which may be relevant for explaining the late-time acceleration of the Universe. The coupling constant of the theory is dimensionless, which means that it is potentially renormalizable.

  17. Trajectories of Family Management Practices and Early Adolescent Behavioral Outcomes

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wang, Ming-Te; Dishion, Thomas J.; Stormshak, Elizabeth A.; Willett, John B.

    2011-01-01

    Stage-environment fit theory was used to examine the reciprocal lagged relations between family management practices and early adolescent problem behavior during the middle school years. In addition, the potential moderating roles of family structure and of gender were explored. Hierarchical linear modeling was used to describe patterns of growth…

  18. Complexity Thinking and Methodology: The Potential of "Complex Case Study" for Educational Research

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hetherington, Lindsay

    2013-01-01

    Complexity theories have in common perspectives that challenge linear methodologies and views of causality. In educational research, relatively little has been written explicitly exploring their implications for educational research methodology in general and case study in particular. In this paper, I offer a rationale for case study as a research…

  19. Linearized propulsion theory of flapping airfoils revisited

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fernandez-Feria, Ramon

    2016-11-01

    A vortical impulse theory is used to compute the thrust of a plunging and pitching airfoil in forward flight within the framework of linear potential flow theory. The result is significantly different from the classical one of Garrick that considered the leading-edge suction and the projection in the flight direction of the pressure force. By taking into account the complete vorticity distribution on the airfoil and the wake the mean thrust coefficient contains a new term that generalizes the leading-edge suction term and depends on Theodorsen function C (k) and on a new complex function C1 (k) of the reduced frequency k. The main qualitative difference with Garrick's theory is that the propulsive efficiency tends to zero as the reduced frequency increases to infinity (as 1 / k), in contrast to Garrick's efficiency that tends to a constant (1 / 2). Consequently, for pure pitching and combined pitching and plunging motions, the maximum of the propulsive efficiency is not reached as k -> ∞ like in Garrick's theory, but at a finite value of the reduced frequency that depends on the remaining non-dimensional parameters. The present analytical results are in good agreement with experimental data and numerical results for small amplitude oscillations. Supported by the Ministerio de Economia y Competitividad of Spain Grant No. DPI2013-40479-P.

  20. A Linear Theory for Inflatable Plates of Arbitrary Shape

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    McComb, Harvey G., Jr.

    1961-01-01

    A linear small-deflection theory is developed for the elastic behavior of inflatable plates of which Airmat is an example. Included in the theory are the effects of a small linear taper in the depth of the plate. Solutions are presented for some simple problems in the lateral deflection and vibration of constant-depth rectangular inflatable plates.

  1. Self-Consistent Field Theories for the Role of Large Length-Scale Architecture in Polymers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, David

    At large length-scales, the architecture of polymers can be described by a coarse-grained specification of the distribution of branch points and monomer types within a molecule. This includes molecular topology (e.g., cyclic or branched) as well as distances between branch points or chain ends. Design of large length-scale molecular architecture is appealing because it offers a universal strategy, independent of monomer chemistry, to tune properties. Non-linear analogs of linear chains differ in molecular-scale properties, such as mobility, entanglements, and surface segregation in blends that are well-known to impact rheological, dynamical, thermodynamic and surface properties including adhesion and wetting. We have used Self-Consistent Field (SCF) theories to describe a number of phenomena associated with large length-scale polymer architecture. We have predicted the surface composition profiles of non-linear chains in blends with linear chains. These predictions are in good agreement with experimental results, including from neutron scattering, on a range of well-controlled branched (star, pom-pom and end-branched) and cyclic polymer architectures. Moreover, the theory allows explanation of the segregation and conformations of branched polymers in terms of effective surface potentials acting on the end and branch groups. However, for cyclic chains, which have no end or junction points, a qualitatively different topological mechanism based on conformational entropy drives cyclic chains to a surface, consistent with recent neutron reflectivity experiments. We have also used SCF theory to calculate intramolecular and intermolecular correlations for polymer chains in the bulk, dilute solution, and trapped at a liquid-liquid interface. Predictions of chain swelling in dilute star polymer solutions compare favorably with existing PRISM theory and swelling at an interface helps explain recent measurements of chain mobility at an oil-water interface. In collaboration with: Renfeng Hu, Colorado School of Mines, and Mark Foster, University of Akron. This work was supported by NSF Grants No. CBET- 0730692 and No. CBET-0731319.

  2. Cosmology of the closed string tachyon

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Swanson, Ian

    2008-09-15

    The spacetime physics of bulk closed string tachyon condensation is studied at the level of a two-derivative effective action. We derive the unique perturbative tachyon potential consistent with a full class of linearized tachyonic deformations of supercritical string theory. The solutions of interest deform a general linear dilaton background by the insertion of purely exponential tachyon vertex operators. In spacetime, the evolution of the tachyon drives an accelerated contraction of the universe and, absent higher-order corrections, the theory collapses to a cosmological singularity in finite time, at arbitrarily weak string coupling. When the tachyon exhibits a null symmetry, the worldsheetmore » dynamics is known to be exact and well defined at tree level. We prove that if the two-derivative effective action is free of nongravitational singularities, higher-order corrections always resolve the spacetime curvature singularity of the null tachyon. The resulting theory provides an explicit mechanism by which tachyon condensation can generate or terminate the flow of cosmological time in string theory. Additional particular solutions can resolve an initial singularity with a tachyonic phase at weak coupling, or yield solitonic configurations that localize the universe along spatial directions.« less

  3. Wilson loop from a Dyson equation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pak, M.; Reinhardt, H.

    2009-12-15

    The Dyson equation proposed for planar temporal Wilson loops in the context of supersymmetric gauge theories is critically analyzed thereby exhibiting its ingredients and approximations involved. We reveal its limitations and identify its range of applicability in nonsupersymmetric gauge theories. In particular, we show that this equation is applicable only to strongly asymmetric planar Wilson loops (consisting of a long and a short pair of loop segments) and as a consequence the Wilsonian potential can be extracted only up to intermediate distances. By this equation the Wilson loop is exclusively determined by the gluon propagator. We solve the Dyson equationmore » in Coulomb gauge for the temporal Wilson loop with the instantaneous part of the gluon propagator and for the spatial Wilson loop with the static gluon propagator obtained in the Hamiltonian approach to continuum Yang-Mills theory and on the lattice. In both cases we find a linearly rising color potential.« less

  4. Renormalization-group theory of plasma microturbulence

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Carati, D.; Chriaa, K.; Balescu, R.

    1994-08-01

    The dynamical renormalization-group methods are applied to the gyrokinetic equation describing drift-wave turbulence in plasmas. As in both magnetohydrodynamic and neutral turbulence, small-scale fluctuations appear to act as effective dissipative processes on large-scale phenomena. A linear renormalized gyrokinetic equation is derived. No artificial forcing is introduced into the equations and all the renormalized corrections are expressed in terms of the fluctuating electric potential. The link with the quasilinear limit and the direct interaction approximation is investigated. Simple analytical expressions for the anomalous transport coefficients are derived by using the linear renormalized gyrokinetic equation. Examples show that both quasilinear and Bohmmore » scalings can be recovered depending on the spectral amplitude of the electric potential fluctuations.« less

  5. Velocity-gauge real-time TDDFT within a numerical atomic orbital basis set

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pemmaraju, C. D.; Vila, F. D.; Kas, J. J.; Sato, S. A.; Rehr, J. J.; Yabana, K.; Prendergast, David

    2018-05-01

    The interaction of laser fields with solid-state systems can be modeled efficiently within the velocity-gauge formalism of real-time time dependent density functional theory (RT-TDDFT). In this article, we discuss the implementation of the velocity-gauge RT-TDDFT equations for electron dynamics within a linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) basis set framework. Numerical results obtained from our LCAO implementation, for the electronic response of periodic systems to both weak and intense laser fields, are compared to those obtained from established real-space grid and Full-Potential Linearized Augmented Planewave approaches. Potential applications of the LCAO based scheme in the context of extreme ultra-violet and soft X-ray spectroscopies involving core-electronic excitations are discussed.

  6. PAN AIR: A Computer Program for Predicting Subsonic or Supersonic Linear Potential Flows About Arbitrary Configurations Using a Higher Order Panel Method. Volume 1; Theory Document (Version 1.1)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Magnus, Alfred E.; Epton, Michael A.

    1981-01-01

    An outline of the derivation of the differential equation governing linear subsonic and supersonic potential flow is given. The use of Green's Theorem to obtain an integral equation over the boundary surface is discussed. The engineering techniques incorporated in the PAN AIR (Panel Aerodynamics) program (a discretization method which solves the integral equation for arbitrary first order boundary conditions) are then discussed in detail. Items discussed include the construction of the compressibility transformations, splining techniques, imposition of the boundary conditions, influence coefficient computation (including the concept of the finite part of an integral), computation of pressure coefficients, and computation of forces and moments.

  7. Vainshtein screening in scalar-tensor theories before and after GW170817: Constraints on theories beyond Horndeski

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dima, Alexandru; Vernizzi, Filippo

    2018-05-01

    Screening mechanisms are essential features of dark energy models mediating a fifth force on large scales. We study the regime of strong scalar field nonlinearities, known as Vainshtein screening, in the most general scalar-tensor theories propagating a single scalar degree of freedom. We first develop an effective approach to parametrize cosmological perturbations beyond linear order for these theories. In the quasistatic limit, the fully nonlinear effective Lagrangian contains six independent terms, one of which starts at cubic order in perturbations. We compute the two gravitational potentials around a spherical body. Outside and near the body, screening reproduces standard gravity, with a modified gravitational coupling. Inside the body, the two potentials are different and depend on the density profile, signalling the breaking of the Vainshtein screening. We provide the most general expressions for these modifications, revising and extending previous results. We apply our findings to show that the combination of the GW170817 event, the Hulse-Taylor pulsar and stellar structure physics, constrain the parameters of these general theories at the level of 10-1, and of Gleyzes-Langlois-Piazza-Vernizzi theories at the level of 10-2.

  8. Electronic, thermoelectric and transport properties of cesium cadmium trifluoride: A DFT study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abraham, Jisha Annie; Pagare, G.; Sanyal, Sankar P.

    2018-04-01

    The full potential linearized augmented plane wave method based on density functional theory is employed to investigate the electronic structure of CsCdF3. The electronic properties of this compound have been studied from the band structure plot and density of states. The presence of indirect energy gap reveals its insulating nature. Using constant relaxation time, the electrical conductivity, electronic thermal conductivity, Seebeck coefficient and figure of merit are calculated by using Boltzmann transport theory. We have also studied the temperature dependence of thermoelectric properties of this compound.

  9. Upstream ionization instability associated with a current-free double layer.

    PubMed

    Aanesland, A; Charles, C; Lieberman, M A; Boswell, R W

    2006-08-18

    A low frequency instability has been observed using various electrostatic probes in a low-pressure expanding helicon plasma. The instability is associated with the presence of a current-free double layer (DL). The frequency of the instability increases linearly with the potential drop of the DL, and simultaneous measurements show their coexistence. A theory for an upstream ionization instability has been developed, which shows that electrons accelerated through the DL increase the ionization upstream and are responsible for the observed instability. The theory is in good agreement with the experimental results.

  10. University Physics, Study Guide, Revised Edition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Benson, Harris

    1996-01-01

    Partial table of contents: Vectors. One-Dimensional Kinematics. Particle Dynamics II. Work and Energy. Linear Momentum. Systems of Particles. Angular Momentum and Statics. Gravitation. Solids and Fluids. Oscillations. Mechanical Waves. Sound. First Law of Thermodynamics. Kinetic Theory. Entropy and the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Electrostatics. The Electric Field. Gauss's Law. Electric Potential. Current and Resistance. The Magnetic Field. Sources of the Magnetic Field. Electromagnetic Induction. Light: Reflection and Refraction. Lenses and Optical Instruments. Wave Optics I. Special Relativity. Early Quantum Theory. Nuclear Physics. Appendices. Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises and Problems. Index.

  11. Analytical transport network theory to guide the design of 3-D microstructural networks in energy materials: Part 1. Flow without reactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cocco, Alex P.; Nakajo, Arata; Chiu, Wilson K. S.

    2017-12-01

    We present a fully analytical, heuristic model - the "Analytical Transport Network Model" - for steady-state, diffusive, potential flow through a 3-D network. Employing a combination of graph theory, linear algebra, and geometry, the model explicitly relates a microstructural network's topology and the morphology of its channels to an effective material transport coefficient (a general term meant to encompass, e.g., conductivity or diffusion coefficient). The model's transport coefficient predictions agree well with those from electrochemical fin (ECF) theory and finite element analysis (FEA), but are computed 0.5-1.5 and 5-6 orders of magnitude faster, respectively. In addition, the theory explicitly relates a number of morphological and topological parameters directly to the transport coefficient, whereby the distributions that characterize the structure are readily available for further analysis. Furthermore, ATN's explicit development provides insight into the nature of the tortuosity factor and offers the potential to apply theory from network science and to consider the optimization of a network's effective resistance in a mathematically rigorous manner. The ATN model's speed and relative ease-of-use offer the potential to aid in accelerating the design (with respect to transport), and thus reducing the cost, of energy materials.

  12. Extended resolvent and inverse scattering with an application to KPI

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Boiti, M.; Pempinelli, F.; Pogrebkov, A. K.; Prinari, B.

    2003-08-01

    We present in detail an extended resolvent approach for investigating linear problems associated to 2+1 dimensional integrable equations. Our presentation is based as an example on the nonstationary Schrödinger equation with potential being a perturbation of the one-soliton potential by means of a decaying two-dimensional function. Modification of the inverse scattering theory as well as properties of the Jost solutions and spectral data as follows from the resolvent approach are given.

  13. Quasi-linear theory via the cumulant expansion approach

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, F. C.; Birmingham, T. J.

    1974-01-01

    The cumulant expansion technique of Kubo was used to derive an intergro-differential equation for f , the average one particle distribution function for particles being accelerated by electric and magnetic fluctuations of a general nature. For a very restricted class of fluctuations, the f equation degenerates exactly to a differential equation of Fokker-Planck type. Quasi-linear theory, including the adiabatic assumption, is an exact theory for this limited class of fluctuations. For more physically realistic fluctuations, however, quasi-linear theory is at best approximate.

  14. Coulomb string tension, asymptotic string tension, and the gluon chain

    DOE PAGES

    Greensite, Jeff; Szczepaniak, Adam P.

    2015-02-01

    We compute, via numerical simulations, the non-perturbative Coulomb potential and position-space ghost propagator in pure SU(3) gauge theory in Coulomb gauge. We find that that the Coulomb potential scales nicely in accordance with asymptotic freedom, that the Coulomb potential is linear in the infrared, and that the Coulomb string tension is about four times larger than the asymptotic string tension. We explain how it is possible that the asymptotic string tension can be lower than the Coulomb string tension by a factor of four.

  15. Nonlinear Large Deflection Theory with Modified Aeroelastic Lifting Line Aerodynamics for a High Aspect Ratio Flexible Wing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nguyen, Nhan; Ting, Eric; Chaparro, Daniel

    2017-01-01

    This paper investigates the effect of nonlinear large deflection bending on the aerodynamic performance of a high aspect ratio flexible wing. A set of nonlinear static aeroelastic equations are derived for the large bending deflection of a high aspect ratio wing structure. An analysis is conducted to compare the nonlinear bending theory with the linear bending theory. The results show that the nonlinear bending theory is length-preserving whereas the linear bending theory causes a non-physical effect of lengthening the wing structure under the no axial load condition. A modified lifting line theory is developed to compute the lift and drag coefficients of a wing structure undergoing a large bending deflection. The lift and drag coefficients are more accurately estimated by the nonlinear bending theory due to its length-preserving property. The nonlinear bending theory yields lower lift and span efficiency than the linear bending theory. A coupled aerodynamic-nonlinear finite element model is developed to implement the nonlinear bending theory for a Common Research Model (CRM) flexible wing wind tunnel model to be tested in the University of Washington Aeronautical Laboratory (UWAL). The structural stiffness of the model is designed to give about 10% wing tip deflection which is large enough that could cause the nonlinear deflection effect to become significant. The computational results show that the nonlinear bending theory yields slightly less lift than the linear bending theory for this wind tunnel model. As a result, the linear bending theory is deemed adequate for the CRM wind tunnel model.

  16. Ion radial diffusion in an electrostatic impulse model for stormtime ring current formation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chen, Margaret W.; Schulz, Michael; Lyons, Larry R.; Gorney, David J.

    1992-01-01

    Two refinements to the quasi-linear theory of ion radial diffusion are proposed and examined analytically with simulations of particle trajectories. The resonance-broadening correction by Dungey (1965) is applied to the quasi-linear diffusion theory by Faelthammar (1965) for an individual model storm. Quasi-linear theory is then applied to the mean diffusion coefficients resulting from simulations of particle trajectories in 20 model storms. The correction for drift-resonance broadening results in quasi-linear diffusion coefficients with discrepancies from the corresponding simulated values that are reduced by a factor of about 3. Further reductions in the discrepancies are noted following the averaging of the quasi-linear diffusion coefficients, the simulated coefficients, and the resonance-broadened coefficients for the 20 storms. Quasi-linear theory provides good descriptions of particle transport for a single storm but performs even better in conjunction with the present ensemble-averaging.

  17. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Escartín, J. M.; CNRS, UMR5152, F-31062 Toulouse Cedex; Theory of Condensed Matter Group, Cavendish Laboratory, University of Cambridge, J.J. Thomson Avenue, Cambridge CB3 0HE

    Time-Dependent Density-Functional Theory (TDDFT) is a well-established theoretical approach to describe and understand irradiation processes in clusters and molecules. However, within the so-called adiabatic local density approximation (ALDA) to the exchange-correlation (xc) potential, TDDFT can show insufficiencies, particularly in violently dynamical processes. This is because within ALDA the xc potential is instantaneous and is a local functional of the density, which means that this approximation neglects memory effects and long-range effects. A way to go beyond ALDA is to use Time-Dependent Current-Density-Functional Theory (TDCDFT), in which the basic quantity is the current density rather than the density as in TDDFT.more » This has been shown to offer an adequate account of dissipation in the linear domain when the Vignale-Kohn (VK) functional is used. Here, we go beyond the linear regime and we explore this formulation in the time domain. In this case, the equations become very involved making the computation out of reach; we hence propose an approximation to the VK functional which allows us to calculate the dynamics in real time and at the same time to keep most of the physics described by the VK functional. We apply this formulation to the calculation of the time-dependent dipole moment of Ca, Mg and Na{sub 2}. Our results show trends similar to what was previously observed in model systems or within linear response. In the non-linear domain, our results show that relaxation times do not decrease with increasing deposited excitation energy, which sets some limitations to the practical use of TDCDFT in such a domain of excitations.« less

  18. Newton's method: A link between continuous and discrete solutions of nonlinear problems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Thurston, G. A.

    1980-01-01

    Newton's method for nonlinear mechanics problems replaces the governing nonlinear equations by an iterative sequence of linear equations. When the linear equations are linear differential equations, the equations are usually solved by numerical methods. The iterative sequence in Newton's method can exhibit poor convergence properties when the nonlinear problem has multiple solutions for a fixed set of parameters, unless the iterative sequences are aimed at solving for each solution separately. The theory of the linear differential operators is often a better guide for solution strategies in applying Newton's method than the theory of linear algebra associated with the numerical analogs of the differential operators. In fact, the theory for the differential operators can suggest the choice of numerical linear operators. In this paper the method of variation of parameters from the theory of linear ordinary differential equations is examined in detail in the context of Newton's method to demonstrate how it might be used as a guide for numerical solutions.

  19. Simple Emergent Power Spectra from Complex Inflationary Physics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dias, Mafalda; Frazer, Jonathan; Marsh, M. C. David

    2016-09-01

    We construct ensembles of random scalar potentials for Nf-interacting scalar fields using nonequilibrium random matrix theory, and use these to study the generation of observables during small-field inflation. For Nf=O (few ), these heavily featured scalar potentials give rise to power spectra that are highly nonlinear, at odds with observations. For Nf≫1 , the superhorizon evolution of the perturbations is generically substantial, yet the power spectra simplify considerably and become more predictive, with most realizations being well approximated by a linear power spectrum. This provides proof of principle that complex inflationary physics can give rise to simple emergent power spectra. We explain how these results can be understood in terms of large Nf universality of random matrix theory.

  20. Simple Emergent Power Spectra from Complex Inflationary Physics.

    PubMed

    Dias, Mafalda; Frazer, Jonathan; Marsh, M C David

    2016-09-30

    We construct ensembles of random scalar potentials for N_{f}-interacting scalar fields using nonequilibrium random matrix theory, and use these to study the generation of observables during small-field inflation. For N_{f}=O(few), these heavily featured scalar potentials give rise to power spectra that are highly nonlinear, at odds with observations. For N_{f}≫1, the superhorizon evolution of the perturbations is generically substantial, yet the power spectra simplify considerably and become more predictive, with most realizations being well approximated by a linear power spectrum. This provides proof of principle that complex inflationary physics can give rise to simple emergent power spectra. We explain how these results can be understood in terms of large N_{f} universality of random matrix theory.

  1. Quintessence from virtual dark matter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Damdinsuren, Battsetseg; Sim, Jonghyun; Lee, Tae Hoon

    2017-09-01

    Considering a theory of Brans-Dicke gravity with general couplings of Higgs-like bosons including a non-renormalizable term, we derive the low-energy effective theory action in the Universe of a temperature much lower than the Higgs-like boson mass. Necessary equations containing gravitational field equations and an effective potential of the Brans-Dicke scalar field are obtained, which are induced through virtual interactions of the Higgs-like heavy field in the late-time Universe. We find a de Sitter cosmological solution with the inverse power law effective potential of the scalar field and discuss the possibility that the late-time acceleration of our Universe can be naturally explained by means of the solution. We also investigate stability properties of the quintessence model by using a linear approximation.

  2. Intermediate accelerated solutions as generic late-time attractors in a modified Jordan-Brans-Dicke theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cid, Antonella; Leon, Genly; Leyva, Yoelsy

    2016-02-01

    In this paper we investigate the evolution of a Jordan-Brans-Dicke scalar field, Φ, with a power-law potential in the presence of a second scalar field, phi, with an exponential potential, in both the Jordan and the Einstein frames. We present the relation of our model with the induced gravity model with power-law potential and the integrability of this kind of models is discussed when the quintessence field phi is massless, and has a small velocity. The fact that for some fine-tuned values of the parameters we may get some integrable cosmological models, makes our choice of potentials very interesting. We prove that in Jordan-Brans-Dicke theory, the de Sitter solution is not a natural attractor. Instead, we show that the attractor in the Jordan frame corresponds to an ``intermediate accelerated'' solution of the form a(t) simeq eα1 tp1, as t → ∞ where α1 > 0 and 0 < p1 < 1, for a wide range of parameters. Furthermore, when we work in the Einstein frame we get that the attractor is also an ``intermediate accelerated'' solution of the form fraktur a(fraktur t) simeq eα2 fraktur tp2 as fraktur t → ∞ where α2 > 0 and 0

  3. Life History theory hypotheses on child growth: Potential implications for short and long-term child growth, development and health.

    PubMed

    Said-Mohamed, Rihlat; Pettifor, John M; Norris, Shane A

    2018-01-01

    Life history theory integrates ecological, physiological, and molecular layers within an evolutionary framework to understand organisms' strategies to optimize survival and reproduction. Two life history hypotheses and their implications for child growth, development, and health (illustrated in the South African context) are reviewed here. One hypothesis suggests that there is an energy trade-off between linear growth and brain growth. Undernutrition in infancy and childhood may trigger adaptive physiological mechanisms prioritizing the brain at the expense of body growth. Another hypothesis is that the period from conception to infancy is a critical window of developmental plasticity of linear growth, the duration of which may vary between and within populations. The transition from infancy to childhood may mark the end of a critical window of opportunity for improving child growth. Both hypotheses emphasize the developmental plasticity of linear growth and the potential determinants of growth variability (including the role of parent-offspring conflict in maternal resources allocation). Implications of these hypotheses in populations with high burdens of undernutrition and infections are discussed. In South Africa, HIV/AIDS during pregnancy (associated with adverse birth outcomes, short duration of breastfeeding, and social consequences) may lead to a shortened window of developmental plasticity of growth. Furthermore, undernutrition and infectious diseases in children living in South Africa, a country undergoing a rapid nutrition transition, may have adverse consequences on individuals' cognitive abilities and risks of cardio-metabolic diseases. Studies are needed to identify physiological mechanisms underlying energy allocation between biological functions and their potential impacts on health. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  4. Spectroscopic investigations using density functional theory on 2-methoxy- 4(phenyliminomethyl)phenol: A non linear optical material

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hijas, K. M.; Madan Kumar, S.; Byrappa, K.; Geethakrishnan, T.; Jeyaram, S.; Nagalakshmi, R.

    2018-03-01

    Single crystals of 2-methoxy-4(phenyliminomethyl)phenol were grown from ethanol by slow evaporation solution growth technique. Single crystal X-ray diffraction experiment reveals the crystallization in orthorhombic system having non-centrosymmetric space group C2221. Geometrical optimization by density functional theory method was carried out using Gaussian program and compared with experimental results. Detailed experimental and theoretical vibrational analyses were carried out and the results were correlated to find close agreement. Thermal analyses show the material is thermally stable with a melting point of 159 °C. Natural bond orbital analysis was carried out to explain charge transfer interactions through hydrogen bonding. Relatively smaller HOMO-LUMO band gap favors the non linear optical activity of the molecule. Natural population analysis and molecular electrostatic potential calculations visualize the charge distribution in an isolated molecule. Calculated first-order molecular hyperpolarizability and preliminary second harmonic generation test carried out using Kurtz-Perry technique establish 2-methoxy-4(phenyliminomethyl)phenol crystal as a good non linear optical material. Z-scan proposes the material for reverse saturable absorption.

  5. Direction-Dependence Analysis: A Confirmatory Approach for Testing Directional Theories

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wiedermann, Wolfgang; von Eye, Alexander

    2015-01-01

    The concept of direction dependence has attracted growing attention due to its potential to help decide which of two competing linear regression models (X ? Y or Y ? X) is more likely to reflect the correct causal flow. Several tests have been proposed to evaluate hypotheses compatible with direction dependence. In this issue, Thoemmes (2015)…

  6. A general theory of linear cosmological perturbations: scalar-tensor and vector-tensor theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lagos, Macarena; Baker, Tessa; Ferreira, Pedro G.

    We present a method for parametrizing linear cosmological perturbations of theories of gravity, around homogeneous and isotropic backgrounds. The method is sufficiently general and systematic that it can be applied to theories with any degrees of freedom (DoFs) and arbitrary gauge symmetries. In this paper, we focus on scalar-tensor and vector-tensor theories, invariant under linear coordinate transformations. In the case of scalar-tensor theories, we use our framework to recover the simple parametrizations of linearized Horndeski and ''Beyond Horndeski'' theories, and also find higher-derivative corrections. In the case of vector-tensor theories, we first construct the most general quadratic action for perturbationsmore » that leads to second-order equations of motion, which propagates two scalar DoFs. Then we specialize to the case in which the vector field is time-like (à la Einstein-Aether gravity), where the theory only propagates one scalar DoF. As a result, we identify the complete forms of the quadratic actions for perturbations, and the number of free parameters that need to be defined, to cosmologically characterize these two broad classes of theories.« less

  7. Uniform magnetic fields in density-functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tellgren, Erik I.; Laestadius, Andre; Helgaker, Trygve; Kvaal, Simen; Teale, Andrew M.

    2018-01-01

    We construct a density-functional formalism adapted to uniform external magnetic fields that is intermediate between conventional density functional theory and Current-Density Functional Theory (CDFT). In the intermediate theory, which we term linear vector potential-DFT (LDFT), the basic variables are the density, the canonical momentum, and the paramagnetic contribution to the magnetic moment. Both a constrained-search formulation and a convex formulation in terms of Legendre-Fenchel transformations are constructed. Many theoretical issues in CDFT find simplified analogs in LDFT. We prove results concerning N-representability, Hohenberg-Kohn-like mappings, existence of minimizers in the constrained-search expression, and a restricted analog to gauge invariance. The issue of additivity of the energy over non-interacting subsystems, which is qualitatively different in LDFT and CDFT, is also discussed.

  8. User's manual for UCAP: Unified Counter-Rotation Aero-Acoustics Program

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Culver, E. M.; Mccolgan, C. J.

    1993-01-01

    This is the user's manual for the Unified Counter-rotation Aeroacoustics Program (UCAP), the counter-rotation derivative of the UAAP (Unified Aero-Acoustic Program). The purpose of this program is to predict steady and unsteady air loading on the blades and the noise produced by a counter-rotation Prop-Fan. The aerodynamic method is based on linear potential theory with corrections for nonlinearity associated with axial flux induction, vortex lift on the blades, and rotor-to-rotor interference. The theory for acoustics and the theory for individual blade loading and wakes are derived in Unified Aeroacoustics Analysis for High Speed Turboprop Aerodynamics and Noise, Volume 1 (NASA CR-4329). This user's manual also includes a brief explanation of the theory used for the modelling of counter-rotation.

  9. User's manual for UCAP: Unified Counter-Rotation Aero-Acoustics Program

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Culver, E. M.; McColgan, C. J.

    1993-04-01

    This is the user's manual for the Unified Counter-rotation Aeroacoustics Program (UCAP), the counter-rotation derivative of the UAAP (Unified Aero-Acoustic Program). The purpose of this program is to predict steady and unsteady air loading on the blades and the noise produced by a counter-rotation Prop-Fan. The aerodynamic method is based on linear potential theory with corrections for nonlinearity associated with axial flux induction, vortex lift on the blades, and rotor-to-rotor interference. The theory for acoustics and the theory for individual blade loading and wakes are derived in Unified Aeroacoustics Analysis for High Speed Turboprop Aerodynamics and Noise, Volume 1 (NASA CR-4329). This user's manual also includes a brief explanation of the theory used for the modelling of counter-rotation.

  10. Uniform magnetic fields in density-functional theory.

    PubMed

    Tellgren, Erik I; Laestadius, Andre; Helgaker, Trygve; Kvaal, Simen; Teale, Andrew M

    2018-01-14

    We construct a density-functional formalism adapted to uniform external magnetic fields that is intermediate between conventional density functional theory and Current-Density Functional Theory (CDFT). In the intermediate theory, which we term linear vector potential-DFT (LDFT), the basic variables are the density, the canonical momentum, and the paramagnetic contribution to the magnetic moment. Both a constrained-search formulation and a convex formulation in terms of Legendre-Fenchel transformations are constructed. Many theoretical issues in CDFT find simplified analogs in LDFT. We prove results concerning N-representability, Hohenberg-Kohn-like mappings, existence of minimizers in the constrained-search expression, and a restricted analog to gauge invariance. The issue of additivity of the energy over non-interacting subsystems, which is qualitatively different in LDFT and CDFT, is also discussed.

  11. First-principles simulations of doping-dependent mesoscale screening of adatoms in graphene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mostofi, Arash; Corsetti, Fabiano; Wong, Dillon; Crommie, Michael; Lischner, Johannes

    Adsorbed atoms and molecules play an important role in controlling and tuning the functional properties of 2D materials. Understanding and predicting this phenomenon from theory is challenging because of the need to capture both the local chemistry of the adsorbate-substrate interaction and its complex interplay with the long-range screening response of the substrate. To address this challenge, we have developed a first-principles multi-scale approach that combines linear-scaling density-functional theory, continuum screening theory and large-scale tight-binding simulations. Focussing on the case of a calcium adatom on graphene, we draw comparison between the effect of (i) non-linearity, (ii) intraband and interband transitions, and (iii) the exchange-correlation potential, thus providing insight into the relative importance of these different factors on the screening response. We also determine the charge transfer from the adatom to the graphene substrate (the key parameter used in continuum screening models), showing it to be significantly larger than previous estimates. AM and FC acknowledge support of the EPSRC under Grant EP/J015059/1, and JL under Grant EP/N005244/1.

  12. Regioselective electrochemical reduction of 2,4-dichlorobiphenyl - Distinct standard reduction potentials for carbon-chlorine bonds using convolution potential sweep voltammetry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Muthukrishnan, A.; Sangaranarayanan, M. V.; Boyarskiy, V. P.; Boyarskaya, I. A.

    2010-04-01

    The reductive cleavage of carbon-chlorine bonds in 2,4-dichlorobiphenyl (PCB-7) is investigated using the convolution potential sweep voltammetry and quantum chemical calculations. The potential dependence of the logarithmic rate constant is non-linear which indicates the validity of Marcus-Hush theory of quadratic activation-driving force relationship. The ortho-chlorine of the 2,4-dichlorobiphenyl gets reduced first as inferred from the quantum chemical calculations and bulk electrolysis. The standard reduction potentials pertaining to the ortho-chlorine of 2,4-dichlorobiphenyl and that corresponding to para chlorine of the 4-chlorobiphenyl have been estimated.

  13. COSMOLOGY OF CHAMELEONS WITH POWER-LAW COUPLINGS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mota, David F.; Winther, Hans A.

    2011-05-20

    In chameleon field theories, a scalar field can couple to matter with gravitational strength and still evade local gravity constraints due to a combination of self-interactions and the couplings to matter. Originally, these theories were proposed with a constant coupling to matter; however, the chameleon mechanism also extends to the case where the coupling becomes field dependent. We study the cosmology of chameleon models with power-law couplings and power-law potentials. It is found that these generalized chameleons, when viable, have a background expansion very close to {Lambda}CDM, but can in some special cases enhance the growth of the linear perturbationsmore » at low redshifts. For the models we consider, it is found that this region of the parameter space is ruled out by local gravity constraints. Imposing a coupling to dark matter only, the local constraints are avoided, and it is possible to have observable signatures on the linear matter perturbations.« less

  14. Structural health monitoring based on sensitivity vector fields and attractor morphing.

    PubMed

    Yin, Shih-Hsun; Epureanu, Bogdan I

    2006-09-15

    The dynamic responses of a thermo-shielding panel forced by unsteady aerodynamic loads and a classical Duffing oscillator are investigated to detect structural damage. A nonlinear aeroelastic model is obtained for the panel by using third-order piston theory to model the unsteady supersonic flow, which interacts with the panel. To identify damage, we analyse the morphology (deformation and movement) of the attractor of the dynamics of the aeroelastic system and the Duffing oscillator. Damages of various locations, extents and levels are shown to be revealed by the attractor-based analysis. For the panel, the type of damage considered is a local reduction in the bending stiffness. For the Duffing oscillator, variations in the linear and nonlinear stiffnesses and damping are considered as damage. Present studies of such problems are based on linear theories. In contrast, the presented approach using nonlinear dynamics has the potential of enhancing accuracy and sensitivity of detection.

  15. An enstrophy-based linear and nonlinear receptivity theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sengupta, Aditi; Suman, V. K.; Sengupta, Tapan K.; Bhaumik, Swagata

    2018-05-01

    In the present research, a new theory of instability based on enstrophy is presented for incompressible flows. Explaining instability through enstrophy is counter-intuitive, as it has been usually associated with dissipation for the Navier-Stokes equation (NSE). This developed theory is valid for both linear and nonlinear stages of disturbance growth. A previously developed nonlinear theory of incompressible flow instability based on total mechanical energy described in the work of Sengupta et al. ["Vortex-induced instability of an incompressible wall-bounded shear layer," J. Fluid Mech. 493, 277-286 (2003)] is used to compare with the present enstrophy based theory. The developed equations for disturbance enstrophy and disturbance mechanical energy are derived from NSE without any simplifying assumptions, as compared to other classical linear/nonlinear theories. The theory is tested for bypass transition caused by free stream convecting vortex over a zero pressure gradient boundary layer. We explain the creation of smaller scales in the flow by a cascade of enstrophy, which creates rotationality, in general inhomogeneous flows. Linear and nonlinear versions of the theory help explain the vortex-induced instability problem under consideration.

  16. Comparison of Linear Induction Motor Theories for the LIMRV and TLRV Motors

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    1978-01-01

    The Oberretl, Yamamura, and Mosebach theories of the linear induction motor are described and also applied to predict performance characteristics of the TLRV & LIMRV linear induction motors. The effect of finite motor width and length on performance ...

  17. Weak scattering of scalar and electromagnetic random fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tong, Zhisong

    This dissertation encompasses several studies relating to the theory of weak potential scattering of scalar and electromagnetic random, wide-sense statistically stationary fields from various types of deterministic or random linear media. The proposed theory is largely based on the first Born approximation for potential scattering and on the angular spectrum representation of fields. The main focus of the scalar counterpart of the theory is made on calculation of the second-order statistics of scattered light fields in cases when the scattering medium consists of several types of discrete particles with deterministic or random potentials. It is shown that the knowledge of the correlation properties for the particles of the same and different types, described with the newly introduced pair-scattering matrix, is crucial for determining the spectral and coherence states of the scattered radiation. The approach based on the pair-scattering matrix is then used for solving an inverse problem of determining the location of an "alien" particle within the scattering collection of "normal" particles, from several measurements of the spectral density of scattered light. Weak scalar scattering of light from a particulate medium in the presence of optical turbulence existing between the scattering centers is then approached using the combination of the Born's theory for treating the light interaction with discrete particles and the Rytov's theory for light propagation in extended turbulent medium. It is demonstrated how the statistics of scattered radiation depend on scattering potentials of particles and the power spectra of the refractive index fluctuations of turbulence. This theory is of utmost importance for applications involving atmospheric and oceanic light transmission. The second part of the dissertation includes the theoretical procedure developed for predicting the second-order statistics of the electromagnetic random fields, such as polarization and linear momentum, scattered from static media. The spatial distribution of these properties of scattered fields is shown to be substantially dependent on the correlation and polarization properties of incident fields and on the statistics of the refractive index distribution within the scatterers. Further, an example is considered which illustrates the usefulness of the electromagnetic scattering theory of random fields in the case when the scattering medium is a thin bio-tissue layer with the prescribed power spectrum of the refractive index fluctuations. The polarization state of the scattered light is shown to be influenced by correlation and polarization states of the illumination as well as by the particle size distribution of the tissue slice.

  18. How does non-linear dynamics affect the baryon acoustic oscillation?

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sugiyama, Naonori S.; Spergel, David N., E-mail: nao.s.sugiyama@gmail.com, E-mail: dns@astro.princeton.edu

    2014-02-01

    We study the non-linear behavior of the baryon acoustic oscillation in the power spectrum and the correlation function by decomposing the dark matter perturbations into the short- and long-wavelength modes. The evolution of the dark matter fluctuations can be described as a global coordinate transformation caused by the long-wavelength displacement vector acting on short-wavelength matter perturbation undergoing non-linear growth. Using this feature, we investigate the well known cancellation of the high-k solutions in the standard perturbation theory. While the standard perturbation theory naturally satisfies the cancellation of the high-k solutions, some of the recently proposed improved perturbation theories do notmore » guarantee the cancellation. We show that this cancellation clarifies the success of the standard perturbation theory at the 2-loop order in describing the amplitude of the non-linear power spectrum even at high-k regions. We propose an extension of the standard 2-loop level perturbation theory model of the non-linear power spectrum that more accurately models the non-linear evolution of the baryon acoustic oscillation than the standard perturbation theory. The model consists of simple and intuitive parts: the non-linear evolution of the smoothed power spectrum without the baryon acoustic oscillations and the non-linear evolution of the baryon acoustic oscillations due to the large-scale velocity of dark matter and due to the gravitational attraction between dark matter particles. Our extended model predicts the smoothing parameter of the baryon acoustic oscillation peak at z = 0.35 as ∼ 7.7Mpc/h and describes the small non-linear shift in the peak position due to the galaxy random motions.« less

  19. Velocity-gauge real-time TDDFT within a numerical atomic orbital basis set

    DOE PAGES

    Pemmaraju, C. D.; Vila, F. D.; Kas, J. J.; ...

    2018-02-07

    The interaction of laser fields with solid-state systems can be modeled efficiently within the velocity-gauge formalism of real-time time dependent density functional theory (RT-TDDFT). In this article, we discuss the implementation of the velocity-gauge RT-TDDFT equations for electron dynamics within a linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) basis set framework. Numerical results obtained from our LCAO implementation, for the electronic response of periodic systems to both weak and intense laser fields, are compared to those obtained from established real-space grid and Full-Potential Linearized Augmented Planewave approaches. As a result, potential applications of the LCAO based scheme in the context ofmore » extreme ultra-violet and soft X-ray spectroscopies involving core-electronic excitations are discussed.« less

  20. Velocity-gauge real-time TDDFT within a numerical atomic orbital basis set

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pemmaraju, C. D.; Vila, F. D.; Kas, J. J.

    The interaction of laser fields with solid-state systems can be modeled efficiently within the velocity-gauge formalism of real-time time dependent density functional theory (RT-TDDFT). In this article, we discuss the implementation of the velocity-gauge RT-TDDFT equations for electron dynamics within a linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) basis set framework. Numerical results obtained from our LCAO implementation, for the electronic response of periodic systems to both weak and intense laser fields, are compared to those obtained from established real-space grid and Full-Potential Linearized Augmented Planewave approaches. As a result, potential applications of the LCAO based scheme in the context ofmore » extreme ultra-violet and soft X-ray spectroscopies involving core-electronic excitations are discussed.« less

  1. Effective equilibrium states in mixtures of active particles driven by colored noise

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wittmann, René; Brader, J. M.; Sharma, A.; Marconi, U. Marini Bettolo

    2018-01-01

    We consider the steady-state behavior of pairs of active particles having different persistence times and diffusivities. To this purpose we employ the active Ornstein-Uhlenbeck model, where the particles are driven by colored noises with exponential correlation functions whose intensities and correlation times vary from species to species. By extending Fox's theory to many components, we derive by functional calculus an approximate Fokker-Planck equation for the configurational distribution function of the system. After illustrating the predicted distribution in the solvable case of two particles interacting via a harmonic potential, we consider systems of particles repelling through inverse power-law potentials. We compare the analytic predictions to computer simulations for such soft-repulsive interactions in one dimension and show that at linear order in the persistence times the theory is satisfactory. This work provides the toolbox to qualitatively describe many-body phenomena, such as demixing and depletion, by means of effective pair potentials.

  2. Shallow Water Quasi-Geostrophic Theory on the Sphere

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schubert, Wayne H.; Taft, Richard K.; Silvers, Levi G.

    2009-02-01

    Quasi-geostrophic theory forms the basis for much of our understanding of mid-latitude atmospheric dynamics. The theory is typically presented in either its f-plane form or its β-plane form. However, for many applications, including diagnostic use in global climate modeling, a fully spherical version would be most useful. Such a global theory does in fact exist and has for many years, but few in the scientific community seem to have ever been aware of it. In the context of shallow water dynamics, it is shown that the spherical version of quasigeostrophic theory is easily derived (re-derived) based on a partitioning of the flow between nondivergent and irrotational components, as opposed to a partitioning between geostrophic and ageostrophic components. In this way, the invertibility principle is expressed as a relation between the streamfunction and the potential vorticity, rather than between the geopotential and the potential vorticity. This global theory is then extended by showing that the invertibility principle can be solved analytically using spheroidal harmonic transforms, an advancement that greatly improves the usefulness of this "forgotten" theory. When the governing equation for the time evolution of the potential vorticity is linearized about a state of rest, a simple Rossby-Haurwitz wave dispersion relation is derived and examined. These waves have a horizontal structure described by spheroidal harmonics, and the Rossby-Haurwitz wave frequencies are given in terms of the eigenvalues of the spheroidal harmonic operator. Except for sectoral harmonics with low zonal wavenumber, the quasi-geostrophic Rossby-Haurwitz frequencies agree very well with those calculated from the primitive equations. One of the many possible applications of spherical quasi-geostrophic theory is to the study of quasi-geostrophic turbulence on the sphere. In this context, the theory is used to derive an anisotropic Rhines barrier in three-dimensional wavenumber space.

  3. Research in Applied Mathematics Related to Mathematical System Theory.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1977-06-01

    This report deals with research results obtained in the field of mathematical system theory . Special emphasis was given to the following areas: (1...Linear system theory over a field: parametrization of multi-input, multi-output systems and the geometric structure of classes of systems of...constant dimension. (2) Linear systems over a ring: development of the theory for very general classes of rings. (3) Nonlinear system theory : basic

  4. Large-Scale Linear Optimization through Machine Learning: From Theory to Practical System Design and Implementation

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-08-10

    AFRL-AFOSR-JP-TR-2016-0073 Large-scale Linear Optimization through Machine Learning: From Theory to Practical System Design and Implementation ...2016 4.  TITLE AND SUBTITLE Large-scale Linear Optimization through Machine Learning: From Theory to Practical System Design and Implementation 5a...performances on various machine learning tasks and it naturally lends itself to fast parallel implementations . Despite this, very little work has been

  5. A reciprocal theorem for a mixture theory. [development of linearized theory of interacting media

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, C. J.; Lee, Y. M.

    1972-01-01

    A dynamic reciprocal theorem for a linearized theory of interacting media is developed. The constituents of the mixture are a linear elastic solid and a linearly viscous fluid. In addition to Steel's field equations, boundary conditions and inequalities on the material constants that have been shown by Atkin, Chadwick and Steel to be sufficient to guarantee uniqueness of solution to initial-boundary value problems are used. The elements of the theory are given and two different boundary value problems are considered. The reciprocal theorem is derived with the aid of the Laplace transform and the divergence theorem and this section is concluded with a discussion of the special cases which arise when one of the constituents of the mixture is absent.

  6. Study on longitudinal dispersion relation in one-dimensional relativistic plasma: Linear theory and Vlasov simulation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, H.; Wu, S. Z.; Zhou, C. T.

    2013-09-15

    The dispersion relation of one-dimensional longitudinal plasma waves in relativistic homogeneous plasmas is investigated with both linear theory and Vlasov simulation in this paper. From the Vlasov-Poisson equations, the linear dispersion relation is derived for the proper one-dimensional Jüttner distribution. Numerically obtained linear dispersion relation as well as an approximate formula for plasma wave frequency in the long wavelength limit is given. The dispersion of longitudinal wave is also simulated with a relativistic Vlasov code. The real and imaginary parts of dispersion relation are well studied by varying wave number and plasma temperature. Simulation results are in agreement with establishedmore » linear theory.« less

  7. PAN AIR: A computer program for predicting subsonic or supersonic linear potential flows about arbitrary configurations using a higher order panel method. Volume 1: Theory document (version 3.0)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Epton, Michael A.; Magnus, Alfred E.

    1990-01-01

    An outline of the derivation of the differential equation governing linear subsonic and supersonic potential flow is given. The use of Green's Theorem to obtain an integral equation over the boundary surface is discussed. The engineering techniques incorporated in the Panel Aerodynamics (PAN AIR) program (a discretization method which solves the integral equation for arbitrary first order boundary conditions) are then discussed in detail. Items discussed include the construction of the compressibility transformation, splining techniques, imposition of the boundary conditions, influence coefficient computation (including the concept of the finite part of an integral), computation of pressure coefficients, and computation of forces and moments. Principal revisions to version 3.0 are the following: (1) appendices H and K more fully describe the Aerodynamic Influence Coefficient (AIC) construction; (2) appendix L now provides a complete description of the AIC solution process; (3) appendix P is new and discusses the theory for the new FDP module (which calculates streamlines and offbody points); and (4) numerous small corrections and revisions reflecting the MAG module rewrite.

  8. A Guided Tour of Mathematical Methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Snieder, Roel

    2009-04-01

    1. Introduction; 2. Dimensional analysis; 3. Power series; 4. Spherical and cylindrical co-ordinates; 5. The gradient; 6. The divergence of a vector field; 7. The curl of a vector field; 8. The theorem of Gauss; 9. The theorem of Stokes; 10. The Laplacian; 11. Conservation laws; 12. Scale analysis; 13. Linear algebra; 14. The Dirac delta function; 15. Fourier analysis; 16. Analytic functions; 17. Complex integration; 18. Green's functions: principles; 19. Green's functions: examples; 20. Normal modes; 21. Potential theory; 22. Cartesian tensors; 23. Perturbation theory; 24. Asymptotic evaluation of integrals; 25. Variational calculus; 26. Epilogue, on power and knowledge; References.

  9. Serenity: A subsystem quantum chemistry program.

    PubMed

    Unsleber, Jan P; Dresselhaus, Thomas; Klahr, Kevin; Schnieders, David; Böckers, Michael; Barton, Dennis; Neugebauer, Johannes

    2018-05-15

    We present the new quantum chemistry program Serenity. It implements a wide variety of functionalities with a focus on subsystem methodology. The modular code structure in combination with publicly available external tools and particular design concepts ensures extensibility and robustness with a focus on the needs of a subsystem program. Several important features of the program are exemplified with sample calculations with subsystem density-functional theory, potential reconstruction techniques, a projection-based embedding approach and combinations thereof with geometry optimization, semi-numerical frequency calculations and linear-response time-dependent density-functional theory. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  10. Lie algebras and linear differential equations.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brockett, R. W.; Rahimi, A.

    1972-01-01

    Certain symmetry properties possessed by the solutions of linear differential equations are examined. For this purpose, some basic ideas from the theory of finite dimensional linear systems are used together with the work of Wei and Norman on the use of Lie algebraic methods in differential equation theory.

  11. Fabrication and testing of non-graphitic superhybrid composites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lark, R. F.; Sinclair, J. H.; Chamis, C. C.

    1979-01-01

    A study was conducted to determine the fabrication feasibility and the mechanical properties of adhesively-bonded boron aluminum/titanium and non-graphitic fiber/epoxy resin superhybrid (NGSH) composite laminates for potential aerospace applications. The major driver for this study was the elimination of a potential graphite fiber release problem in the event of a fire. The results of the study show that non-graphitic fibers, such as S-glass and Kevlar 49, may be substituted for the graphite fibers used in superhybrid (SH) composites for some applications. As is to be expected, however, the non-graphitic superhybrids have lower stiffness properties than the graphitic superhybrids. In-plane and flexural moduli of the laminates studied in this program can be predicted reasonably well using linear laminate theory while nonlinear laminate theory is required for strength predictions.

  12. Off-shell renormalization in Higgs effective field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Binosi, Daniele; Quadri, Andrea

    2018-04-01

    The off-shell one-loop renormalization of a Higgs effective field theory possessing a scalar potential ˜ {({Φ}^{\\dagger}Φ -υ^2/2)}^N with N arbitrary is presented. This is achieved by renormalizing the theory once reformulated in terms of two auxiliary fields X 1,2, which, due to the invariance under an extended Becchi-Rouet-Stora-Tyutin symmetry, are tightly constrained by functional identities. The latter allow in turn the explicit derivation of the mapping onto the original theory, through which the (divergent) multi-Higgs amplitude are generated in a purely algebraic fashion. We show that, contrary to naive expectations based on the loss of power counting renormalizability, the Higgs field undergoes a linear Standard Model like redefinition, and evaluate the renormalization of the complete set of Higgs self-coupling in the N → ∞ case.

  13. Unified Aeroacoustics Analysis for High Speed Turboprop Aerodynamics and Noise. Volume 1; Development of Theory for Blade Loading, Wakes, and Noise

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hanson, D. B.

    1991-01-01

    A unified theory for the aerodynamics and noise of advanced turboprops are presented. Aerodynamic topics include calculation of performance, blade load distribution, and non-uniform wake flow fields. Blade loading can be steady or unsteady due to fixed distortion, counter-rotating wakes, or blade vibration. The aerodynamic theory is based on the pressure potential method and is therefore basically linear. However, nonlinear effects associated with finite axial induction and blade vortex flow are included via approximate methods. Acoustic topics include radiation of noise caused by blade thickness, steady loading (including vortex lift), and unsteady loading. Shielding of the fuselage by its boundary layer and the wing are treated in separate analyses that are compatible but not integrated with the aeroacoustic theory for rotating blades.

  14. Q-balls in flat potentials

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Copeland, Edmund J.; Tsumagari, Mitsuo I.

    2009-07-15

    We study the classical and absolute stability of Q-balls in scalar field theories with flat potentials arising in both gravity-mediated and gauge-mediated models. We show that the associated Q-matter formed in gravity-mediated potentials can be stable against decay into their own free particles as long as the coupling constant of the nonrenormalizable term is small, and that all of the possible three-dimensional Q-ball configurations are classically stable against linear fluctuations. Three-dimensional gauge-mediated Q-balls can be absolutely stable in the thin-wall limit, but are completely unstable in the thick-wall limit.

  15. Item Response Theory and Health Outcomes Measurement in the 21st Century

    PubMed Central

    Hays, Ron D.; Morales, Leo S.; Reise, Steve P.

    2006-01-01

    Item response theory (IRT) has a number of potential advantages over classical test theory in assessing self-reported health outcomes. IRT models yield invariant item and latent trait estimates (within a linear transformation), standard errors conditional on trait level, and trait estimates anchored to item content. IRT also facilitates evaluation of differential item functioning, inclusion of items with different response formats in the same scale, and assessment of person fit and is ideally suited for implementing computer adaptive testing. Finally, IRT methods can be helpful in developing better health outcome measures and in assessing change over time. These issues are reviewed, along with a discussion of some of the methodological and practical challenges in applying IRT methods. PMID:10982088

  16. The Theory of Thermodynamic Systems with Internal Variables of State: Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Compliance with the Second Law of Thermodynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shnip, A. I.

    2018-01-01

    Based on the entropy-free thermodynamic approach, a generalized theory of thermodynamic systems with internal variables of state is being developed. For the case of nonlinear thermodynamic systems with internal variables of state and linear relaxation, the necessary and sufficient conditions have been proved for fulfillment of the second law of thermodynamics in entropy-free formulation which, according to the basic theorem of the theory, are also necessary and sufficient for the existence of a thermodynamic potential. Moreover, relations of correspondence between thermodynamic systems with memory and systems with internal variables of state have been established, as well as some useful relations in the spaces of states of both types of systems.

  17. Neutrino conversion in a neutrino flux: towards an effective theory of collective oscillations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hansen, Rasmus S. L.; Smirnov, Alexei Yu.

    2018-04-01

    Collective oscillations of supernova neutrinos above the neutrino sphere can be completely described by the propagation of individual neutrinos in external potentials and are in this sense a linear phenomenon. An effective theory of collective oscillations can be developed based on certain assumptions about time dependence of these potentials. General conditions for strong flavor transformations are formulated and these transformations can be interpreted as parametric resonance effects induced by periodic modulations of the potentials. We study a simplified and solvable example, where a probe neutrino is propagating in a flux of collinear neutrinos, such that ν ν‑ interactions in the flux are absent. Still, this example retains the main feature—the coherent flavor exchange. Properties of the parametric resonance are studied, and it is shown that integrations over energies and emission points of the flux neutrinos suppress modulations of the potentials and therefore strong transformations. The transformations are also suppressed by changes in densities of background neutrinos and electrons.

  18. Computational molecular spectroscopy of X ˜ 2 Π NCS: Electronic properties and ro-vibrationally averaged structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hirano, Tsuneo; Nagashima, Umpei; Jensen, Per

    2018-04-01

    For NCS in the X ˜ 2 Π electronic ground state, three-dimensional potential energy surfaces (3D PESs) have been calculated ab initio at the core-valence, full-valence MR-SDCI+Q/[aug-cc-pCVQZ (N, C, S)] level of theory. The ab initio 3D PESs are employed in second-order-perturbation-theory and DVR3D calculations to obtain various molecular constants and ro-vibrationally averaged structures. The 3D PESs show that the X ˜ 2 Π NCS has its potential minimum at a linear configuration, and hence it is a "linear molecule." The equilibrium structure has re (N-C) = 1.1778 Å, re (C-S) = 1.6335 Å, and ∠e (N-C-S) = 180°. The ro-vibrationally averaged structure, determined as expectation values over DVR3D wavefunctions, has 〈 r (N-C)〉0 = 1.1836 Å, 〈 r (C-S)〉0 = 1.6356 Å, and 〈 ∠ (N-C-S)〉0 = 172.5°. Using these expectation values as the initial guess, a bent r0 structure having an 〈 ∠ (N-C-S)〉0 of 172.2° is deduced from the experimentally reported B0 values for NC32S and NC34S. Our previous prediction that a linear molecule, in any ro-vibrational state including the ro-vibrational ground state, is to be "observed" as being bent on ro-vibrational average, has been confirmed here theoretically through the expectation value for the bond-angle deviation from linearity, 〈 ρ bar 〉 , and experimentally through the interpretation of the experimentally derived rotational-constant values.

  19. Basic Research in the Mathematical Foundations of Stability Theory, Control Theory and Numerical Linear Algebra.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-09-01

    without determinantal divisors, Linear and Multilinear Algebra 7(1979), 107-109. 4. The use of integral operators in number theory (with C. Ryavec and...Gersgorin revisited, to appear in Letters in Linear Algebra. 15. A surprising determinantal inequality for real matrices (with C.R. Johnson), to appear in...Analysis: An Essay Concerning the Limitations of Some Mathematical Methods in the Social , Political and Biological Sciences, David Berlinski, MIT Press

  20. A comparison between index of entropy and catastrophe theory methods for mapping groundwater potential in an arid region.

    PubMed

    Al-Abadi, Alaa M; Shahid, Shamsuddin

    2015-09-01

    In this study, index of entropy and catastrophe theory methods were used for demarcating groundwater potential in an arid region using weighted linear combination techniques in geographical information system (GIS) environment. A case study from Badra area in the eastern part of central of Iraq was analyzed and discussed. Six factors believed to have influence on groundwater occurrence namely elevation, slope, aquifer transmissivity and storativity, soil, and distance to fault were prepared as raster thematic layers to facility integration into GIS environment. The factors were chosen based on the availability of data and local conditions of the study area. Both techniques were used for computing weights and assigning ranks vital for applying weighted linear combination approach. The results of application of both modes indicated that the most influential groundwater occurrence factors were slope and elevation. The other factors have relatively smaller values of weights implying that these factors have a minor role in groundwater occurrence conditions. The groundwater potential index (GPI) values for both models were classified using natural break classification scheme into five categories: very low, low, moderate, high, and very high. For validation of generated GPI, the relative operating characteristic (ROC) curves were used. According to the obtained area under the curve, the catastrophe model with 78 % prediction accuracy was found to perform better than entropy model with 77 % prediction accuracy. The overall results indicated that both models have good capability for predicting groundwater potential zones.

  1. Mechanical behaviour of the human atria.

    PubMed

    Bellini, Chiara; Di Martino, Elena S; Federico, Salvatore

    2013-07-01

    This work was aimed at providing a local mechanical characterisation of tissues from the healthy human atria. Thirty-two tissue specimens were harvested from nine adult subjects whose death was not directly related to cardiovascular diseases. Tissues were kept in Tyrode's solution and tested using a planar biaxial device. Results showed that tissues from healthy human atria undergo large deformations under in-plane distributed tensions roughly corresponding to an in vivo pressure of 15 mmHg. The material was modelled as hyperelastic and a Fung-type elastic strain energy potential was chosen. This class of potentials is based on a function of a quadratic form in the components of the Green-Lagrange strain tensor, and it has been previously proved that the fourth-order tensor of this quadratic form is proportional to the linear elasticity tensor of the linearised theory. This has three important consequences: (i) the coefficients in Fung-type potentials have a precise physical meaning; (ii) whenever a microstructural description for the linear elasticity tensor is available, this is automatically inherited by the Fung-type potential; (iii) because of the presence of the linear elasticity tensor in the definition of a Fung-type potential, each of the three normal stresses is coupled with all three normal strains.We propose to include information on the microstructure of the atrium by writing the linear elasticity tensor as the volumetric-fraction-weighed sum of the linear elasticity tensors of the three constituents of the tissue: the ground matrix, the main fibre family and the secondary fibre family. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first time that a Fung-type potential is given a precise structural meaning, based on the directions and the material properties of the fibres. Because of the coupling between normal strains and normal stresses, this structurally-based Fung-type potential allows for discriminating among all testing protocols in planar biaxial stretch.

  2. The evolution of kicked stellar-mass black holes in star cluster environments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Webb, Jeremy J.; Leigh, Nathan W. C.; Singh, Abhishek; Ford, K. E. Saavik; McKernan, Barry; Bellovary, Jillian

    2018-03-01

    We consider how dynamical friction acts on black holes that receive a velocity kick while located at the centre of a gravitational potential, analogous to a star cluster, due to either a natal kick or the anisotropic emission of gravitational waves during a black hole-black hole merger. Our investigation specifically focuses on how well various Chandrasekhar-based dynamical friction models can predict the orbital decay of kicked black holes with mbh ≲ 100 M⊙ due to an inhomogeneous background stellar field. In general, the orbital evolution of a kicked black hole follows that of a damped oscillator where two-body encounters and dynamical friction serve as sources of damping. However, we find models for approximating the effects of dynamical friction do not accurately predict the amount of energy lost by the black hole if the initial kick velocity vk is greater than the stellar velocity dispersion σ. For all kick velocities, we also find that two-body encounters with nearby stars can cause the energy evolution of a kicked BH to stray significantly from standard dynamical friction theory as encounters can sometimes lead to an energy gain. For larger kick velocities, we find the orbital decay of a black hole departs from classical theory completely as the black hole's orbital amplitude decays linearly with time as opposed to exponentially. Therefore, we have developed a linear decay formalism, which scales linearly with black hole mass and v_k/σ in order to account for the variations in the local gravitational potential.

  3. Density functional theory calculations of the water interactions with ZrO2 nanoparticles Y2O3 doped

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Subhoni, Mekhrdod; Kholmurodov, Kholmirzo; Doroshkevich, Aleksandr; Asgerov, Elmar; Yamamoto, Tomoyuki; Lyubchyk, Andrei; Almasan, Valer; Madadzada, Afag

    2018-03-01

    Development of a new electricity generation techniques is one of the most relevant tasks, especially nowadays under conditions of extreme growth in energy consumption. The exothermic heterogeneous electrochemical energy conversion to the electric energy through interaction of the ZrO2 based nanopowder system with atmospheric moisture is one of the ways of electric energy obtaining. The questions of conversion into the electric form of the energy of water molecules adsorption in 3 mol% Y2O3 doped ZrO2 nanopowder systems were investigated using the density functional theory calculations. The density functional theory calculations has been realized as in the Kohn-Sham formulation, where the exchange-correlation potential is approximated by a functional of the electronic density. The electronic density, total energy and band structure calculations are carried out using the all-electron, full potential, linear augmented plane wave method of the electronic density and related approximations, i.e. the local density, the generalized gradient and their hybrid approximations.

  4. SL(2,R) duality-symmetric action for electromagnetic theory with electric and magnetic sources

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lee, Choonkyu, E-mail: cklee@phya.snu.ac.kr; School of Physics, Korea Institute for Advanced Study, Seoul 130-722; Min, Hyunsoo, E-mail: hsmin@dirac.uos.ac.kr

    2013-12-15

    For the SL(2,R) duality-invariant generalization of Maxwell electrodynamics in the presence of both electric and magnetic sources, we formulate a local, manifestly duality-symmetric, Zwanziger-type action by introducing a pair of four-potentials A{sup μ} and B{sup μ} in a judicious way. On the two potentials A{sup μ} and B{sup μ} the SL(2,R) duality transformation acts in a simple linear manner. In quantum theory including charged source fields, this action can be recast as a SL(2,Z)-invariant action. Also given is a Zwanziger-type action for SL(2,R) duality-invariant Born–Infeld electrodynamics which can be important for D-brane dynamics in string theory. -- Highlights: •We formulatemore » a local, manifestly duality-symmetric, Zwanziger-type action. •Maxwell electrodynamics is generalized to include dilaton and axion fields. •SL(2,R) symmetry is manifest. •We formulate a local, manifestly duality-symmetric, nonlinear Born–Infeld action with SL(2,R) symmetry.« less

  5. Statistical physics of multicomponent alloys using KKR-CPA

    DOE PAGES

    Khan, Suffian N.; Staunton, Julie B.; Stocks, George Malcolm

    2016-02-16

    We apply variational principles from statistical physics and the Landau theory of phase transitions to multicomponent alloys using the multiple-scattering theory of Korringa-Kohn-Rostoker (KKR) and the coherent potential approximation (CPA). This theory is a multicomponent generalization of the S( 2) theory of binary alloys developed by G. M. Stocks, J. B. Staunton, D. D. Johnson and others. It is highly relevant to the chemical phase stability of high-entropy alloys as it predicts the kind and size of finite-temperature chemical fluctuations. In doing so it includes effects of rearranging charge and other electronics due to changing site occupancies. When chemical fluctuationsmore » grow without bound an absolute instability occurs and a second-order order-disorder phase transition may be inferred. The S( 2) theory is predicated on the fluctuation-dissipation theorem; thus we derive the linear response of the CPA medium to perturbations in site-dependent chemical potentials in great detail. The theory lends itself to a natural interpretation in terms of competing effects: entropy driving disorder and favorable pair interactions driving atomic ordering. Moreover, to further clarify interpretation we present results for representative ternary alloys CuAgAu, NiPdPt, RhPdAg, and CoNiCu within a frozen charge (or band-only) approximation. These results include the so-called Onsager mean field correction that extends the temperature range for which the theory is valid.« less

  6. Situativity theory: a perspective on how participants and the environment can interact: AMEE Guide no. 52.

    PubMed

    Durning, Steven J; Artino, Anthony R

    2011-01-01

    Situativity theory refers to theoretical frameworks which argue that knowledge, thinking, and learning are situated (or located) in experience. The importance of context to these theories is paramount, including the unique contribution of the environment to knowledge, thinking, and learning; indeed, they argue that knowledge, thinking, and learning cannot be separated from (they are dependent upon) context. Situativity theory includes situated cognition, situated learning, ecological psychology, and distributed cognition. In this Guide, we first outline key tenets of situativity theory and then compare situativity theory to information processing theory; we suspect that the reader may be quite familiar with the latter, which has prevailed in medical education research. Contrasting situativity theory with information processing theory also serves to highlight some unique potential contributions of situativity theory to work in medical education. Further, we discuss each of these situativity theories and then relate the theories to the clinical context. Examples and illustrations for each of the theories are used throughout. We will conclude with some potential considerations for future exploration. Some implications of situativity theory include: a new way of approaching knowledge and how experience and the environment impact knowledge, thinking, and learning; recognizing that the situativity framework can be a useful tool to "diagnose" the teaching or clinical event; the notion that increasing individual responsibility and participation in a community (i.e., increasing "belonging") is essential to learning; understanding that the teaching and clinical environment can be complex (i.e., non-linear and multi-level); recognizing that explicit attention to how participants in a group interact with each other (not only with the teacher) and how the associated learning artifacts, such as computers, can meaningfully impact learning.

  7. Classical theory of atom-surface scattering: The rainbow effect

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Miret-Artés, Salvador; Pollak, Eli

    2012-07-01

    The scattering of heavy atoms and molecules from surfaces is oftentimes dominated by classical mechanics. A large body of experiments have gathered data on the angular distributions of the scattered species, their energy loss distribution, sticking probability, dependence on surface temperature and more. For many years these phenomena have been considered theoretically in the framework of the “washboard model” in which the interaction of the incident particle with the surface is described in terms of hard wall potentials. Although this class of models has helped in elucidating some of the features it left open many questions such as: true potentials are clearly not hard wall potentials, it does not provide a realistic framework for phonon scattering, and it cannot explain the incident angle and incident energy dependence of rainbow scattering, nor can it provide a consistent theory for sticking. In recent years we have been developing a classical perturbation theory approach which has provided new insight into the dynamics of atom-surface scattering. The theory includes both surface corrugation as well as interaction with surface phonons in terms of harmonic baths which are linearly coupled to the system coordinates. This model has been successful in elucidating many new features of rainbow scattering in terms of frictions and bath fluctuations or noise. It has also given new insight into the origins of asymmetry in atomic scattering from surfaces. New phenomena deduced from the theory include friction induced rainbows, energy loss rainbows, a theory of super-rainbows, and more. In this review we present the classical theory of atom-surface scattering as well as extensions and implications for semiclassical scattering and the further development of a quantum theory of surface scattering. Special emphasis is given to the inversion of scattering data into information on the particle-surface interactions.

  8. Classical theory of atom-surface scattering: The rainbow effect

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Miret-Artés, Salvador; Pollak, Eli

    The scattering of heavy atoms and molecules from surfaces is oftentimes dominated by classical mechanics. A large body of experiments have gathered data on the angular distributions of the scattered species, their energy loss distribution, sticking probability, dependence on surface temperature and more. For many years these phenomena have been considered theoretically in the framework of the "washboard model" in which the interaction of the incident particle with the surface is described in terms of hard wall potentials. Although this class of models has helped in elucidating some of the features it left open many questions such as: true potentials are clearly not hard wall potentials, it does not provide a realistic framework for phonon scattering, and it cannot explain the incident angle and incident energy dependence of rainbow scattering, nor can it provide a consistent theory for sticking. In recent years we have been developing a classical perturbation theory approach which has provided new insight into the dynamics of atom-surface scattering. The theory includes both surface corrugation as well as interaction with surface phonons in terms of harmonic baths which are linearly coupled to the system coordinates. This model has been successful in elucidating many new features of rainbow scattering in terms of frictions and bath fluctuations or noise. It has also given new insight into the origins of asymmetry in atomic scattering from surfaces. New phenomena deduced from the theory include friction induced rainbows, energy loss rainbows, a theory of super-rainbows, and more. In this review we present the classical theory of atom-surface scattering as well as extensions and implications for semiclassical scattering and the further development of a quantum theory of surface scattering. Special emphasis is given to the inversion of scattering data into information on the particle-surface interactions.

  9. On post-inflation validity of perturbation theory in Horndeski scalar-tensor models

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Germani, Cristiano; Kudryashova, Nina; Watanabe, Yuki, E-mail: germani@icc.ub.edu, E-mail: nina.kudryashova@campus.lmu.de, E-mail: yuki.watanabe@nat.gunma-ct.ac.jp

    By using the newtonian gauge, we re-confirm that, as in the minimal case, the re-scaled Mukhanov-Sasaki variable is conserved leading to a constraint equation for the Newtonian potential. However, conversely to the minimal case, in Horndeski theories, the super-horizon Newtonian potential can potentially grow to very large values after inflation exit. If that happens, inflationary predictability is lost during the oscillating period. When this does not happen, the perturbations generated during inflation can be standardly related to the CMB, if the theory chosen is minimal at low energies. As a concrete example, we analytically and numerically discuss the new Higgsmore » inflationary case. There, the Inflaton is the Higgs boson that is non-minimally kinetically coupled to gravity. During the high-energy part of the post-inflationary oscillations, the system is anisotropic and the Newtonian potential is largely amplified. Thanks to the smallness of today's amplitude of curvature perturbations, however, the system stays in the linear regime, so that inflationary predictions are not lost. At low energies, when the system relaxes to the minimal case, the anisotropies disappear and the Newtonian potential converges to a constant value. We show that the constant value to which the Newtonian potential converges is related to the frozen part of curvature perturbations during inflation, precisely like in the minimal case.« less

  10. Vibronic coupling simulations for linear and nonlinear optical processes: Simulation results

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Silverstein, Daniel W.; Jensen, Lasse

    2012-02-01

    A vibronic coupling model based on time-dependent wavepacket approach is applied to simulate linear optical processes, such as one-photon absorbance and resonance Raman scattering, and nonlinear optical processes, such as two-photon absorbance and resonance hyper-Raman scattering, on a series of small molecules. Simulations employing both the long-range corrected approach in density functional theory and coupled cluster are compared and also examined based on available experimental data. Although many of the small molecules are prone to anharmonicity in their potential energy surfaces, the harmonic approach performs adequately. A detailed discussion of the non-Condon effects is illustrated by the molecules presented in this work. Linear and nonlinear Raman scattering simulations allow for the quantification of interference between the Franck-Condon and Herzberg-Teller terms for different molecules.

  11. Functional Effects of Parasites on Food Web Properties during the Spring Diatom Bloom in Lake Pavin: A Linear Inverse Modeling Analysis

    PubMed Central

    Niquil, Nathalie; Jobard, Marlène; Saint-Béat, Blanche; Sime-Ngando, Télesphore

    2011-01-01

    This study is the first assessment of the quantitative impact of parasitic chytrids on a planktonic food web. We used a carbon-based food web model of Lake Pavin (Massif Central, France) to investigate the effects of chytrids during the spring diatom bloom by developing models with and without chytrids. Linear inverse modelling procedures were employed to estimate undetermined flows in the lake. The Monte Carlo Markov chain linear inverse modelling procedure provided estimates of the ranges of model-derived fluxes. Model results support recent theories on the probable impact of parasites on food web function. In the lake, during spring, when ‘inedible’ algae (unexploited by planktonic herbivores) were the dominant primary producers, the epidemic growth of chytrids significantly reduced the sedimentation loss of algal carbon to the detritus pool through the production of grazer-exploitable zoospores. We also review some theories about the potential influence of parasites on ecological network properties and argue that parasitism contributes to longer carbon path lengths, higher levels of activity and specialization, and lower recycling. Considering the “structural asymmetry” hypothesis as a stabilizing pattern, chytrids should contribute to the stability of aquatic food webs. PMID:21887240

  12. Orthogonality of embedded wave functions for different states in frozen-density embedding theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zech, Alexander; Wesolowski, Tomasz A.; Aquilante, Francesco

    2015-10-28

    Other than lowest-energy stationary embedded wave functions obtained in Frozen-Density Embedding Theory (FDET) [T. A. Wesolowski, Phys. Rev. A 77, 012504 (2008)] can be associated with electronic excited states but they can be mutually non-orthogonal. Although this does not violate any physical principles — embedded wave functions are only auxiliary objects used to obtain stationary densities — working with orthogonal functions has many practical advantages. In the present work, we show numerically that excitation energies obtained using conventional FDET calculations (allowing for non-orthogonality) can be obtained using embedded wave functions which are strictly orthogonal. The used method preserves the mathematicalmore » structure of FDET and self-consistency between energy, embedded wave function, and the embedding potential (they are connected through the Euler-Lagrange equations). The orthogonality is built-in through the linearization in the embedded density of the relevant components of the total energy functional. Moreover, we show formally that the differences between the expectation values of the embedded Hamiltonian are equal to the excitation energies, which is the exact result within linearized FDET. Linearized FDET is shown to be a robust approximation for a large class of reference densities.« less

  13. Electrostatic solvation free energies of charged hard spheres using molecular dynamics with density functional theory interactions

    DOE PAGES

    Duignan, Timothy T.; Baer, Marcel D.; Schenter, Gregory K.; ...

    2017-07-26

    Determining the solvation free energies of single ions in water is one of the most fundamental problems in physical chemistry and yet many unresolved questions remain. In particular, the ability to decompose the solvation free energy into simple and intuitive contributions will have important implications for models of electrolyte solution. In this paper, we provide definitions of the various types of single ion solvation free energies based on different simulation protocols. We calculate solvation free energies of charged hard spheres using density functional theory interaction potentials with molecular dynamics simulation and isolate the effects of charge and cavitation, comparing tomore » the Born (linear response) model. We show that using uncorrected Ewald summation leads to unphysical values for the single ion solvation free energy and that charging free energies for cations are approximately linear as a function of charge but that there is a small non-linearity for small anions. The charge hydration asymmetry for hard spheres, determined with quantum mechanics, is much larger than for the analogous real ions. Finally, this suggests that real ions, particularly anions, are significantly more complex than simple charged hard spheres, a commonly employed representation.« less

  14. Electrostatic solvation free energies of charged hard spheres using molecular dynamics with density functional theory interactions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Duignan, Timothy T.; Baer, Marcel D.; Schenter, Gregory K.

    Determining the solvation free energies of single ions in water is one of the most fundamental problems in physical chemistry and yet many unresolved questions remain. In particular, the ability to decompose the solvation free energy into simple and intuitive contributions will have important implications for models of electrolyte solution. In this paper, we provide definitions of the various types of single ion solvation free energies based on different simulation protocols. We calculate solvation free energies of charged hard spheres using density functional theory interaction potentials with molecular dynamics simulation and isolate the effects of charge and cavitation, comparing tomore » the Born (linear response) model. We show that using uncorrected Ewald summation leads to unphysical values for the single ion solvation free energy and that charging free energies for cations are approximately linear as a function of charge but that there is a small non-linearity for small anions. The charge hydration asymmetry for hard spheres, determined with quantum mechanics, is much larger than for the analogous real ions. Finally, this suggests that real ions, particularly anions, are significantly more complex than simple charged hard spheres, a commonly employed representation.« less

  15. Electrostatic solvation free energies of charged hard spheres using molecular dynamics with density functional theory interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Duignan, Timothy T.; Baer, Marcel D.; Schenter, Gregory K.; Mundy, Chistopher J.

    2017-10-01

    Determining the solvation free energies of single ions in water is one of the most fundamental problems in physical chemistry and yet many unresolved questions remain. In particular, the ability to decompose the solvation free energy into simple and intuitive contributions will have important implications for models of electrolyte solution. Here, we provide definitions of the various types of single ion solvation free energies based on different simulation protocols. We calculate solvation free energies of charged hard spheres using density functional theory interaction potentials with molecular dynamics simulation and isolate the effects of charge and cavitation, comparing to the Born (linear response) model. We show that using uncorrected Ewald summation leads to unphysical values for the single ion solvation free energy and that charging free energies for cations are approximately linear as a function of charge but that there is a small non-linearity for small anions. The charge hydration asymmetry for hard spheres, determined with quantum mechanics, is much larger than for the analogous real ions. This suggests that real ions, particularly anions, are significantly more complex than simple charged hard spheres, a commonly employed representation.

  16. Analysis of multimode BDK doped POF gratings for temperature sensing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Luo, Yanhua; Wu, Wenxuan; Wang, Tongxin; Cheng, Xusheng; Zhang, Qijin; Peng, Gang-Ding; Zhu, Bing

    2012-10-01

    We report a temperature sensor based on a Bragg grating written in a benzil dimethyl ketal (BDK) doped multimode (MM) polymer optical fiber (POF) for the first time to our knowledge. The thermal response was further analyzed in view of theory and experiment. In theory, with the order of the reflected mode increasing from 1st to 60th order, for MM silica fiber Bragg grating (FBG) the temperature sensitivity will increase linearly from 16.2 pm/°C to 17.5 pm/°C, while for MM polymer FBG the temperature sensitivity (absolute value) will increase linearly from -79.5 pm/°C to -104.4 pm/°C. In addition, temperature sensitivity of MM polymer FBG exhibits almost 1 order larger mode order dependence than that of MM silica FBG. In experiment, the Bragg wavelength shift will decline linearly as the temperature rises, contrary to that of MM silica FBG. The temperature sensitivity of MM polymer FBG is ranged from -0.097 nm/°C to -0.111 nm/°C, more than 8 times that of MM silica FBG, showing great potential used as a temperature sensor.

  17. A model of plant canopy polarization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Vanderbilt, V. C.

    1980-01-01

    A model for the amount of linearly polarized light reflected by the shiny leaves of grain crops is based on the morphological and phenological characteristics of the plant canopy and upon the Fresnel equations which describe the light reflection process at the smooth boundary separating two dielectrics. The theory used demonstrates that, potentially, measurements of the linearly polarized light from a crop canopy may be used as an additional feature to discriminate between crops such as wheat and barley, two crops which are so spectrally similar that they are misclassified with unacceptable frequency. Examination of the model suggests that, potentially, satellite polarization measurements may be used to monitor crop development stage, leaf water content, leaf area index, hail damage, and certain plant diseases. The information content of these measurements is needed to evaluate the proposed polarization sensor for the satellite-borne multispectral resource sampler.

  18. Confinement with Perturbation Theory, After All?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hoyer, Paul

    2015-09-01

    I call attention to the possibility that QCD bound states (hadrons) could be derived using rigorous Hamiltonian, perturbative methods. Solving Gauss' law for A 0 with a non-vanishing boundary condition at spatial infinity gives an linear potential for color singlet and qqq states. These states are Poincaré and gauge covariant and thus can serve as initial states of a perturbative expansion, replacing the conventional free in and out states. The coupling freezes at , allowing reasonable convergence. The bound states have a sea of pairs, while transverse gluons contribute only at . Pair creation in the linear A 0 potential leads to string breaking and hadron loop corrections. These corrections give finite widths to excited states, as required by unitarity. Several of these features have been verified analytically in D = 1 + 1 dimensions, and some in D = 3 + 1.

  19. An Introduction to Multilinear Formula Score Theory. Measurement Series 84-4.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Levine, Michael V.

    Formula score theory (FST) associates each multiple choice test with a linear operator and expresses all of the real functions of item response theory as linear combinations of the operator's eigenfunctions. Hard measurement problems can then often be reformulated as easier, standard mathematical problems. For example, the problem of estimating…

  20. Lack of Set Theory Relevant Prerequisite Knowledge

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dogan-Dunlap, Hamide

    2006-01-01

    Many students struggle with college mathematics topics due to a lack of mastery of prerequisite knowledge. Set theory language is one such prerequisite for linear algebra courses. Many students' mistakes on linear algebra questions reveal a lack of mastery of set theory knowledge. This paper reports the findings of a qualitative analysis of a…

  1. On the symmetry of the boundary conditions of the volume potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kal'menov, Tynysbek Sh.; Arepova, Gaukhar; Suragan, Durvudkhan

    2017-09-01

    It is well known that the volume potential determines the mass or the charge distributed over the domain with density f. The volume potential is extensively used in function theory and embedding theorems. It is also well known that the volume potential gives a solution to an inhomogeneous equation. And it generates a linear self-adjoint operator. It is known that self-adjoint differential operators are generated by boundary conditions. In our previous papers for an arbitrary domain a boundary condition on the volume potential is given. In the past, it was not possible to prove the self-adjointness of these obtained boundary conditions. In the present paper, we prove the symmetry of boundary condition for the volume potential.

  2. A Riemannian geometric mapping technique for identifying incompressible equivalents to subsonic potential flows

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    German, Brian Joseph

    This research develops a technique for the solution of incompressible equivalents to planar steady subsonic potential flows. Riemannian geometric formalism is used to develop a gauge transformation of the length measure followed by a curvilinear coordinate transformation to map the given subsonic flow into a canonical Laplacian flow with the same boundary conditions. The effect of the transformation is to distort both the immersed profile shape and the domain interior nonuniformly as a function of local flow properties. The method represents the full nonlinear generalization of the classical methods of Prandtl-Glauert and Karman-Tsien. Unlike the classical methods which are "corrections," this method gives exact results in the sense that the inverse mapping produces the subsonic full potential solution over the original airfoil, up to numerical accuracy. The motivation for this research was provided by an observed analogy between linear potential flow and the special theory of relativity that emerges from the invariance of the d'Alembert wave equation under Lorentz transformations. This analogy is well known in an operational sense, being leveraged widely in linear unsteady aerodynamics and acoustics, stemming largely from the work of Kussner. Whereas elements of the special theory can be invoked for compressibility effects that are linear and global in nature, the question posed in this work was whether other mathematical techniques from the realm of relativity theory could be used to similar advantage for effects that are nonlinear and local. This line of thought led to a transformation leveraging Riemannian geometric methods common to the general theory of relativity. A gauge transformation is used to geometrize compressibility through the metric tensor of the underlying space to produce an equivalent incompressible flow that lives not on a plane but on a curved surface. In this sense, forces owing to compressibility can be ascribed to the geometry of space in much the same way that general relativity ascribes gravitational forces to the curvature of space-time. Although the analogy with general relativity is fruitful, it is important not to overstate the similarities between compressibility and the physics of gravity, as the interest for this thesis is primarily in the mathematical framework and not physical phenomenology or epistemology. The thesis presents the philosophy and theory for the transformation method followed by a numerical method for practical solutions of equivalent incompressible flows over arbitrary closed profiles. The numerical method employs an iterative approach involving the solution of the equivalent incompressible flow with a panel method, the calculation of the metric tensor for the gauge transformation, and the solution of the curvilinear coordinate mapping to the canonical flow with a finite difference approach for the elliptic boundary value problem. This method is demonstrated for non-circulatory flow over a circular cylinder and both symmetric and lifting flows over a NACA 0012 profile. Results are validated with accepted subcritical full potential test cases available in the literature. For chord-preserving mapping boundary conditions, the results indicate that the equivalent incompressible profiles thicken with Mach number and develop a leading edge droop with increased angle of attack. Two promising areas of potential applicability of the method have been identified. The first is in airfoil inverse design methods leveraging incompressible flow knowledge including heuristics and empirical data for the potential field effects on viscous phenomena such as boundary layer transition and separation. The second is in aerodynamic testing using distorted similarity-scaled models.

  3. Curvature and frontier orbital energies in density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kronik, Leeor; Stein, Tamar; Autschbach, Jochen; Govind, Niranjan; Baer, Roi

    2013-03-01

    Perdew et al. [Phys. Rev. Lett 49, 1691 (1982)] discovered and proved two different properties of exact Kohn-Sham density functional theory (DFT): (i) The exact total energy versus particle number is a series of linear segments between integer electron points; (ii) Across an integer number of electrons, the exchange-correlation potential may ``jump'' by a constant, known as the derivative discontinuity (DD). Here, we show analytically that in both the original and the generalized Kohn-Sham formulation of DFT, the two are in fact two sides of the same coin. Absence of a derivative discontinuity necessitates deviation from piecewise linearity, and the latter can be used to correct for the former, thereby restoring the physical meaning of the orbital energies. Using selected small molecules, we show that this results in a simple correction scheme for any underlying functional, including semi-local and hybrid functionals as well as Hartree-Fock theory, suggesting a practical correction for the infamous gap problem of DFT. Moreover, we show that optimally-tuned range-separated hybrid functionals can inherently minimize both DD and curvature, thus requiring no correction, and show that this can be used as a sound theoretical basis for novel tuning strategies.

  4. The Oscillating Circular Airfoil on the Basis of Potential Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schade, T.; Krienes, K.

    1947-01-01

    Proceeding from the thesis by W. Kinner the present report treats the problem of the circular airfoil in uniform airflow executing small oscillations, the amplitudes of which correspond to whole functions of the second degree in x and y. The pressure distribution is secured by means of Prandtl's acceleration potential. It results in a system of linear equations the coefficients of which can be calculated exactly with the aid of exponential functions and Hankel's functions. The equations necessary are derived in part I; the numerical calculation follows in part II.

  5. Consensus for linear multi-agent system with intermittent information transmissions using the time-scale theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Taousser, Fatima; Defoort, Michael; Djemai, Mohamed

    2016-01-01

    This paper investigates the consensus problem for linear multi-agent system with fixed communication topology in the presence of intermittent communication using the time-scale theory. Since each agent can only obtain relative local information intermittently, the proposed consensus algorithm is based on a discontinuous local interaction rule. The interaction among agents happens at a disjoint set of continuous-time intervals. The closed-loop multi-agent system can be represented using mixed linear continuous-time and linear discrete-time models due to intermittent information transmissions. The time-scale theory provides a powerful tool to combine continuous-time and discrete-time cases and study the consensus protocol under a unified framework. Using this theory, some conditions are derived to achieve exponential consensus under intermittent information transmissions. Simulations are performed to validate the theoretical results.

  6. A study of the limitations of linear theory methods as applied to sonic boom calculations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Darden, Christine M.

    1990-01-01

    Current sonic boom minimization theories have been reviewed to emphasize the capabilities and flexibilities of the methods. Flexibility is important because it is necessary for the designer to meet optimized area constraints while reducing the impact on vehicle aerodynamic performance. Preliminary comparisons of sonic booms predicted for two Mach 3 concepts illustrate the benefits of shaping. Finally, for very simple bodies of revolution, sonic boom predictions were made using two methods - a modified linear theory method and a nonlinear method - for signature shapes which were both farfield N-waves and midfield waves. Preliminary analysis on these simple bodies verified that current modified linear theory prediction methods become inadequate for predicting midfield signatures for Mach numbers above 3. The importance of impulse is sonic boom disturbance and the importance of three-dimensional effects which could not be simulated with the bodies of revolution will determine the validity of current modified linear theory methods in predicting midfield signatures at lower Mach numbers.

  7. Quasi-degenerate perturbation theory using matrix product states

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sharma, Sandeep; Jeanmairet, Guillaume; Alavi, Ali

    2016-01-01

    In this work, we generalize the recently proposed matrix product state perturbation theory (MPSPT) for calculating energies of excited states using quasi-degenerate (QD) perturbation theory. Our formulation uses the Kirtman-Certain-Hirschfelder canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory, which gives Hermitian effective Hamiltonians at each order, and also allows one to make use of Wigner's 2n + 1 rule. Further, our formulation satisfies Granovsky's requirement of model space invariance which is important for obtaining smooth potential energy curves. Thus, when we use MPSPT with the Dyall Hamiltonian, we obtain a model space invariant version of quasi-degenerate n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT), a property that the usual formulation of QD-NEVPT2 based on a multipartitioning technique lacked. We use our method on the benchmark problems of bond breaking of LiF which shows ionic to covalent curve crossing and the twist around the double bond of ethylene where significant valence-Rydberg mixing occurs in the excited states. In accordance with our previous work, we find that multi-reference linearized coupled cluster theory is more accurate than other multi-reference theories of similar cost.

  8. A molecular Debye-Hückel theory and its applications to electrolyte solutions: The size asymmetric case

    DOE PAGES

    Xiao, Tiejun; Song, Xueyu

    2017-03-28

    We developed a molecular Debye-Hückel theory for electrolyte solutions with size asymmetry, where the dielectric response of an electrolyte solution is described by a linear combination of Debye-Hückel-like response modes. Furthermore, as the size asymmetry of an electrolyte solution leads to a charge imbalanced border zone around a solute, the dielectric response to the solute is characterized by two types of charge sources, namely, a bare solute charge and a charge distribution due to size asymmetry. These two kinds of charge sources are screened by the solvent differently, our theory presents a method to calculate the mean electric potential asmore » well as the electrostatic contributions to thermodynamic properties. Finally, the theory was successfully applied to binary as well as multi-component primitive models of electrolyte solutions.« less

  9. Gestalt Theory Rearranged: Back to Wertheimer

    PubMed Central

    Guberman, Shelia

    2017-01-01

    Wertheimer's seminal paper of 1923 was of gerat influence in psychology and other sciences. Wertheimer also emphasized the weaknesses of the newborn Gestalt theory: too many basic laws, and the ambiguity of definitions. At the same time, the paper contained potential solutions to these problems, in the form of a number of very important ideas, some of which were presented implicitly: perception through imitation, communicative nature of linear drawings and writings, transfer from the visual domain to motor domain, linguistic interpretation of the Gestalt. In this paper it will be shown that based on these ideas the Gestalt theory can be rearranged so that the main notions can be well defined, and the general principle of Gestalt perception, which overarches all known laws and unifies different Gestalt phenomena (the imitation principle) can be introduced. The presented model of Gestalt perception is supported by fundamental neurophysiological data—the mirror neurons phenomenon and simulation theory. PMID:29075220

  10. Gestalt Theory Rearranged: Back to Wertheimer.

    PubMed

    Guberman, Shelia

    2017-01-01

    Wertheimer's seminal paper of 1923 was of gerat influence in psychology and other sciences. Wertheimer also emphasized the weaknesses of the newborn Gestalt theory: too many basic laws, and the ambiguity of definitions. At the same time, the paper contained potential solutions to these problems, in the form of a number of very important ideas, some of which were presented implicitly: perception through imitation, communicative nature of linear drawings and writings, transfer from the visual domain to motor domain, linguistic interpretation of the Gestalt. In this paper it will be shown that based on these ideas the Gestalt theory can be rearranged so that the main notions can be well defined, and the general principle of Gestalt perception, which overarches all known laws and unifies different Gestalt phenomena (the imitation principle) can be introduced. The presented model of Gestalt perception is supported by fundamental neurophysiological data-the mirror neurons phenomenon and simulation theory.

  11. A parametric model for the changes in the complex valued conductivity of a lung during tidal breathing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nordebo, Sven; Dalarsson, Mariana; Khodadad, Davood; Müller, Beat; Waldmann, Andreas D.; Becher, Tobias; Frerichs, Inez; Sophocleous, Louiza; Sjöberg, Daniel; Seifnaraghi, Nima; Bayford, Richard

    2018-05-01

    Classical homogenization theory based on the Hashin–Shtrikman coated ellipsoids is used to model the changes in the complex valued conductivity (or admittivity) of a lung during tidal breathing. Here, the lung is modeled as a two-phase composite material where the alveolar air-filling corresponds to the inclusion phase. The theory predicts a linear relationship between the real and the imaginary parts of the change in the complex valued conductivity of a lung during tidal breathing, and where the loss cotangent of the change is approximately the same as of the effective background conductivity and hence easy to estimate. The theory is illustrated with numerical examples based on realistic parameter values and frequency ranges used with electrical impedance tomography (EIT). The theory may be potentially useful for imaging and clinical evaluations in connection with lung EIT for respiratory management and control.

  12. Acousto-exciton interaction in a gas of 2D indirect dipolar excitons in the presence of disorder

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kovalev, V. M.; Chaplik, A. V., E-mail: chaplik@isp.nsc.ru

    2016-03-15

    A theory for the linear and quadratic responses of a 2D gas of indirect dipolar excitons to an external surface acoustic wave perturbation in the presence of a static random potential is considered. The theory is constructed both for high temperatures, definitely greater than the exciton gas condensation temperature, and at zero temperature by taking into account the Bose–Einstein condensation effects. The particle Green functions, the density–density correlation function, and the quadratic response function are calculated by the “cross” diagram technique. The results obtained are used to calculate the absorption of Rayleigh surface waves and the acoustic exciton gas dragmore » by a Rayleigh wave. The damping of Bogoliubov excitations in an exciton condensate due to theirs scattering by a random potential has also been determined.« less

  13. A Guided Tour of Mathematical Methods for the Physical Sciences

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Snieder, Roel; van Wijk, Kasper

    2015-05-01

    1. Introduction; 2. Dimensional analysis; 3. Power series; 4. Spherical and cylindrical coordinates; 5. Gradient; 6. Divergence of a vector field; 7. Curl of a vector field; 8. Theorem of Gauss; 9. Theorem of Stokes; 10. The Laplacian; 11. Scale analysis; 12. Linear algebra; 13. Dirac delta function; 14. Fourier analysis; 15. Analytic functions; 16. Complex integration; 17. Green's functions: principles; 18. Green's functions: examples; 19. Normal modes; 20. Potential-field theory; 21. Probability and statistics; 22. Inverse problems; 23. Perturbation theory; 24. Asymptotic evaluation of integrals; 25. Conservation laws; 26. Cartesian tensors; 27. Variational calculus; 28. Epilogue on power and knowledge.

  14. Non-circulatory fluid forces on porous bodies with application to panel flutter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hajian, Rozhin; Jaworski, Justin W.

    2017-11-01

    The non-circulatory fluid forces acting on an oscillating porous panel or airfoil in uniform incompressible flow are derived from linearized potential theory. The fundamental integral equation for Holder-continuous porosity distributions is formulated and solved numerically for the special cases of non-porous and uniformly-porous panels with prescribed structural deformations. The new unsteady aerodynamic forces are then applied to aeroelastic stability predictions for porous panels or liners. Results from this analysis aim to form the basis of a complete unsteady aerodynamic theory for porous airfoils and their acoustic emissions based upon the unique attributes of natural fliers and swimmers.

  15. Compressible, unsteady lifting-surface theory for a helicopter rotor in forward flight

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Runyan, H. L.; Tai, H.

    1985-01-01

    A lifting-surface theory has been developed for a helicopter rotor in forward flight for compressible and incompressible flow. The method utilizes the concept of the linearized acceleration potential and makes use of the doublet lattice procedure. Calculations demonstrating the application of the method are given in terms of the lift distribution on a one-bladed rotor, a two-bladed rotor, and a rotor with swept-forward and swept-back tips. Also, the lift on a rotor vibrating in a pitching mode at 4 per revolution is given. Compressibility effects and interference effects for a two-bladed rotor are discussed.

  16. Community mobilisation in the 21st century: updating our theory of social change?

    PubMed

    Campbell, Catherine

    2014-01-01

    The article explores the Freirian theory of social change underpinning health-related community mobilisation in poor and marginalised communities. Highlighting potential shortcomings of its essentialist understandings of power and identity, and linear notions of change, it examines how lessons from the 'new left', and burgeoning global protest movements, can rejuvenate the field given the growing complexity of 21st-century social inequalities. It suggests the need for a pastiche of approaches to accommodate health struggles in different times and places. However, while needing some updating, Freire's profound and actionable understandings of the symbolic and material dimensions of social inequalities remain a powerful starting point for activism.

  17. Quantum mechanical/molecular mechanical/continuum style solvation model: linear response theory, variational treatment, and nuclear gradients.

    PubMed

    Li, Hui

    2009-11-14

    Linear response and variational treatment are formulated for Hartree-Fock (HF) and Kohn-Sham density functional theory (DFT) methods and combined discrete-continuum solvation models that incorporate self-consistently induced dipoles and charges. Due to the variational treatment, analytic nuclear gradients can be evaluated efficiently for these discrete and continuum solvation models. The forces and torques on the induced point dipoles and point charges can be evaluated using simple electrostatic formulas as for permanent point dipoles and point charges, in accordance with the electrostatic nature of these methods. Implementation and tests using the effective fragment potential (EFP, a polarizable force field) method and the conductorlike polarizable continuum model (CPCM) show that the nuclear gradients are as accurate as those in the gas phase HF and DFT methods. Using B3LYP/EFP/CPCM and time-dependent-B3LYP/EFP/CPCM methods, acetone S(0)-->S(1) excitation in aqueous solution is studied. The results are close to those from full B3LYP/CPCM calculations.

  18. Unsteady lift forces on highly cambered airfoils moving through a gust

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Atassi, H.; Goldstein, M.

    1974-01-01

    An unsteady airfoil theory in which the flow is linearized about the steady potential flow of the airfoil is presented. The theory is applied to an airfoil entering a gust. After transformation to the W-plane, the problem is formulated in terms of a Poisson's equation. The solutions are expanded in a Fourier-Bessel series. The theory is applied to a circular arc with arbitrary camber. Closed form expressions for the velocity and pressure on the surface of the airfoil are obtained. The unsteady aerodynamic forces are then calculated and shown to contain two terms. One in an explicit closed analytical form represents the contribution of the oncoming vortical disturbance, the other depends on a single quadrature and accounts for the effect of the wake.

  19. Nonsingular solutions and instabilities in Einstein-scalar-Gauss-Bonnet cosmology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sberna, Laura; Pani, Paolo

    2017-12-01

    It is generically believed that higher-order curvature corrections to the Einstein-Hilbert action might cure the curvature singularities that plague general relativity. Here we consider Einstein-scalar-Gauss-Bonnet gravity, the only four-dimensional, ghost-free theory with quadratic curvature terms. For any choice of the coupling function and of the scalar potential, we show that the theory does not allow for bouncing solutions in the flat and open Friedmann universe. For the case of a closed universe, using a reverse-engineering method, we explicitly provide a bouncing solution which is nevertheless linearly unstable in the scalar gravitational sector. Moreover, we show that the expanding, singularity-free, early-time cosmologies allowed in the theory are unstable. These results rely only on analyticity and finiteness of cosmological variables at early times.

  20. Structure of Salt-free Linear Polyelectrolytes in the Debye-Hückel Approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stevens, Mark J.; Kremer, Kurt

    1996-11-01

    We examine the effects of the common Debye-Hückel approximation used in theories of polyelectrolytes. Molecular dynamics simulations using the Debye-Hückel pair potential of salt-free polyelectrolytes have been performed. The results of these simulations are compared to earlier “Coulomb" simulations which explicitly treated the counterions. We report here the comparisons of the osmotic pressure, the end-to-end distance and the single chain structure factor. In the dilute regime the Debye-Hückel chains are more elongated than the Coulomb chains implying that the counterion screening is stronger than the Debye-Hückel prediction. Like the Coulomb chains the Debye-Hückel chains contract significantly below the overlap density in contradiction to all theories. Entropy thus plays an important and sorely neglected role in theory.

  1. Calculation of Hammett Equation parameters for some N,N‧-bis (substituted-phenyl)-1,4-quinonediimines by density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sein, Lawrence T.

    2011-08-01

    Hammett parameters σ' were determined from vertical ionization potentials, vertical electron affinities, adiabatic ionization potentials, adiabatic electron affinities, HOMO, and LUMO energies of a series of N, N' -bis (3',4'-substituted-phenyl)-1,4-quinonediimines computed at the B3LYP/6-311+G(2d,p) level on B3LYP/6-31G ∗ molecular geometries. These parameters were then least squares fit as a function of literature Hammett parameters. For N, N' -bis (4'-substituted-phenyl)-1,4-quinonediimines, the least squares fits demonstrated excellent linearity, with the square of Pearson's correlation coefficient ( r2) greater than 0.98 for all isomers. For N, N' -bis (3'-substituted-3'-aminophenyl)-1,4-quinonediimines, the least squares fits were less nearly linear, with r2 approximately 0.70 for all isomers when derived from calculated vertical ionization potentials, but those from calculated vertical electron affinities usually greater than 0.90.

  2. Reference interaction site model and optimized perturbation theories of colloidal dumbbells with increasing anisotropy

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Munaò, Gianmarco, E-mail: gmunao@unime.it; Costa, Dino; Caccamo, Carlo

    We investigate thermodynamic properties of anisotropic colloidal dumbbells in the frameworks provided by the Reference Interaction Site Model (RISM) theory and an Optimized Perturbation Theory (OPT), this latter based on a fourth-order high-temperature perturbative expansion of the free energy, recently generalized to molecular fluids. Our model is constituted by two identical tangent hard spheres surrounded by square-well attractions with same widths and progressively different depths. Gas-liquid coexistence curves are obtained by predicting pressures, free energies, and chemical potentials. In comparison with previous simulation results, RISM and OPT agree in reproducing the progressive reduction of the gas-liquid phase separation as themore » anisotropy of the interaction potential becomes more pronounced; in particular, the RISM theory provides reasonable predictions for all coexistence curves, bar the strong anisotropy regime, whereas OPT performs generally less well. Both theories predict a linear dependence of the critical temperature on the interaction strength, reproducing in this way the mean-field behavior observed in simulations; the critical density—that drastically drops as the anisotropy increases—turns to be less accurate. Our results appear as a robust benchmark for further theoretical studies, in support to the simulation approach, of self-assembly in model colloidal systems.« less

  3. Einstein’s quadrupole formula from the kinetic-conformal Hořava theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bellorín, Jorge; Restuccia, Alvaro

    We analyze the radiative and nonradiative linearized variables in a gravity theory within the family of the nonprojectable Hořava theories, the Hořava theory at the kinetic-conformal point. There is no extra mode in this formulation, the theory shares the same number of degrees of freedom with general relativity. The large-distance effective action, which is the one we consider, can be given in a generally-covariant form under asymptotically flat boundary conditions, the Einstein-aether theory under the condition of hypersurface orthogonality on the aether vector. In the linearized theory, we find that only the transverse-traceless tensorial modes obey a sourced wave equation, as in general relativity. The rest of variables are nonradiative. The result is gauge-independent at the level of the linearized theory. For the case of a weak source, we find that the leading mode in the far zone is exactly Einstein’s quadrupole formula of general relativity, if some coupling constants are properly identified. There are no monopoles nor dipoles in this formulation, in distinction to the nonprojectable Horava theory outside the kinetic-conformal point. We also discuss some constraints on the theory arising from the observational bounds on Lorentz-violating theories.

  4. Fundamental Physical Basis for Maxwell-Heaviside Gravitomagnetism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nyambuya, Golden Gadzirayi

    2015-08-01

    Gravitomagnetism is universally and formally recognised in contemporary physics as being the linear first-order approximation of Einstein's field equations emerging from the General Theory of Relativity (GTR). Herein, we argue that, as has been done by others in the past, gravitomagnetism can be viewed as a fully-fledged independent theory of gravitomagnetism that can be divorced from Professor Einstein's GTR. The gravitomagnetic theory whose exposition we give herein is exactly envisioned by Professor Maxwell and Dr. Heaviside. The once speculative Maxwell-Heaviside Gravitomagnetic theory now finds full justification as a fully fledged theory from Professor José Hera's Existence Theorem which states that all that is needed for there to exist the four Max-well-type field equations is that a mass-current conservation law be obeyed. Our contribution in the present work, if any, is that we demonstrate conclusively that like electromagnetism, the gravitomagnetic phenomenon leads to the prediction of gravitomagnetic waves that travel at the speed of light. Further, we argue that for the gravitational phenomenon, apart from the Newtonian gravitational potential, there are four more potentials and these operate concurrently with the Newtonian potential. At the end of it, it is seen that the present work sets the stage for a very interesting investigation of several gravitational anomalies such as the ponderous Pioneer Anomaly, the vexing Flyby Anomalies, the mysterious Anomalous Rotation Curves of Spiral Galaxies and as well, the possibility of the generation of stellar magnetic fields by rotating gravitational masses.

  5. An outflow boundary condition for aeroacoustic computations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hayder, M. Ehtesham; Hagstrom, Thomas

    1995-01-01

    A formulation of boundary condition for flows with small disturbances is presented. The authors test their methodology in an axisymmetric jet flow calculation, using both the Navier-Stokes and Euler equations. Solutions in the far field are assumed to be oscillatory. If the oscillatory disturbances are small, the growth of the solution variables can be predicted by linear theory. Eigenfunctions of the linear theory are used explicitly in the formulation of the boundary conditions. This guarantees correct solutions at the boundary in the limit where the predictions of linear theory are valid.

  6. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bartolac, S; Letourneau, D; University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario

    Purpose: Application of process control theory in quality assurance programs promises to allow earlier identification of problems and potentially better quality in delivery than traditional paradigms based primarily on tolerances and action levels. The purpose of this project was to characterize underlying seasonal variations in linear accelerator output that can be used to improve performance or trigger preemptive maintenance. Methods: Review of runtime plots of daily (6 MV) output data acquired using in house ion chamber based devices over three years and for fifteen linear accelerators of varying make and model were evaluated. Shifts in output due to known interventionsmore » with the machines were subtracted from the data to model an uncorrected scenario for each linear accelerator. Observable linear trends were also removed from the data prior to evaluation of periodic variations. Results: Runtime plots of output revealed sinusoidal, seasonal variations that were consistent across all units, irrespective of manufacturer, model or age of machine. The average amplitude of the variation was on the order of 1%. Peak and minimum variations were found to correspond to early April and September, respectively. Approximately 48% of output adjustments made over the period examined were potentially avoidable if baseline levels had corresponded to the mean output, rather than to points near a peak or valley. Linear trends were observed for three of the fifteen units, with annual increases in output ranging from 2–3%. Conclusion: Characterization of cyclical seasonal trends allows for better separation of potentially innate accelerator behaviour from other behaviours (e.g. linear trends) that may be better described as true out of control states (i.e. non-stochastic deviations from otherwise expected behavior) and could indicate service requirements. Results also pointed to an optimal setpoint for accelerators such that output of machines is maintained within set tolerances and interventions are required less frequently.« less

  7. General response formula and application to topological insulator in quantum open system.

    PubMed

    Shen, H Z; Qin, M; Shao, X Q; Yi, X X

    2015-11-01

    It is well-known that the quantum linear response theory is based on the first-order perturbation theory for a system in thermal equilibrium. Hence, this theory breaks down when the system is in a steady state far from thermal equilibrium and the response up to higher order in perturbation is not negligible. In this paper, we develop a nonlinear response theory for such quantum open system. We first formulate this theory in terms of general susceptibility, after which we apply it to the derivation of Hall conductance for open system at finite temperature. As an example, the Hall conductance of the two-band model is derived. Then we calculate the Hall conductance for a two-dimensional ferromagnetic electron gas and a two-dimensional lattice model. The calculations show that the transition points of topological phase are robust against the environment. Our results provide a promising platform for the coherent manipulation of the nonlinear response in quantum open system, which has potential applications for quantum information processing and statistical physics.

  8. Atypical k-essence cosmologies

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chimento, Luis P.; Lazkoz, Ruth

    We analyze the implications of having a divergent speed of sound in k-essence cosmological models. We first study a known theory of that kind, for which the Lagrangian density depends linearly on the time derivative of the k-field. We show that when k-essence is the only source consistency requires that the potential of the k-field be of the inverse square form. Then, we review the known result that the corresponding power-law solutions can be mapped to power-law solutions of theories with no divergence in the speed of sound. After that, we argue that the requirement of a divergent sound speedmore » at some point fixes uniquely the form of the Lagrangian to be exactly the one considered earlier and prove the asymptotic stability of the most interesting solutions belonging to the divergent theory. Then, we discuss the implications of having not just k-essence but also matter. This is interesting because introducing another component breaks the rigidity of the theory, and the form of the potential ceases to be unique as happened in the pure k-essence case. Finally, we show the finiteness of the effective sound speed under an appropiate definition.« less

  9. ORACLS: A system for linear-quadratic-Gaussian control law design

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Armstrong, E. S.

    1978-01-01

    A modern control theory design package (ORACLS) for constructing controllers and optimal filters for systems modeled by linear time-invariant differential or difference equations is described. Numerical linear-algebra procedures are used to implement the linear-quadratic-Gaussian (LQG) methodology of modern control theory. Algorithms are included for computing eigensystems of real matrices, the relative stability of a matrix, factored forms for nonnegative definite matrices, the solutions and least squares approximations to the solutions of certain linear matrix algebraic equations, the controllability properties of a linear time-invariant system, and the steady state covariance matrix of an open-loop stable system forced by white noise. Subroutines are provided for solving both the continuous and discrete optimal linear regulator problems with noise free measurements and the sampled-data optimal linear regulator problem. For measurement noise, duality theory and the optimal regulator algorithms are used to solve the continuous and discrete Kalman-Bucy filter problems. Subroutines are also included which give control laws causing the output of a system to track the output of a prescribed model.

  10. Statistical modeling of the reactions Fe(+) + N2O → FeO(+) + N2 and FeO(+) + CO → Fe(+) + CO2.

    PubMed

    Ushakov, Vladimir G; Troe, Jürgen; Johnson, Ryan S; Guo, Hua; Ard, Shaun G; Melko, Joshua J; Shuman, Nicholas S; Viggiano, Albert A

    2015-08-14

    The rates of the reactions Fe(+) + N2O → FeO(+) + N2 and FeO(+) + CO → Fe(+) + CO2 are modeled by statistical rate theory accounting for energy- and angular momentum-specific rate constants for formation of the primary and secondary cationic adducts and their backward and forward reactions. The reactions are both suggested to proceed on sextet and quartet potential energy surfaces with efficient, but probably not complete, equilibration by spin-inversion of the populations of the sextet and quartet adducts. The influence of spin-inversion on the overall reaction rate is investigated. The differences of the two reaction rates mostly are due to different numbers of entrance states (atom + linear rotor or linear rotor + linear rotor, respectively). The reaction Fe(+) + N2O was studied either with (6)Fe(+) or with (4)Fe(+) reactants. Differences in the rate constants of (6)Fe(+) and (4)Fe(+) reacting with N2O are attributed to different contributions from electronically excited potential energy surfaces, such as they originate from the open-electronic shell reactants.

  11. Mixtures of bosonic and fermionic atoms in optical lattices

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Albus, Alexander; Dipartimento di Fisica, Universita di Salerno, Via S. Allende, I-84081 Baronissi; Illuminati, Fabrizio

    2003-08-01

    We discuss the theory of mixtures of bosonic and fermionic atoms in periodic potentials at zero temperature. We derive a general Bose-Fermi Hubbard Hamiltonian in a one-dimensional optical lattice with a superimposed harmonic trapping potential. We study the conditions for linear stability of the mixture and derive a mean-field criterion for the onset of a bosonic superfluid transition. We investigate the ground-state properties of the mixture in the Gutzwiller formulation of mean-field theory, and present numerical studies of finite systems. The bosonic and fermionic density distributions and the onset of quantum phase transitions to demixing and to a bosonic Mott-insulatormore » are studied as a function of the lattice potential strength. The existence is predicted of a disordered phase for mixtures loaded in very deep lattices. Such a disordered phase possessing many degenerate or quasidegenerate ground states is related to a breaking of the mirror symmetry in the lattice.« less

  12. Hawking-Moss instanton in nonlinear massive gravity

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Ying-li; Saito, Ryo; Sasaki, Misao, E-mail: yingli@yukawa.kyoto-u.ac.jp, E-mail: rsaito@yukawa.kyoto-u.ac.jp, E-mail: misao@yukawa.kyoto-u.ac.jp

    2013-02-01

    As a first step toward understanding a lanscape of vacua in a theory of non-linear massive gravity, we consider a landscape of a single scalar field and study tunneling between a pair of adjacent vacua. We study the Hawking-Moss (HM) instanton that sits at a local maximum of the potential, and evaluate the dependence of the tunneling rate on the parameters of the theory. It is found that provided with the same physical HM Hubble parameter H{sub HM}, depending on the values of parameters α{sub 3} and α{sub 4} in the action (2.2), the corresponding tunneling rate can be eithermore » enhanced or suppressed when compared to the one in the context of General Relativity (GR). Furthermore, we find the constraint on the ratio of the physical Hubble parameter to the fiducial one, which constrains the form of potential. This result is in sharp contrast to GR where there is no bound on the minimum value of the potential.« less

  13. Linear sampling method applied to non destructive testing of an elastic waveguide: theory, numerics and experiments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baronian, Vahan; Bourgeois, Laurent; Chapuis, Bastien; Recoquillay, Arnaud

    2018-07-01

    This paper presents an application of the linear sampling method to ultrasonic non destructive testing of an elastic waveguide. In particular, the NDT context implies that both the solicitations and the measurements are located on the surface of the waveguide and are given in the time domain. Our strategy consists in using a modal formulation of the linear sampling method at multiple frequencies, such modal formulation being justified theoretically in Bourgeois et al (2011 Inverse Problems 27 055001) for rigid obstacles and in Bourgeois and Lunéville (2013 Inverse Problems 29 025017) for cracks. Our strategy requires the inversion of some emission and reception matrices which deserve some special attention due to potential ill-conditioning. The feasibility of our method is proved with the help of artificial data as well as real data.

  14. A general theory of linear cosmological perturbations: bimetric theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lagos, Macarena; Ferreira, Pedro G., E-mail: m.lagos13@imperial.ac.uk, E-mail: p.ferreira1@physics.ox.ac.uk

    2017-01-01

    We implement the method developed in [1] to construct the most general parametrised action for linear cosmological perturbations of bimetric theories of gravity. Specifically, we consider perturbations around a homogeneous and isotropic background, and identify the complete form of the action invariant under diffeomorphism transformations, as well as the number of free parameters characterising this cosmological class of theories. We discuss, in detail, the case without derivative interactions, and compare our results with those found in massive bigravity.

  15. Graph-based linear scaling electronic structure theory.

    PubMed

    Niklasson, Anders M N; Mniszewski, Susan M; Negre, Christian F A; Cawkwell, Marc J; Swart, Pieter J; Mohd-Yusof, Jamal; Germann, Timothy C; Wall, Michael E; Bock, Nicolas; Rubensson, Emanuel H; Djidjev, Hristo

    2016-06-21

    We show how graph theory can be combined with quantum theory to calculate the electronic structure of large complex systems. The graph formalism is general and applicable to a broad range of electronic structure methods and materials, including challenging systems such as biomolecules. The methodology combines well-controlled accuracy, low computational cost, and natural low-communication parallelism. This combination addresses substantial shortcomings of linear scaling electronic structure theory, in particular with respect to quantum-based molecular dynamics simulations.

  16. Graph-based linear scaling electronic structure theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Niklasson, Anders M. N., E-mail: amn@lanl.gov; Negre, Christian F. A.; Cawkwell, Marc J.

    2016-06-21

    We show how graph theory can be combined with quantum theory to calculate the electronic structure of large complex systems. The graph formalism is general and applicable to a broad range of electronic structure methods and materials, including challenging systems such as biomolecules. The methodology combines well-controlled accuracy, low computational cost, and natural low-communication parallelism. This combination addresses substantial shortcomings of linear scaling electronic structure theory, in particular with respect to quantum-based molecular dynamics simulations.

  17. First-principles study of structural stability, electronic, optical and elastic properties of binary intermetallic: PtZr

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pagare, Gitanjali, E-mail: gita-pagare@yahoo.co.in; Jain, Ekta, E-mail: jainekta05@gmail.com; Sanyal, S. P., E-mail: sps.physicsbu@gmail.com

    2016-05-06

    Structural, electronic, optical and elastic properties of PtZr have been studied using the full-potential linearized augmented plane wave (FP-LAPW) method within density functional theory (DFT). The energy against volume and enthalpy vs. pressure variation in three different structures i.e. B{sub 1}, B{sub 2} and B{sub 3} for PtZr has been presented. The equilibrium lattice parameter, bulk modulus and its pressure derivative have been obtained using optimization method for all the three phases. Furthermore, electronic structure was discussed to reveal the metallic character of the present compound. The linear optical properties are also studied under zero pressure for the first time.more » Results on elastic properties are obtained using generalized gradient approximation (GGA) for exchange correlation potentials. Ductile nature of PtZr compound is predicted in accordance with Pugh’s criteria.« less

  18. Structural study of gold clusters.

    PubMed

    Xiao, Li; Tollberg, Bethany; Hu, Xiankui; Wang, Lichang

    2006-03-21

    Density functional theory (DFT) calculations were carried out to study gold clusters of up to 55 atoms. Between the linear and zigzag monoatomic Au nanowires, the zigzag nanowires were found to be more stable. Furthermore, the linear Au nanowires of up to 2 nm are formed by slightly stretched Au dimers. These suggest that a substantial Peierls distortion exists in those structures. Planar geometries of Au clusters were found to be the global minima till the cluster size of 13. A quantitative correlation is provided between various properties of Au clusters and the structure and size. The relative stability of selected clusters was also estimated by the Sutton-Chen potential, and the result disagrees with that obtained from the DFT calculations. This suggests that a modification of the Sutton-Chen potential has to be made, such as obtaining new parameters, in order to use it to search the global minima for bigger Au clusters.

  19. Control of the conformations of ion Coulomb crystals in a Penning trap

    PubMed Central

    Mavadia, Sandeep; Goodwin, Joseph F.; Stutter, Graham; Bharadia, Shailen; Crick, Daniel R.; Segal, Daniel M.; Thompson, Richard C.

    2013-01-01

    Laser-cooled atomic ions form ordered structures in radiofrequency ion traps and in Penning traps. Here we demonstrate in a Penning trap the creation and manipulation of a wide variety of ion Coulomb crystals formed from small numbers of ions. The configuration can be changed from a linear string, through intermediate geometries, to a planar structure. The transition from a linear string to a zigzag geometry is observed for the first time in a Penning trap. The conformations of the crystals are set by the applied trap potential and the laser parameters, and agree with simulations. These simulations indicate that the rotation frequency of a small crystal is mainly determined by the laser parameters, independent of the number of ions and the axial confinement strength. This system has potential applications for quantum simulation, quantum information processing and tests of fundamental physics models from quantum field theory to cosmology. PMID:24096901

  20. Impurity effects on electrical conductivity of doped bilayer graphene in the presence of a bias voltage

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    E, Lotfi; H, Rezania; B, Arghavaninia; M, Yarmohammadi

    2016-07-01

    We address the electrical conductivity of bilayer graphene as a function of temperature, impurity concentration, and scattering strength in the presence of a finite bias voltage at finite doping, beginning with a description of the tight-binding model using the linear response theory and Green’s function approach. Our results show a linear behavior at high doping for the case of high bias voltage. The effects of electron doping on the electrical conductivity have been studied via changing the electronic chemical potential. We also discuss and analyze how the bias voltage affects the temperature behavior of the electrical conductivity. Finally, we study the behavior of the electrical conductivity as a function of the impurity concentration and scattering strength for different bias voltages and chemical potentials respectively. The electrical conductivity is found to be monotonically decreasing with impurity scattering strength due to the increased scattering among electrons at higher impurity scattering strength.

  1. Coarse-grained density functional theories for metallic alloys: Generalized coherent-potential approximations and charge-excess functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bruno, Ezio; Mammano, Francesco; Fiorino, Antonino; Morabito, Emanuela V.

    2008-04-01

    The class of the generalized coherent-potential approximations (GCPAs) to the density functional theory (DFT) is introduced within the multiple scattering theory formalism with the aim of dealing with ordered or disordered metallic alloys. All GCPA theories are based on a common ansatz for the kinetic part of the Hohenberg-Kohn functional and each theory of the class is specified by an external model concerning the potential reconstruction. Most existing DFT implementations of CPA-based theories belong to the GCPA class. The analysis of the formal properties of the density functional defined by GCPA theories shows that it consists of marginally coupled local contributions. Furthermore, it is shown that the GCPA functional does not depend on the details of the charge density and that it can be exactly rewritten as a function of the appropriate charge multipole moments to be associated with each lattice site. A general procedure based on the integration of the qV laws is described that allows for the explicit construction of the same function. The coarse-grained nature of the GCPA density functional implies a great deal of computational advantages and is connected with the O(N) scalability of GCPA algorithms. Moreover, it is shown that a convenient truncated series expansion of the GCPA functional leads to the charge-excess functional (CEF) theory [E. Bruno , Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 166401 (2003)], which here is offered in a generalized version that includes multipolar interactions. CEF and the GCPA numerical results are compared with status of art linearized augmented plane wave (LAPW) full-potential density functional calculations for 62 bcc- and fcc-based ordered CuZn alloys, in all the range of concentrations. Two facts clearly emerge from these extensive tests. In the first place, the discrepancies between GCPA and CEF results are always within the numerical accuracy of the calculations, both for the site charges and the total energies. In the second place, the GCPA (or the CEF) is able to very carefully reproduce the LAPW site charges and a good agreement is obtained also about the total energies.

  2. Colombeau algebra as a mathematical tool for investigating step load and step deformation of systems of nonlinear springs and dashpots

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Průša, Vít; Řehoř, Martin; Tůma, Karel

    2017-02-01

    The response of mechanical systems composed of springs and dashpots to a step input is of eminent interest in the applications. If the system is formed by linear elements, then its response is governed by a system of linear ordinary differential equations. In the linear case, the mathematical method of choice for the analysis of the response is the classical theory of distributions. However, if the system contains nonlinear elements, then the classical theory of distributions is of no use, since it is strictly limited to the linear setting. Consequently, a question arises whether it is even possible or reasonable to study the response of nonlinear systems to step inputs. The answer is positive. A mathematical theory that can handle the challenge is the so-called Colombeau algebra. Building on the abstract result by Průša and Rajagopal (Int J Non-Linear Mech 81:207-221, 2016), we show how to use the theory in the analysis of response of nonlinear spring-dashpot and spring-dashpot-mass systems.

  3. Trends in modern system theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Athans, M.

    1976-01-01

    The topics considered are related to linear control system design, adaptive control, failure detection, control under failure, system reliability, and large-scale systems and decentralized control. It is pointed out that the design of a linear feedback control system which regulates a process about a desirable set point or steady-state condition in the presence of disturbances is a very important problem. The linearized dynamics of the process are used for design purposes. The typical linear-quadratic design involving the solution of the optimal control problem of a linear time-invariant system with respect to a quadratic performance criterion is considered along with gain reduction theorems and the multivariable phase margin theorem. The stumbling block in many adaptive design methodologies is associated with the amount of real time computation which is necessary. Attention is also given to the desperate need to develop good theories for large-scale systems, the beginning of a microprocessor revolution, the translation of the Wiener-Hopf theory into the time domain, and advances made in dynamic team theory, dynamic stochastic games, and finite memory stochastic control.

  4. Quantifying the Relationship between Curvature and Electric Potential in Lipid Bilayers.

    PubMed

    Bruhn, Dennis S; Lomholt, Michael A; Khandelia, Himanshu

    2016-06-02

    Cellular membranes mediate vital cellular processes by being subject to curvature and transmembrane electrical potentials. Here we build upon the existing theory for flexoelectricity in liquid crystals to quantify the coupling between lipid bilayer curvature and membrane potentials. Using molecular dynamics simulations, we show that headgroup dipole moments, the lateral pressure profile across the bilayer, and spontaneous curvature all systematically change with increasing membrane potentials. In particular, there is a linear dependence between the bending moment (the product of bending rigidity and spontaneous curvature) and the applied membrane potentials. We show that biologically relevant membrane potentials can induce biologically relevant curvatures corresponding to radii of around 500 nm. The implications of flexoelectricity in lipid bilayers are thus likely to be of considerable consequence both in biology and in model lipid bilayer systems.

  5. Linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. Revisiting the impulsive response method using factorization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Camporesi, Roberto

    2011-06-01

    We present an approach to the impulsive response method for solving linear constant-coefficient ordinary differential equations based on the factorization of the differential operator. The approach is elementary, we only assume a basic knowledge of calculus and linear algebra. In particular, we avoid the use of distribution theory, as well as of the other more advanced approaches: Laplace transform, linear systems, the general theory of linear equations with variable coefficients and the variation of constants method. The approach presented here can be used in a first course on differential equations for science and engineering majors.

  6. Linear system theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Callier, Frank M.; Desoer, Charles A.

    1991-01-01

    The aim of this book is to provide a systematic and rigorous access to the main topics of linear state-space system theory in both the continuous-time case and the discrete-time case; and the I/O description of linear systems. The main thrusts of the work are the analysis of system descriptions and derivations of their properties, LQ-optimal control, state feedback and state estimation, and MIMO unity-feedback systems.

  7. A generalized Lyapunov theory for robust root clustering of linear state space models with real parameter uncertainty

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yedavalli, R. K.

    1992-01-01

    The problem of analyzing and designing controllers for linear systems subject to real parameter uncertainty is considered. An elegant, unified theory for robust eigenvalue placement is presented for a class of D-regions defined by algebraic inequalities by extending the nominal matrix root clustering theory of Gutman and Jury (1981) to linear uncertain time systems. The author presents explicit conditions for matrix root clustering for different D-regions and establishes the relationship between the eigenvalue migration range and the parameter range. The bounds are all obtained by one-shot computation in the matrix domain and do not need any frequency sweeping or parameter gridding. The method uses the generalized Lyapunov theory for getting the bounds.

  8. Gravitons as Embroidery on the Weave

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Iwasaki, Junichi; Rovelli, Carlo

    We investigate the physical interpretation of the loop states that appear in the loop representation of quantum gravity. By utilizing the “weave” state, which has been recently introduced as a quantum description of the microstructure of flat space, we analyze the relation between loop states and graviton states. This relation determines a linear map M from the state-space of the nonperturbative theory (loop space) into the state-space of the linearized theory (Fock space). We present an explicit form of this map, and a preliminary investigation of its properties. The existence of such a map indicates that the full nonperturbative quantum theory includes a sector that describes the same physics as (the low energy regimes of) the linearized theory, namely gravitons on flat space.

  9. Universal linear and nonlinear electrodynamics of a Dirac fluid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Zhiyuan; Basov, Dmitry N.; Fogler, Michael M.

    2018-03-01

    A general relation is derived between the linear and second-order nonlinear ac conductivities of an electron system in the hydrodynamic regime of frequencies below the interparticle scattering rate. The magnitude and tensorial structure of the hydrodynamic nonlinear conductivity are shown to differ from their counterparts in the more familiar kinetic regime of higher frequencies. Due to universality of the hydrodynamic equations, the obtained formulas are valid for systems with an arbitrary Dirac-like dispersion, ranging from solid-state electron gases to free-space plasmas, either massive or massless, at any temperature, chemical potential, or space dimension. Predictions for photon drag and second-harmonic generation in graphene are presented as one application of this theory.

  10. Linear instability of plane Couette and Poiseuille flows

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chefranov, S. G., E-mail: schefranov@mail.ru; Chefranov, A. G., E-mail: Alexander.chefranov@emu.edu.tr

    2016-05-15

    It is shown that linear instability of plane Couette flow can take place even at finite Reynolds numbers Re > Re{sub th} ≈ 139, which agrees with the experimental value of Re{sub th} ≈ 150 ± 5 [16, 17]. This new result of the linear theory of hydrodynamic stability is obtained by abandoning traditional assumption of the longitudinal periodicity of disturbances in the flow direction. It is established that previous notions about linear stability of this flow at arbitrarily large Reynolds numbers relied directly upon the assumed separation of spatial variables of the field of disturbances and their longitudinal periodicitymore » in the linear theory. By also abandoning these assumptions for plane Poiseuille flow, a new threshold Reynolds number Re{sub th} ≈ 1035 is obtained, which agrees to within 4% with experiment—in contrast to 500% discrepancy for the previous estimate of Re{sub th} ≈ 5772 obtained in the framework of the linear theory under assumption of the “normal” shape of disturbances [2].« less

  11. Variational Theory of Motion of Curved, Twisted and Extensible Elastic Rods

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1993-01-18

    nonlinear theory such as questions of existence of solutions and global behavior have been carried out by Antman (1976). His basic work entitled "The...Aerosp. Ens. Q017/018 16 REFERENCES Antman , S.S., "Ordinary Differential Equations of Non-Linear ElastIcity 1: Foundatious of the Theories of Non-Linearly...Elutic rods and Shells," A.R.M.A. 61 (1976), 307-351. Antman , S.S., "The Theory of Rods", Handbuch der Physik, Vol. Vla/2, Springer-Verlq, Berlin

  12. A non-axisymmetric linearized supersonic wave drag analysis: Mathematical theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Barnhart, Paul J.

    1996-01-01

    A Mathematical theory is developed to perform the calculations necessary to determine the wave drag for slender bodies of non-circular cross section. The derivations presented in this report are based on extensions to supersonic linearized small perturbation theory. A numerical scheme is presented utilizing Fourier decomposition to compute the pressure coefficient on and about a slender body of arbitrary cross section.

  13. The gas phase structure of transition metal dihydrides

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Demuynck, Jean; Schaefer, Henry F.

    1980-01-01

    ESR and infrared spectroscopic measurements on matrix isolated MnH2 and CrH2 have recently suggested that these simple molecules may be bent. This result would be the opposite of that found experimentally for the transition metal dihalides MX2, known to be linear. Here the geometrical structure of MnH2 has been investigated by molecular electronic structure theory. A large contracted Gaussian basis set [Mn(14s11p6p/9s8p3d), H(5s1p/3s1p)] was used in conjunction with self-consistent field and configuration interaction methods. These suggest that the 6A1 ground state of MnH2 is linear. Further studies of the 3A1 state (one of several low-lying states) of TiH2 also favor linearity, although this potential energy surface is extremely flat with respect to bending. Thus it appears probable that most MH2 molecules, like the related MX2 family, are linear.

  14. Efficient calculation of cosmological neutrino clustering in the non-linear regime

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Archidiacono, Maria; Hannestad, Steen, E-mail: archi@phys.au.dk, E-mail: sth@phys.au.dk

    2016-06-01

    We study in detail how neutrino perturbations can be followed in linear theory by using only terms up to l =2 in the Boltzmann hierarchy. We provide a new approximation to the third moment and demonstrate that the neutrino power spectrum can be calculated to a precision of better than ∼ 5% for masses up to ∼ 1 eV and k ∼< 10 h /Mpc. The matter power spectrum can be calculated far more precisely and typically at least a factor of a few better than with existing approximations. We then proceed to study how the neutrino power spectrum canmore » be reliably calculated even in the non-linear regime by using the non-linear gravitational potential, sourced by dark matter overdensities, as it is derived from semi-analytic methods based on N -body simulations in the Boltzmann evolution hierarchy. Our results agree extremely well with results derived from N -body simulations that include cold dark matter and neutrinos as independent particles with different properties.« less

  15. On the Validity of the Streaming Model for the Redshift-Space Correlation Function in the Linear Regime

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fisher, Karl B.

    1995-08-01

    The relation between the galaxy correlation functions in real-space and redshift-space is derived in the linear regime by an appropriate averaging of the joint probability distribution of density and velocity. The derivation recovers the familiar linear theory result on large scales but has the advantage of clearly revealing the dependence of the redshift distortions on the underlying peculiar velocity field; streaming motions give rise to distortions of θ(Ω0.6/b) while variations in the anisotropic velocity dispersion yield terms of order θ(Ω1.2/b2). This probabilistic derivation of the redshift-space correlation function is similar in spirit to the derivation of the commonly used "streaming" model, in which the distortions are given by a convolution of the real-space correlation function with a velocity distribution function. The streaming model is often used to model the redshift-space correlation function on small, highly nonlinear, scales. There have been claims in the literature, however, that the streaming model is not valid in the linear regime. Our analysis confirms this claim, but we show that the streaming model can be made consistent with linear theory provided that the model for the streaming has the functional form predicted by linear theory and that the velocity distribution is chosen to be a Gaussian with the correct linear theory dispersion.

  16. Optimization of non-linear gradient in hydrophobic interaction chromatography for the analytical characterization of antibody-drug conjugates.

    PubMed

    Bobály, Balázs; Randazzo, Giuseppe Marco; Rudaz, Serge; Guillarme, Davy; Fekete, Szabolcs

    2017-01-20

    The goal of this work was to evaluate the potential of non-linear gradients in hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC), to improve the separation between the different homologous species (drug-to-antibody, DAR) of commercial antibody-drug conjugates (ADC). The selectivities between Brentuximab Vedotin species were measured using three different gradient profiles, namely linear, power function based and logarithmic ones. The logarithmic gradient provides the most equidistant retention distribution for the DAR species and offers the best overall separation of cysteine linked ADC in HIC. Another important advantage of the logarithmic gradient, is its peak focusing effect for the DAR0 species, which is particularly useful to improve the quantitation limit of DAR0. Finally, the logarithmic behavior of DAR species of ADC in HIC was modelled using two different approaches, based on i) the linear solvent strength theory (LSS) and two scouting linear gradients and ii) a new derived equation and two logarithmic scouting gradients. In both cases, the retention predictions were excellent and systematically below 3% compared to the experimental values. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  17. Application of a transonic potential flow code to the static aeroelastic analysis of three-dimensional wings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Whitlow, W., Jr.; Bennett, R. M.

    1982-01-01

    Since the aerodynamic theory is nonlinear, the method requires the coupling of two iterative processes - an aerodynamic analysis and a structural analysis. A full potential analysis code, FLO22, is combined with a linear structural analysis to yield aerodynamic load distributions on and deflections of elastic wings. This method was used to analyze an aeroelastically-scaled wind tunnel model of a proposed executive-jet transport wing and an aeroelastic research wing. The results are compared with the corresponding rigid-wing analyses, and some effects of elasticity on the aerodynamic loading are noted.

  18. Interfacial solvation thermodynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ben-Amotz, Dor

    2016-10-01

    Previous studies have reached conflicting conclusions regarding the interplay of cavity formation, polarizability, desolvation, and surface capillary waves in driving the interfacial adsorptions of ions and molecules at air-water interfaces. Here we revisit these questions by combining exact potential distribution results with linear response theory and other physically motivated approximations. The results highlight both exact and approximate compensation relations pertaining to direct (solute-solvent) and indirect (solvent-solvent) contributions to adsorption thermodynamics, of relevance to solvation at air-water interfaces, as well as a broader class of processes linked to the mean force potential between ions, molecules, nanoparticles, proteins, and biological assemblies.

  19. Determination of structure parameters in strong-field tunneling ionization theory of molecules

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhao Songfeng; Jin Cheng; College of Physics and Electronic Engineering, Northwest Normal University, Lanzhou, Gansu 730070

    2010-03-15

    In the strong field molecular tunneling ionization theory of Tong et al. [Phys. Rev. A 66, 033402 (2002)], the ionization rate depends on the asymptotic wave function of the molecular orbital from which the electron is removed. The orbital wave functions obtained from standard quantum chemistry packages in general are not good enough in the asymptotic region. Here we construct a one-electron model potential for several linear molecules using density functional theory. We show that the asymptotic wave function can be improved with an iteration method and after one iteration accurate asymptotic wave functions and structure parameters are determined. Withmore » the new parameters we examine the alignment-dependent tunneling ionization probabilities for several molecules and compare with other calculations and with recent measurements, including ionization from inner molecular orbitals.« less

  20. Estimating cosmic velocity fields from density fields and tidal tensors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kitaura, Francisco-Shu; Angulo, Raul E.; Hoffman, Yehuda; Gottlöber, Stefan

    2012-10-01

    In this work we investigate the non-linear and non-local relation between cosmological density and peculiar velocity fields. Our goal is to provide an algorithm for the reconstruction of the non-linear velocity field from the fully non-linear density. We find that including the gravitational tidal field tensor using second-order Lagrangian perturbation theory based upon an estimate of the linear component of the non-linear density field significantly improves the estimate of the cosmic flow in comparison to linear theory not only in the low density, but also and more dramatically in the high-density regions. In particular we test two estimates of the linear component: the lognormal model and the iterative Lagrangian linearization. The present approach relies on a rigorous higher order Lagrangian perturbation theory analysis which incorporates a non-local relation. It does not require additional fitting from simulations being in this sense parameter free, it is independent of statistical-geometrical optimization and it is straightforward and efficient to compute. The method is demonstrated to yield an unbiased estimator of the velocity field on scales ≳5 h-1 Mpc with closely Gaussian distributed errors. Moreover, the statistics of the divergence of the peculiar velocity field is extremely well recovered showing a good agreement with the true one from N-body simulations. The typical errors of about 10 km s-1 (1σ confidence intervals) are reduced by more than 80 per cent with respect to linear theory in the scale range between 5 and 10 h-1 Mpc in high-density regions (δ > 2). We also find that iterative Lagrangian linearization is significantly superior in the low-density regime with respect to the lognormal model.

  1. Dusty plasma (Yukawa) rings

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sheridan, T. E.; Gallagher, James C.

    2016-11-01

    One-dimensional and quasi-one-dimensional strongly coupled dusty plasma rings have been created experimentally. Longitudinal (acoustic) and transverse (optical) dispersion relations for the one-ring are measured and found to be in excellent agreement with the theory for an unbounded straight chain of particles interacting through a Yukawa (i.e., screened Coulomb or Debye-Hückel) potential. These rings provide a new experimental system to directly study one-dimensional and quasi-one-dimensional linear and nonlinear phenomena.

  2. Revealing infinite derivative gravity's true potential: The weak-field limit around de Sitter backgrounds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Edholm, James

    2018-03-01

    General Relativity is known to produce singularities in the potential generated by a point source. Our universe can be modeled as a de Sitter (dS) metric and we show that ghost-free infinite derivative gravity (IDG) produces a nonsingular potential around a dS background, while returning to the GR prediction at large distances. We also show that although there are an apparently infinite number of coefficients in the theory, only a finite number actually affect the predictions. By writing the linearized equations of motion in a simplified form, we find that at distances below the Hubble length scale, the difference between the IDG potential around a flat background and around a de Sitter background is negligible.

  3. Index of NACA Technical Publications, 1915 - 1949

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1950-03-31

    in Linearized Supersonic Swanson, Robert S. and Gillis, Clarence Wing Theory. TN 1767, April 1949. L.: ’Vind-Tunnel Calibration and Cor- rection...Symmetrical Joukowski Profiles.Heaslet, Max, A.; Lomax, Harvard and Rept. 621, 1938. Spreiter, John R.: Linearized Com- pressible-Flow Theory for Sonic Flight...Rept. 624, 1938. TheApplication of Green’s Theoremto the Solution of Boundary-Value Stack, John; Lindsey, W. F. and-Littell, Problems in Linearized

  4. Contributions of Mirror and Ion Bernstein Instabilities to the Scattering of Pickup Ions in the Outer Heliosheath

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Min, Kyungguk; Liu, Kaijun

    2018-01-01

    Maintaining the stability of pickup ions in the outer heliosheath is a critical element for the secondary energetic neutral atom (ENA) mechanism, a theory put forth to explain the nearly annular band of ENA emission observed by the Interstellar Boundary EXplorer. A recent study showed that a pickup ion ring can remain stable to the Alfvén/ion cyclotron (AC) instability at propagation parallel to the background magnetic field when the parallel thermal spread of the ring is comparable to that of a background population. This study investigates the potential role that the mirror or ion Bernstein (IB) instabilities can play in the stability of pickup ions when conditions are such that the AC instability is suppressed. Linear Vlasov theory predicts relatively fast mirror and IB instability growth even though AC instability growth is suppressed. For a few such cases, two-dimensional hybrid and macroscopic quasi-linear simulations are carried out to examine how the unstable mirror and IB modes evolve and affect the pickup ion ring beyond the linear theory picture. For the parameters used, the mirror mode dominates initially and leads to a rapid parallel heating of the pickup ions in excess of the parallel temperature of the background protons. The heated pickup ions subsequently trigger onset of the AC mode, which grows sufficiently large to be the dominant pitch angle scattering agent after the mirror mode has decayed away. The present results indicate that the pickup ion stability needed may not be guaranteed once the mirror and IB instabilities are taken into account.

  5. A theoretical signal processing framework for linear diffusion MRI: Implications for parameter estimation and experiment design.

    PubMed

    Varadarajan, Divya; Haldar, Justin P

    2017-11-01

    The data measured in diffusion MRI can be modeled as the Fourier transform of the Ensemble Average Propagator (EAP), a probability distribution that summarizes the molecular diffusion behavior of the spins within each voxel. This Fourier relationship is potentially advantageous because of the extensive theory that has been developed to characterize the sampling requirements, accuracy, and stability of linear Fourier reconstruction methods. However, existing diffusion MRI data sampling and signal estimation methods have largely been developed and tuned without the benefit of such theory, instead relying on approximations, intuition, and extensive empirical evaluation. This paper aims to address this discrepancy by introducing a novel theoretical signal processing framework for diffusion MRI. The new framework can be used to characterize arbitrary linear diffusion estimation methods with arbitrary q-space sampling, and can be used to theoretically evaluate and compare the accuracy, resolution, and noise-resilience of different data acquisition and parameter estimation techniques. The framework is based on the EAP, and makes very limited modeling assumptions. As a result, the approach can even provide new insight into the behavior of model-based linear diffusion estimation methods in contexts where the modeling assumptions are inaccurate. The practical usefulness of the proposed framework is illustrated using both simulated and real diffusion MRI data in applications such as choosing between different parameter estimation methods and choosing between different q-space sampling schemes. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  6. Double power series method for approximating cosmological perturbations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wren, Andrew J.; Malik, Karim A.

    2017-04-01

    We introduce a double power series method for finding approximate analytical solutions for systems of differential equations commonly found in cosmological perturbation theory. The method was set out, in a noncosmological context, by Feshchenko, Shkil' and Nikolenko (FSN) in 1966, and is applicable to cases where perturbations are on subhorizon scales. The FSN method is essentially an extension of the well known Wentzel-Kramers-Brillouin (WKB) method for finding approximate analytical solutions for ordinary differential equations. The FSN method we use is applicable well beyond perturbation theory to solve systems of ordinary differential equations, linear in the derivatives, that also depend on a small parameter, which here we take to be related to the inverse wave-number. We use the FSN method to find new approximate oscillating solutions in linear order cosmological perturbation theory for a flat radiation-matter universe. Together with this model's well-known growing and decaying Mészáros solutions, these oscillating modes provide a complete set of subhorizon approximations for the metric potential, radiation and matter perturbations. Comparison with numerical solutions of the perturbation equations shows that our approximations can be made accurate to within a typical error of 1%, or better. We also set out a heuristic method for error estimation. A Mathematica notebook which implements the double power series method is made available online.

  7. The spectral applications of Beer-Lambert law for some biological and dosimetric materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Içelli, Orhan; Yalçin, Zeynel; Karakaya, Vatan; Ilgaz, Işıl P.

    2014-08-01

    The aim of this study is to conduct quantitative and qualitative analysis of biological and dosimetric materials which contain organic and inorganic materials and to make the determination by using the spectral theorem Beer-Lambert law. Beer-Lambert law is a system of linear equations for the spectral theory. It is possible to solve linear equations with a non-zero coefficient matrix determinant forming linear equations. Characteristic matrix of the linear equation with zero determinant is called point spectrum at the spectral theory.

  8. Applicability of linearized-theory attached-flow methods to design and analysis of flap systems at low speeds for thin swept wings with sharp leading edges

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carlson, Harry W.; Darden, Christine M.

    1987-01-01

    Low-speed experimental force and data on a series of thin swept wings with sharp leading edges and leading and trailing-edge flaps are compared with predictions made using a linearized-theory method which includes estimates of vortex forces. These comparisons were made to assess the effectiveness of linearized-theory methods for use in the design and analysis of flap systems in subsonic flow. Results demonstrate that linearized-theory, attached-flow methods (with approximate representation of vortex forces) can form the basis of a rational system for flap design and analysis. Even attached-flow methods that do not take vortex forces into account can be used for the selection of optimized flap-system geometry, but design-point performance levels tend to be underestimated unless vortex forces are included. Illustrative examples of the use of these methods in the design of efficient low-speed flap systems are included.

  9. Comparisons of measured and calculated potential magnetic fields. [in solar corona

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hagyard, M. J.; Teuber, D.

    1978-01-01

    Photospheric line-of-sight and transverse-magnetic-field data obtained, with a vector magnetograph system for an isolated sunspot are described. A study of the linear polarization patterns and of the calculated transverse field lines indicates that the magnetic field of the region is very nearly potential. The H-alpha fibril structures of this region as seen in high-resolution photographs corroborate this conclusion. Consequently, a potential-field calculation is described using the measured line-of-sight fields together with assumed Neumann boundary conditions; both are necessary and sufficient for a unique solution. The computed transverse fields are then compared with the measured transverse fields to verify the potential-field model and assumed boundary values. The implications of these comparisons for the validity of magnetic-field extrapolations using potential theory are discussed.

  10. Scalar-fluid interacting dark energy: Cosmological dynamics beyond the exponential potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dutta, Jibitesh; Khyllep, Wompherdeiki; Tamanini, Nicola

    2017-01-01

    We extend the dynamical systems analysis of scalar-fluid interacting dark energy models performed in C. G. Boehmer et al., Phys. Rev. D 91, 123002 (2015), 10.1103/PhysRevD.91.123002 by considering scalar field potentials beyond the exponential type. The properties and stability of critical points are examined using a combination of linear analysis, computational methods and advanced mathematical techniques, such as center manifold theory. We show that the interesting results obtained with an exponential potential can generally be recovered also for more complicated scalar field potentials. In particular, employing power law and hyperbolic potentials as examples, we find late time accelerated attractors, transitions from dark matter to dark energy domination with specific distinguishing features, and accelerated scaling solutions capable of solving the cosmic coincidence problem.

  11. Waves and instabilities in plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chen, L.

    1987-01-01

    The contents of this book are: Plasma as a Dielectric Medium; Nyquist Technique; Absolute and Convective Instabilities; Landau Damping and Phase Mixing; Particle Trapping and Breakdown of Linear Theory; Solution of Viasov Equation via Guilding-Center Transformation; Kinetic Theory of Magnetohydrodynamic Waves; Geometric Optics; Wave-Kinetic Equation; Cutoff and Resonance; Resonant Absorption; Mode Conversion; Gyrokinetic Equation; Drift Waves; Quasi-Linear Theory; Ponderomotive Force; Parametric Instabilities; Problem Sets for Homework, Midterm and Final Examinations.

  12. The Importance of Why: An Intelligence Approach for a Multi-Polar World

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-04-04

    December 27, 2015). 12. 2 Jupiter Scientific, “Definitions of Important Terms in Chaos Theory ,” Jupiter Scientific website, http...Important Terms in Chaos Theory .” Linearizing a system is approximating a nonlinear system through the application of linear system model. 25...Complexity Theory to Anticipate Strategic Surprise,” 24. 16 M. Mitchell Waldrop, Complexity: The Emerging Science at the Edge of Order and Chaos (New

  13. Temperature dependence of Coulomb oscillations in a few-layer two-dimensional WS2 quantum dot.

    PubMed

    Song, Xiang-Xiang; Zhang, Zhuo-Zhi; You, Jie; Liu, Di; Li, Hai-Ou; Cao, Gang; Xiao, Ming; Guo, Guo-Ping

    2015-11-05

    Standard semiconductor fabrication techniques are used to fabricate a quantum dot (QD) made of WS2, where Coulomb oscillations were found. The full-width-at-half-maximum of the Coulomb peaks increases linearly with temperature while the height of the peaks remains almost independent of temperature, which is consistent with standard semiconductor QD theory. Unlike graphene etched QDs, where Coulomb peaks belonging to the same QD can have different temperature dependences, these results indicate the absence of the disordered confining potential. This difference in the potential-forming mechanism between graphene etched QDs and WS2 QDs may be the reason for the larger potential fluctuation found in graphene QDs.

  14. Temperature dependence of Coulomb oscillations in a few-layer two-dimensional WS2 quantum dot

    PubMed Central

    Song, Xiang-Xiang; Zhang, Zhuo-Zhi; You, Jie; Liu, Di; Li, Hai-Ou; Cao, Gang; Xiao, Ming; Guo, Guo-Ping

    2015-01-01

    Standard semiconductor fabrication techniques are used to fabricate a quantum dot (QD) made of WS2, where Coulomb oscillations were found. The full-width-at-half-maximum of the Coulomb peaks increases linearly with temperature while the height of the peaks remains almost independent of temperature, which is consistent with standard semiconductor QD theory. Unlike graphene etched QDs, where Coulomb peaks belonging to the same QD can have different temperature dependences, these results indicate the absence of the disordered confining potential. This difference in the potential-forming mechanism between graphene etched QDs and WS2 QDs may be the reason for the larger potential fluctuation found in graphene QDs. PMID:26538164

  15. Numerical Test of Analytical Theories for Perpendicular Diffusion in Small Kubo Number Turbulence

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Heusen, M.; Shalchi, A., E-mail: husseinm@myumanitoba.ca, E-mail: andreasm4@yahoo.com

    In the literature, one can find various analytical theories for perpendicular diffusion of energetic particles interacting with magnetic turbulence. Besides quasi-linear theory, there are different versions of the nonlinear guiding center (NLGC) theory and the unified nonlinear transport (UNLT) theory. For turbulence with high Kubo numbers, such as two-dimensional turbulence or noisy reduced magnetohydrodynamic turbulence, the aforementioned nonlinear theories provide similar results. For slab and small Kubo number turbulence, however, this is not the case. In the current paper, we compare different linear and nonlinear theories with each other and test-particle simulations for a noisy slab model corresponding to smallmore » Kubo number turbulence. We show that UNLT theory agrees very well with all performed test-particle simulations. In the limit of long parallel mean free paths, the perpendicular mean free path approaches asymptotically the quasi-linear limit as predicted by the UNLT theory. For short parallel mean free paths we find a Rechester and Rosenbluth type of scaling as predicted by UNLT theory as well. The original NLGC theory disagrees with all performed simulations regardless what the parallel mean free path is. The random ballistic interpretation of the NLGC theory agrees much better with the simulations, but compared to UNLT theory the agreement is inferior. We conclude that for this type of small Kubo number turbulence, only the latter theory allows for an accurate description of perpendicular diffusion.« less

  16. Maladaptive cognitive appraisals in children with high-functioning autism: associations with fear, anxiety and theory of mind.

    PubMed

    Sharma, Shilpi; Woolfson, Lisa M; Hunter, Simon C

    2014-04-01

    Despite the well-documented success of cognitive restructuring techniques in the treatment of anxiety disorders, there is still little clarity on which cognitions underpin fear and anxiety in children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorder. This study examined whether certain cognitive appraisals, known to be associated with fear and anxiety in typically developing groups, may help explain these emotions in children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorder. It also investigated relations between these cognitive appraisals and theory of mind. Appraisals, fear and anxiety were assessed using a vignette approach in 22 children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorders and 22 typically developing children. The two groups differed significantly on all four appraisal types. Anxiety was negatively correlated with future expectancy and positively with problem-focused coping potential in the high-functioning autism spectrum disorder group but was not correlated with appraisals in the typically developing group. The two appraisals associated with fear were emotion-focused coping potential (in the high-functioning autism spectrum disorder group only) and self-accountability (in the typically developing group only). Linear regression analysis found that appraisals of emotion-focused coping potential, problem-focused coping potential and future expectancy were significant predictors of theory-of-mind ability in the high-functioning autism spectrum disorders group. These findings indicate that specific, problematic patterns of appraisal may characterise children with high-functioning autism spectrum disorders.

  17. The limits of local correlation theory: electronic delocalization and chemically smooth potential energy surfaces.

    PubMed

    Subotnik, Joseph E; Sodt, Alex; Head-Gordon, Martin

    2008-01-21

    Local coupled-cluster theory provides an algorithm for measuring electronic correlation quickly, using only the spatial locality of localized electronic orbitals. Previously, we showed [J. Subotnik et al., J. Chem. Phys. 125, 074116 (2006)] that one may construct a local coupled-cluster singles-doubles theory which (i) yields smooth potential energy surfaces and (ii) achieves near linear scaling. That theory selected which orbitals to correlate based only on the distances between the centers of different, localized orbitals, and the approximate potential energy surfaces were characterized as smooth using only visual identification. This paper now extends our previous algorithm in three important ways. First, locality is now based on both the distances between the centers of orbitals as well as the spatial extent of the orbitals. We find that, by accounting for the spatial extent of a delocalized orbital, one can account for electronic correlation in systems with some electronic delocalization using fast correlation methods designed around orbital locality. Second, we now enforce locality on not just the amplitudes (which measure the exact electron-electron correlation), but also on the two-electron integrals themselves (which measure the bare electron-electron interaction). Our conclusion is that we can bump integrals as well as amplitudes, thereby gaining a tremendous increase in speed and paradoxically increasing the accuracy of our LCCSD approach. Third and finally, we now make a rigorous definition of chemical smoothness as requiring that potential energy surfaces not support artificial maxima, minima, or inflection points. By looking at first and second derivatives from finite difference techniques, we demonstrate complete chemical smoothness of our potential energy surfaces (bumping both amplitudes and integrals). These results are significant both from a theoretical and from a computationally practical point of view.

  18. Current-wave spectra coupling project. Volume III. Cumulative distribution of forces on structures subjected to the combined action of currents and random waves for potential OTEC sites: (A) Keahole Point, Hawaii, 100 year hurricane; (B) Punta Tuna, Puerto Rico, 100 year hurricane; (C) New Orleans, Louisiana, 100 year hurricane; (D) West Coast of Florida, 100 year hurricane. [CUFOR code

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Venezian, G.; Bretschneider, C.L.

    1980-08-01

    This volume details a new methodology to analyze statistically the forces experienced by a structure at sea. Conventionally a wave climate is defined using a spectral function. The wave climate is described using a joint distribution of wave heights and periods (wave lengths), characterizing actual sea conditions through some measured or estimated parameters like the significant wave height, maximum spectral density, etc. Random wave heights and periods satisfying the joint distribution are then generated. Wave kinetics are obtained using linear or non-linear theory. In the case of currents a linear wave-current interaction theory of Venezian (1979) is used. The peakmore » force experienced by the structure for each individual wave is identified. Finally, the probability of exceedance of any given peak force on the structure may be obtained. A three-parameter Longuet-Higgins type joint distribution of wave heights and periods is discussed in detail. This joint distribution was used to model sea conditions at four potential OTEC locations. A uniform cylindrical pipe of 3 m diameter, extending to a depth of 550 m was used as a sample structure. Wave-current interactions were included and forces computed using Morison's equation. The drag and virtual mass coefficients were interpolated from published data. A Fortran program CUFOR was written to execute the above procedure. Tabulated and graphic results of peak forces experienced by the structure, for each location, are presented. A listing of CUFOR is included. Considerable flexibility of structural definition has been incorporated. The program can easily be modified in the case of an alternative joint distribution or for inclusion of effects like non-linearity of waves, transverse forces and diffraction.« less

  19. A fresh look at linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. Revisiting the impulsive response method using factorization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Camporesi, Roberto

    2016-01-01

    We present an approach to the impulsive response method for solving linear constant-coefficient ordinary differential equations of any order based on the factorization of the differential operator. The approach is elementary, we only assume a basic knowledge of calculus and linear algebra. In particular, we avoid the use of distribution theory, as well as of the other more advanced approaches: Laplace transform, linear systems, the general theory of linear equations with variable coefficients and variation of parameters. The approach presented here can be used in a first course on differential equations for science and engineering majors.

  20. The Growing Importance of Linear Algebra in Undergraduate Mathematics.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tucker, Alan

    1993-01-01

    Discusses the theoretical and practical importance of linear algebra. Presents a brief history of linear algebra and matrix theory and describes the place of linear algebra in the undergraduate curriculum. (MDH)

  1. Symmetry breaking patterns for inflation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Klein, Remko; Roest, Diederik; Stefanyszyn, David

    2018-06-01

    We study inflationary models where the kinetic sector of the theory has a non-linearly realised symmetry which is broken by the inflationary potential. We distinguish between kinetic symmetries which non-linearly realise an internal or space-time group, and which yield a flat or curved scalar manifold. This classification leads to well-known inflationary models such as monomial inflation and α-attractors, as well as a new model based on fixed couplings between a dilaton and many axions which non-linearly realises higher-dimensional conformal symmetries. In this model, inflation can be realised along the dilatonic direction, leading to a tensor-to-scalar ratio r ˜ 0 .01 and a spectral index n s ˜ 0 .975. We refer to the new model as ambient inflation since inflation proceeds along an isometry of an anti-de Sitter ambient space-time, which fully determines the kinetic sector.

  2. Linear Water Waves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kuznetsov, N.; Maz'ya, V.; Vainberg, B.

    2002-08-01

    This book gives a self-contained and up-to-date account of mathematical results in the linear theory of water waves. The study of waves has many applications, including the prediction of behavior of floating bodies (ships, submarines, tension-leg platforms etc.), the calculation of wave-making resistance in naval architecture, and the description of wave patterns over bottom topography in geophysical hydrodynamics. The first section deals with time-harmonic waves. Three linear boundary value problems serve as the approximate mathematical models for these types of water waves. The next section uses a plethora of mathematical techniques in the investigation of these three problems. The techniques used in the book include integral equations based on Green's functions, various inequalities between the kinetic and potential energy and integral identities which are indispensable for proving the uniqueness theorems. The so-called inverse procedure is applied to constructing examples of non-uniqueness, usually referred to as 'trapped nodes.'

  3. Unification theory of optimal life histories and linear demographic models in internal stochasticity.

    PubMed

    Oizumi, Ryo

    2014-01-01

    Life history of organisms is exposed to uncertainty generated by internal and external stochasticities. Internal stochasticity is generated by the randomness in each individual life history, such as randomness in food intake, genetic character and size growth rate, whereas external stochasticity is due to the environment. For instance, it is known that the external stochasticity tends to affect population growth rate negatively. It has been shown in a recent theoretical study using path-integral formulation in structured linear demographic models that internal stochasticity can affect population growth rate positively or negatively. However, internal stochasticity has not been the main subject of researches. Taking account of effect of internal stochasticity on the population growth rate, the fittest organism has the optimal control of life history affected by the stochasticity in the habitat. The study of this control is known as the optimal life schedule problems. In order to analyze the optimal control under internal stochasticity, we need to make use of "Stochastic Control Theory" in the optimal life schedule problem. There is, however, no such kind of theory unifying optimal life history and internal stochasticity. This study focuses on an extension of optimal life schedule problems to unify control theory of internal stochasticity into linear demographic models. First, we show the relationship between the general age-states linear demographic models and the stochastic control theory via several mathematical formulations, such as path-integral, integral equation, and transition matrix. Secondly, we apply our theory to a two-resource utilization model for two different breeding systems: semelparity and iteroparity. Finally, we show that the diversity of resources is important for species in a case. Our study shows that this unification theory can address risk hedges of life history in general age-states linear demographic models.

  4. Modules as Learning Tools in Linear Algebra

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cooley, Laurel; Vidakovic, Draga; Martin, William O.; Dexter, Scott; Suzuki, Jeff; Loch, Sergio

    2014-01-01

    This paper reports on the experience of STEM and mathematics faculty at four different institutions working collaboratively to integrate learning theory with curriculum development in a core undergraduate linear algebra context. The faculty formed a Professional Learning Community (PLC) with a focus on learning theories in mathematics and…

  5. Calculation of the distributed loads on the blades of individual multiblade propellers in axial flow using linear and nonlinear lifting surface theories

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pesetskaya, N. N.; Timofeev, I. YA.; Shipilov, S. D.

    1988-01-01

    In recent years much attention has been given to the development of methods and programs for the calculation of the aerodynamic characteristics of multiblade, saber-shaped air propellers. Most existing methods are based on the theory of lifting lines. Elsewhere, the theory of a lifting surface is used to calculate screw and lifting propellers. In this work, methods of discrete eddies are described for the calculation of the aerodynamic characteristics of propellers using the linear and nonlinear theories of lifting surfaces.

  6. A quantum description of linear, and non-linear optical interactions in arrays of plasmonic nanoparticles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Arabahmadi, Ehsan; Ahmadi, Zabihollah; Rashidian, Bizhan

    2018-06-01

    A quantum theory for describing the interaction of photons and plasmons, in one- and two-dimensional arrays is presented. Ohmic losses and inter-band transitions are not considered. We use macroscopic approach, and quantum field theory methods including S-matrix expansion, and Feynman diagrams for this purpose. Non-linear interactions are also studied, and increasing the probability of such interactions, and its application are also discussed.

  7. Density functional theory calculations of III-N based semiconductors with mBJLDA

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gürel, Hikmet Hakan; Akıncı, Özden; Ünlü, Hilmi

    2017-02-01

    In this work, we present first principles calculations based on a full potential linear augmented plane-wave method (FP-LAPW) to calculate structural and electronic properties of III-V based nitrides such as GaN, AlN, InN in a zinc-blende cubic structure. First principles calculation using the local density approximation (LDA) and generalized gradient approximation (GGA) underestimate the band gap. We proposed a new potential called modified Becke-Johnson local density approximation (MBJLDA) that combines modified Becke-Johnson exchange potential and the LDA correlation potential to get better band gap results compared to experiment. We compared various exchange-correlation potentials (LSDA, GGA, HSE, and MBJLDA) to determine band gaps and structural properties of semiconductors. We show that using MBJLDA density potential gives a better agreement with experimental data for band gaps III-V nitrides based semiconductors.

  8. Freja Studies of the Current-Voltage Relation in Substorm-Related Events

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Olsson, A.; Andersson, Laila; Eriksson, A. I.; Clemmons, J.; Erlandsson, R. E.; Reeves, G.; Hughes, T.; Murphee, J. S.

    2000-01-01

    Field-aligned currents and electrostatic potentials play important roles in the coupling between the magnetosphere and the ionosphere. If one assumes that the ionosphere-magnetosphere potential difference is mainly due to the mirror force, one can use the single particle adiabatic kinetic theory to describe the system. From this theory, a linear relationship j(sub II) = KV between field-aligned current density j(sub II) and potential drop V along the same field line can be derived, provided that the potential drop is not too large and not too small. With rare exceptions, observational tests of this relation have mainly concentrated on quiet magnetospheric situations, with acceleration voltages V approx. less than 5 kV. Here we use observations from the Freja satellite of precipitating auroral electrons at 1.700 km altitude to study substorm related events, with acceleration voltages up to 20 keV. The observations are found to be consistent with a linear current-voltage relation even i n these conditions, although with values of the field aligned K lower than previously reported (1-5 x 10(exp 11 S/sq m). This can be explained by lower densities and higher characteristic electron energies in the magnetospheric source region of the precipitating electrons. We analyze the data by three different methods, which are all found to be in general agreement. The results are in agreement with a previous study, where the spectra of precipitating electrons --were indirectly inferred by inversion of data from the EISCAT incoherent scatter radar, thereby validating the use of radar data for studies of auroral electrons. Comparisons with previous studies are made, emphasizing the dependence of the results on the type of auroral structure and magnetospheric conditions.

  9. Freja studies of the current-voltage relation in substorm-related events

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Olsson, A.; Andersson, L.; Eriksson, A. I.; Clemmons, J.; Erlandsson, R. E.; Reeves, G.; Huges, T.; Murphee, J. S.

    1998-03-01

    Field-aligned currents and electrostatic potentials play important roles in the coupling between the magnetosphere and the ionosphere. If one assumes that the ionosphere-magnetosphere potential difference is mainly due to the mirror force, one can use the single particle adiabatic kinetic theory to describe the system. From this theory, a linear relationship j∥=KV between field-aligned current density j∥ and potential drop V along the same field line can be derived, provided that the potential drop is not too large and not too small. With rare exceptions, observational tests of this relation have mainly concentrated on quiet magnetospheric situations, with acceleration voltages V<~5kV. Here we use observations from the Freja satellite of precipitating auroral electrons at 1.700 km altitude to study substorm related events, with acceleration voltages up to 20 keV. The observations are found to be consistent with a linear current-voltage relation even in these conditions, although with values of the field aligned K lower than previously reported (1-5×10-11S/m2). This can be explained by lower densities and higher characteristic electron energies in the magnetospheric source region of the precipitating electrons. We analyze the data by three different methods, which are all found to be in general agreement. The results are in agreement with a previous study [Olsson et al., 1996 b], where the spectra of precipitating electrons were indirectly infered by inversion of data from the EISCAT incoherent scatter radar, thereby validating the use of radar data for studies of auroral electrons. Comparisons with previous studies are made, emphasizing the dependence of the results on the type of auroral structure and magnetospheric conditions.

  10. A multi-species exchange model for fully fluctuating polymer field theory simulations.

    PubMed

    Düchs, Dominik; Delaney, Kris T; Fredrickson, Glenn H

    2014-11-07

    Field-theoretic models have been used extensively to study the phase behavior of inhomogeneous polymer melts and solutions, both in self-consistent mean-field calculations and in numerical simulations of the full theory capturing composition fluctuations. The models commonly used can be grouped into two categories, namely, species models and exchange models. Species models involve integrations of functionals that explicitly depend on fields originating both from species density operators and their conjugate chemical potential fields. In contrast, exchange models retain only linear combinations of the chemical potential fields. In the two-component case, development of exchange models has been instrumental in enabling stable complex Langevin (CL) simulations of the full complex-valued theory. No comparable stable CL approach has yet been established for field theories of the species type. Here, we introduce an extension of the exchange model to an arbitrary number of components, namely, the multi-species exchange (MSE) model, which greatly expands the classes of soft material systems that can be accessed by the complex Langevin simulation technique. We demonstrate the stability and accuracy of the MSE-CL sampling approach using numerical simulations of triblock and tetrablock terpolymer melts, and tetrablock quaterpolymer melts. This method should enable studies of a wide range of fluctuation phenomena in multiblock/multi-species polymer blends and composites.

  11. Correlation, evaluation, and extension of linearized theories for tire motion and wheel shimmy

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smiley, Robert F

    1957-01-01

    An evaluation is made of the existing theories of a linearized tire motion and wheel shimmy. It is demonstrated that most of the previously published theories represent varying degrees of approximation to a summary theory developed in this report which is a minor modification of the basic theory of Von Schlippe and Dietrich. In most cases where strong differences exist between the previously published theories and summary theory, the previously published theories are shown to possess certain deficiencies. A series of systematic approximations to the summary theory is developed for the treatment of problems too simple to merit the use of the complete summary theory, and procedures are discussed for applying the summary theory and its systematic approximations to the shimmy of more complex landing-gear structures than have previously been considered. Comparisons of the existing experimental data with the predictions of the summary theory and the systematic approximations provide a fair substantiation of the more detailed approximate theories.

  12. Fractional representation theory - Robustness results with applications to finite dimensional control of a class of linear distributed systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nett, C. N.; Jacobson, C. A.; Balas, M. J.

    1983-01-01

    This paper reviews and extends the fractional representation theory. In particular, new and powerful robustness results are presented. This new theory is utilized to develop a preliminary design methodology for finite dimensional control of a class of linear evolution equations on a Banach space. The design is for stability in an input-output sense, but particular attention is paid to internal stability as well.

  13. When is quasi-linear theory exact. [particle acceleration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, F. C.; Birmingham, T. J.

    1975-01-01

    We use the cumulant expansion technique of Kubo (1962, 1963) to derive an integrodifferential equation for the average one-particle distribution function for particles being accelerated by electric and magnetic fluctuations of a general nature. For a very restricted class of fluctuations, the equation for this function degenerates exactly to a differential equation of Fokker-Planck type. Quasi-linear theory, including the adiabatic assumption, is an exact theory only for this limited class of fluctuations.

  14. A Thermodynamic Theory Of Solid Viscoelasticity. Part 1: Linear Viscoelasticity.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Freed, Alan D.; Leonov, Arkady I.

    2002-01-01

    The present series of three consecutive papers develops a general theory for linear and finite solid viscoelasticity. Because the most important object for nonlinear studies are rubber-like materials, the general approach is specified in a form convenient for solving problems important for many industries that involve rubber-like materials. General linear and nonlinear theories for non-isothermal deformations of viscoelastic solids are developed based on the quasi-linear approach of non-equilibrium thermodynamics. In this, the first paper of the series, we analyze non-isothermal linear viscoelasticity, which is applicable in a range of small strains not only to all synthetic polymers and bio-polymers but also to some non-polymeric materials. Although the linear case seems to be well developed, there still are some reasons to implement a thermodynamic derivation of constitutive equations for solid-like, non-isothermal, linear viscoelasticity. The most important is the thermodynamic modeling of thermo-rheological complexity , i.e. different temperature dependences of relaxation parameters in various parts of relaxation spectrum. A special structure of interaction matrices is established for different physical mechanisms contributed to the normal relaxation modes. This structure seems to be in accord with observations, and creates a simple mathematical framework for both continuum and molecular theories of the thermo-rheological complex relaxation phenomena. Finally, a unified approach is briefly discussed that, in principle, allows combining both the long time (discrete) and short time (continuous) descriptions of relaxation behaviors for polymers in the rubbery and glassy regions.

  15. The "Chaos" Pattern in Piaget's Theory of Cognitive Development.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lindsay, Jean S.

    Piaget's theory of the cognitive development of the child is related to the recently developed non-linear "chaos" model. The term "chaos" refers to the tendency of dynamical, non-linear systems toward irregular, sometimes unpredictable, deterministic behavior. Piaget identified this same pattern in his model of cognitive…

  16. Are All Non-Linear Systems (Approx.) Bilinear,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1977-06-01

    There is a rumor going around in mathematical system theory circles that all non-linear systems are bilinear or nearly so. This note examines the...case for such an assertion and finds it wanting and en passant, offers some comments on the current proliferation of mathematical literature on system theory .

  17. Linear kinetic theory and particle transport in stochastic mixtures

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pomraning, G.C.

    We consider the formulation of linear transport and kinetic theory describing energy and particle flow in a random mixture of two or more immiscible materials. Following an introduction, we summarize early and fundamental work in this area, and we conclude with a brief discussion of recent results.

  18. On the Opening of Thick Walled Elastic Tubes: A Fluid-Structure Model for Acid Reflux

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ghosh, Sudip; Kahrilas, Peter

    2005-11-01

    A coupled fluid-structure mathematical model was developed to quantify rapid opening of thick-walled elastic tubes, a phenomenon underlying biological flows such as gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD). The wall was modeled using non-linear finite deformation theory to predict space-time radial distention of an axisymmetric tube with luminal fluid flow. Anisotropic azimuthal and longitudinal muscle-induced stresses were incorporated, and interstitial material properties were assumed isotropic and linearly elastic. Fluid flow was modeled using lubrication theory with inertial correction. Opening and flow were driven by a specified inflow pressure and zero pressure gradient was specified at outflow. No-slip and surface force balance were applied at the fluid-wall interface. Viscoelasticity was modeled with ad hoc damping and the evolution of the tube geometry was predicted at mid-layer. A potentially important discovery was made when applied to studies of initiation of opening with GERD: while material stiffness is of minor consequence, small changes in resting lumen distension (˜2 mm diameter) may be a sensitive distinguishing feature of the disease.

  19. Loop Shaping Control Design for a Supersonic Propulsion System Model Using Quantitative Feedback Theory (QFT) Specifications and Bounds

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Connolly, Joseph W.; Kopasakis, George

    2010-01-01

    This paper covers the propulsion system component modeling and controls development of an integrated mixed compression inlet and turbojet engine that will be used for an overall vehicle Aero-Propulso-Servo-Elastic (APSE) model. Using previously created nonlinear component-level propulsion system models, a linear integrated propulsion system model and loop shaping control design have been developed. The design includes both inlet normal shock position control and jet engine rotor speed control for a potential supersonic commercial transport. A preliminary investigation of the impacts of the aero-elastic effects on the incoming flow field to the propulsion system are discussed, however, the focus here is on developing a methodology for the propulsion controls design that prevents unstart in the inlet and minimizes the thrust oscillation experienced by the vehicle. Quantitative Feedback Theory (QFT) specifications and bounds, and aspects of classical loop shaping are used in the control design process. Model uncertainty is incorporated in the design to address possible error in the system identification mapping of the nonlinear component models into the integrated linear model.

  20. Why does MP2 work?

    PubMed

    Fink, Reinhold F

    2016-11-14

    We show analytically and numerically that the performance of second order Møller-Plesset (MP) perturbation theory (PT), coupled-cluster (CC) theory, and other perturbation theory approaches can be rationalized by analyzing the wavefunctions of these methods. While rather large deviations for the individual contributions of configurations to the electron correlation energy are found for MP wavefunctions, they profit from an advantageous and robust error cancellation: The absolute contribution to the correlation energy is generally underestimated for the critical excitations with small energy denominators and all other doubly excited configurations where the two excited electrons are coupled to a singlet. This is balanced by an overestimation of the contribution of triplet-coupled double excitations to the correlation energy. The even better performance of spin-component-scaled-MP2 theory is explained by a similar error compensation effect. The wavefunction analysis for the lowest singlet states of H 2 O, CH 2 , CO, and Cu + shows the predicted trends for MP methods, rapid but biased convergence of CC theory as well as the substantial potential of linearized CC, or retaining the excitation-degree (RE)-PT.

  1. Gravitational mass of relativistic matter and antimatter

    DOE PAGES

    Kalaydzhyan, Tigran

    2015-10-13

    The universality of free fall, the weak equivalence principle (WEP), is a cornerstone of the general theory of relativity, the most precise theory of gravity confirmed in all experiments up to date. The WEP states the equivalence of the inertial, m, and gravitational, m g, masses and was tested in numerous occasions with normal matter at relatively low energies. However, there is no confirmation for the matter and antimatter at high energies. For the antimatter the situation is even less clear – current direct observations of trapped antihydrogen suggest the limits -65 < m g/m <110 not excluding the so-calledmore » antigravity phenomenon, i.e. repulsion of the antimatter by Earth. Here we demonstrate an indirect bound 0.96 < m g/m < 1.04 on the gravitational mass of relativistic electrons and positrons coming from the absence of the vacuum Cherenkov radiation at the Large Electron–Positron Collider (LEP) and stability of photons at the Tevatron collider in presence of the annual variations of the solar gravitational potential. Our result clearly rules out the speculated antigravity. By considering the absolute potential of the Local Supercluster (LS), we also predict the bounds 1 -4 ×10 -7 < m g/m <1 +2 ×10 -7 for an electron and positron. Lastly, we comment on a possibility of performing complementary tests at the future International Linear Collider (ILC) and Compact Linear Collider (CLIC).« less

  2. Gravitational mass of relativistic matter and antimatter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kalaydzhyan, Tigran

    2015-12-01

    The universality of free fall, the weak equivalence principle (WEP), is a cornerstone of the general theory of relativity, the most precise theory of gravity confirmed in all experiments up to date. The WEP states the equivalence of the inertial, m, and gravitational, mg, masses and was tested in numerous occasions with normal matter at relatively low energies. However, there is no confirmation for the matter and antimatter at high energies. For the antimatter the situation is even less clear - current direct observations of trapped antihydrogen suggest the limits - 65

  3. Direct computation of general chemical energy differences: Application to ionization potentials, excitation, and bond energies.

    PubMed

    Beste, A; Harrison, R J; Yanai, T

    2006-08-21

    Chemists are mainly interested in energy differences. In contrast, most quantum chemical methods yield the total energy which is a large number compared to the difference and has therefore to be computed to a higher relative precision than would be necessary for the difference alone. Hence, it is desirable to compute energy differences directly, thereby avoiding the precision problem. Whenever it is possible to find a parameter which transforms smoothly from an initial to a final state, the energy difference can be obtained by integrating the energy derivative with respect to that parameter (cf. thermodynamic integration or adiabatic connection methods). If the dependence on the parameter is predominantly linear, accurate results can be obtained by single-point integration. In density functional theory and Hartree-Fock, we applied the formalism to ionization potentials, excitation energies, and chemical bond breaking. Example calculations for ionization potentials and excitation energies showed that accurate results could be obtained with a linear estimate. For breaking bonds, we introduce a nongeometrical parameter which gradually turns the interaction between two fragments of a molecule on. The interaction changes the potentials used to determine the orbitals as well as the constraint on the orbitals to be orthogonal.

  4. Resource Theory of Superposition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Theurer, T.; Killoran, N.; Egloff, D.; Plenio, M. B.

    2017-12-01

    The superposition principle lies at the heart of many nonclassical properties of quantum mechanics. Motivated by this, we introduce a rigorous resource theory framework for the quantification of superposition of a finite number of linear independent states. This theory is a generalization of resource theories of coherence. We determine the general structure of operations which do not create superposition, find a fundamental connection to unambiguous state discrimination, and propose several quantitative superposition measures. Using this theory, we show that trace decreasing operations can be completed for free which, when specialized to the theory of coherence, resolves an outstanding open question and is used to address the free probabilistic transformation between pure states. Finally, we prove that linearly independent superposition is a necessary and sufficient condition for the faithful creation of entanglement in discrete settings, establishing a strong structural connection between our theory of superposition and entanglement theory.

  5. Kelvin-Helmholtz instability for flow in porous media under the influence of oblique magnetic fields: A viscous potential flow analysis

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Moatimid, Galal M.; Obied Allah, M. H.; Hassan, Mohamed A.

    2013-10-15

    In this paper, the Kelvin-Helmholtz instability of viscous incompressible magnetic fluid fully saturated porous media is achieved through the viscous potential theory. The flow is considered to be through semi-permeable boundaries above and below the fluids through which the fluid may either be blown in or sucked out, in a direction normal to the main streaming direction of the fluid flow. An oblique magnetic field, mass, heat transfer, and surface tension are present across the interface. Through the linear stability analysis, a general dispersion relation is derived and the natural curves are plotted. Therefore, the linear stability condition is discussedmore » in some depth. In view of the multiple time scale technique, the Ginzburg–Landau equation, which describes the behavior of the system in the nonlinear approach, is obtained. The effects of the orientation of the magnetic fields on the stability configuration in linear, as well as nonlinear approaches, are discussed. It is found that the Darcy's coefficient for the porous layers plays a stabilizing role. The injection of the fluids at both boundaries has a stabilizing effect, in contrast with the suction at both boundaries.« less

  6. On some problems in a theory of thermally and mechanically interacting continuous media. Ph.D. Thesis; [linearized theory of interacting mixture of elastic solid and viscous fluid

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lee, Y. M.

    1971-01-01

    Using a linearized theory of thermally and mechanically interacting mixture of linear elastic solid and viscous fluid, we derive a fundamental relation in an integral form called a reciprocity relation. This reciprocity relation relates the solution of one initial-boundary value problem with a given set of initial and boundary data to the solution of a second initial-boundary value problem corresponding to a different initial and boundary data for a given interacting mixture. From this general integral relation, reciprocity relations are derived for a heat-conducting linear elastic solid, and for a heat-conducting viscous fluid. An initial-boundary value problem is posed and solved for the mixture of linear elastic solid and viscous fluid. With the aid of the Laplace transform and the contour integration, a real integral representation for the displacement of the solid constituent is obtained as one of the principal results of the analysis.

  7. Ferroelectric hydration shells around proteins: electrostatics of the protein-water interface.

    PubMed

    LeBard, David N; Matyushov, Dmitry V

    2010-07-22

    Numerical simulations of hydrated proteins show that protein hydration shells are polarized into a ferroelectric layer with large values of the average dipole moment magnitude and the dipole moment variance. The emergence of the new polarized mesophase dramatically alters the statistics of electrostatic fluctuations at the protein-water interface. The linear response relation between the average electrostatic potential and its variance breaks down, with the breadth of the electrostatic fluctuations far exceeding the expectations of the linear response theories. The dynamics of these non-Gaussian electrostatic fluctuations are dominated by a slow (approximately = 1 ns) component that freezes in at the temperature of the dynamical transition of proteins. The ferroelectric shell propagates 3-5 water diameters into the bulk.

  8. Quantum correction to classical gravitational interaction between two polarizable objects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Puxun; Hu, Jiawei; Yu, Hongwei

    2016-12-01

    When gravity is quantized, there inevitably exist quantum gravitational vacuum fluctuations which induce quadrupole moments in gravitationally polarizable objects and produce a quantum correction to the classical Newtonian interaction between them. Here, based upon linearized quantum gravity and the leading-order perturbation theory, we study, from a quantum field-theoretic prospect, this quantum correction between a pair of gravitationally polarizable objects treated as two-level harmonic oscillators. We find that the interaction potential behaves like r-11 in the retarded regime and r-10 in the near regime. Our result agrees with what were recently obtained in different approaches. Our study seems to indicate that linearized quantum gravity is robust in dealing with quantum gravitational effects at low energies.

  9. Probability theory, not the very guide of life.

    PubMed

    Juslin, Peter; Nilsson, Håkan; Winman, Anders

    2009-10-01

    Probability theory has long been taken as the self-evident norm against which to evaluate inductive reasoning, and classical demonstrations of violations of this norm include the conjunction error and base-rate neglect. Many of these phenomena require multiplicative probability integration, whereas people seem more inclined to linear additive integration, in part, at least, because of well-known capacity constraints on controlled thought. In this article, the authors show with computer simulations that when based on approximate knowledge of probabilities, as is routinely the case in natural environments, linear additive integration can yield as accurate estimates, and as good average decision returns, as estimates based on probability theory. It is proposed that in natural environments people have little opportunity or incentive to induce the normative rules of probability theory and, given their cognitive constraints, linear additive integration may often offer superior bounded rationality.

  10. Finite-temperature phase transitions of third and higher order in gauge theories at large N

    DOE PAGES

    Nishimura, Hiromichi; Pisarski, Robert D.; Skokov, Vladimir V.

    2018-02-15

    We study phase transitions in SU(∞) gauge theories at nonzero temperature using matrix models. Our basic assumption is that the effective potential is dominated by double trace terms for the Polyakov loops. As a function of the various parameters, related to terms linear, quadratic, and quartic in the Polyakov loop, the phase diagram exhibits a universal structure. In a large region of this parameter space, there is a continuous phase transition whose order is larger than second. This is a generalization of the phase transition of Gross, Witten, and Wadia (GWW). Depending upon the detailed form of the matrix model,more » the eigenvalue density and the behavior of the specific heat near the transition differ drastically. Here, we speculate that in the pure gauge theory, that although the deconfining transition is thermodynamically of first order, it can be nevertheless conformally symmetric at infnite N.« less

  11. Finite-temperature phase transitions of third and higher order in gauge theories at large N

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nishimura, Hiromichi; Pisarski, Robert D.; Skokov, Vladimir V.

    We study phase transitions in SU(∞) gauge theories at nonzero temperature using matrix models. Our basic assumption is that the effective potential is dominated by double trace terms for the Polyakov loops. As a function of the various parameters, related to terms linear, quadratic, and quartic in the Polyakov loop, the phase diagram exhibits a universal structure. In a large region of this parameter space, there is a continuous phase transition whose order is larger than second. This is a generalization of the phase transition of Gross, Witten, and Wadia (GWW). Depending upon the detailed form of the matrix model,more » the eigenvalue density and the behavior of the specific heat near the transition differ drastically. Here, we speculate that in the pure gauge theory, that although the deconfining transition is thermodynamically of first order, it can be nevertheless conformally symmetric at infnite N.« less

  12. Temperature dependence of the Urbach optical absorption edge: A theory of multiple phonon absorption and emission sidebands

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grein, C. H.; John, Sajeev

    1989-01-01

    The optical absorption coefficient for subgap electronic transitions in crystalline and disordered semiconductors is calculated by first-principles means with use of a variational principle based on the Feynman path-integral representation of the transition amplitude. This incorporates the synergetic interplay of static disorder and the nonadiabatic quantum dynamics of the coupled electron-phonon system. Over photon-energy ranges of experimental interest, this method predicts accurate linear exponential Urbach behavior of the absorption coefficient. At finite temperatures the nonlinear electron-phonon interaction gives rise to multiple phonon emission and absorption sidebands which accompany the optically induced electronic transition. These sidebands dominate the absorption in the Urbach regime and account for the temperature dependence of the Urbach slope and energy gap. The physical picture which emerges is that the phonons absorbed from the heat bath are then reemitted into a dynamical polaronlike potential well which localizes the electron. At zero temperature we recover the usual polaron theory. At high temperatures the calculated tail is qualitatively similar to that of a static Gaussian random potential. This leads to a linear relationship between the Urbach slope and the downshift of the extrapolated continuum band edge as well as a temperature-independent Urbach focus. At very low temperatures, deviations from these rules are predicted arising from the true quantum dynamics of the lattice. Excellent agreement is found with experimental data on c-Si, a-Si:H, a-As2Se3, and a-As2S3. Results are compared with a simple physical argument based on the most-probable-potential-well method.

  13. Direct perturbation theory for the dark soliton solution to the nonlinear Schroedinger equation with normal dispersion

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yu Jialu; Yang Chunnuan; Cai Hao

    2007-04-15

    After finding the basic solutions of the linearized nonlinear Schroedinger equation by the method of separation of variables, the perturbation theory for the dark soliton solution is constructed by linear Green's function theory. In application to the self-induced Raman scattering, the adiabatic corrections to the soliton's parameters are obtained and the remaining correction term is given as a pure integral with respect to the continuous spectral parameter.

  14. Grouping and emergent features in vision: toward a theory of basic Gestalts.

    PubMed

    Pomerantz, James R; Portillo, Mary C

    2011-10-01

    Gestalt phenomena are often so powerful that mere demonstrations can confirm their existence, but Gestalts have proven hard to define and measure. Here we outline a theory of basic Gestalts (TBG) that defines Gestalts as emergent features (EFs). The logic relies on discovering wholes that are more discriminable than are the parts from which they are built. These wholes contain EFs that can act as basic features in human vision. As context is added to a visual stimulus, a hierarchy of EFs appears. Starting with a single dot and adding a second yields the first two potential EFs: the proximity (distance) and orientation (angle) between the two dots. A third dot introduces two more potential EFs: symmetry and linearity; a fourth dot produces surroundedness. This hierarchy may extend to collinearity, parallelism, closure, and more. We use the magnitude of Configural Superiority Effects to measure the salience of EFs on a common scale, potentially letting us compare the strengths of various grouping principles. TBG appears promising, with our initial experiments establishing and quantifying at least three basic EFs in human vision.

  15. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Khrennikov, Andrei; Volovich, Yaroslav

    We analyze dynamical consequences of a conjecture that there exists a fundamental (indivisible) quant of time. In particular we study the problem of discrete energy levels of hydrogen atom. We are able to reconstruct potential which in discrete time formalism leads to energy levels of unperturbed hydrogen atom. We also consider linear energy levels of quantum harmonic oscillator and show how they are produced in the discrete time formalism. More generally, we show that in discrete time formalism finite motion in central potential leads to discrete energy spectrum, the property which is common for quantum mechanical theory. Thus deterministic (butmore » discrete time{exclamation_point}) dynamics is compatible with discrete energy levels.« less

  16. A minimal approach to the scattering of physical massless bosons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Boels, Rutger H.; Luo, Hui

    2018-05-01

    Tree and loop level scattering amplitudes which involve physical massless bosons are derived directly from physical constraints such as locality, symmetry and unitarity, bypassing path integral constructions. Amplitudes can be projected onto a minimal basis of kinematic factors through linear algebra, by employing four dimensional spinor helicity methods or at its most general using projection techniques. The linear algebra analysis is closely related to amplitude relations, especially the Bern-Carrasco-Johansson relations for gluon amplitudes and the Kawai-Lewellen-Tye relations between gluons and graviton amplitudes. Projection techniques are known to reduce the computation of loop amplitudes with spinning particles to scalar integrals. Unitarity, locality and integration-by-parts identities can then be used to fix complete tree and loop amplitudes efficiently. The loop amplitudes follow algorithmically from the trees. A number of proof-of-concept examples are presented. These include the planar four point two-loop amplitude in pure Yang-Mills theory as well as a range of one loop amplitudes with internal and external scalars, gluons and gravitons. Several interesting features of the results are highlighted, such as the vanishing of certain basis coefficients for gluon and graviton amplitudes. Effective field theories are naturally and efficiently included into the framework. Dimensional regularisation is employed throughout; different regularisation schemes are worked out explicitly. The presented methods appear most powerful in non-supersymmetric theories in cases with relatively few legs, but with potentially many loops. For instance, in the introduced approach iterated unitarity cuts of four point amplitudes for non-supersymmetric gauge and gravity theories can be computed by matrix multiplication, generalising the so-called rung-rule of maximally supersymmetric theories. The philosophy of the approach to kinematics also leads to a technique to control colour quantum numbers of scattering amplitudes with matter, especially efficient in the adjoint and fundamental representations.

  17. Fundamentals of negative refractive index optical trapping: forces and radiation pressures exerted by focused Gaussian beams using the generalized Lorenz-Mie theory

    PubMed Central

    Ambrosio, Leonardo A.; Hernández-Figueroa, Hugo E.

    2010-01-01

    Based on the generalized Lorenz-Mie theory (GLMT), this paper reveals, for the first time in the literature, the principal characteristics of the optical forces and radiation pressure cross-sections exerted on homogeneous, linear, isotropic and spherical hypothetical negative refractive index (NRI) particles under the influence of focused Gaussian beams in the Mie regime. Starting with ray optics considerations, the analysis is then extended through calculating the Mie coefficients and the beam-shape coefficients for incident focused Gaussian beams. Results reveal new and interesting trapping properties which are not observed for commonly positive refractive index particles and, in this way, new potential applications in biomedical optics can be devised. PMID:21258549

  18. Fundamentals of negative refractive index optical trapping: forces and radiation pressures exerted by focused Gaussian beams using the generalized Lorenz-Mie theory.

    PubMed

    Ambrosio, Leonardo A; Hernández-Figueroa, Hugo E

    2010-11-04

    Based on the generalized Lorenz-Mie theory (GLMT), this paper reveals, for the first time in the literature, the principal characteristics of the optical forces and radiation pressure cross-sections exerted on homogeneous, linear, isotropic and spherical hypothetical negative refractive index (NRI) particles under the influence of focused Gaussian beams in the Mie regime. Starting with ray optics considerations, the analysis is then extended through calculating the Mie coefficients and the beam-shape coefficients for incident focused Gaussian beams. Results reveal new and interesting trapping properties which are not observed for commonly positive refractive index particles and, in this way, new potential applications in biomedical optics can be devised.

  19. A benign property of the ghost mode in massive theory of gravitation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chugreev, Yu. V.

    2018-01-01

    It was shown in the frameworks of massive gravitational theories having in linear approximation mass term {m^2}( {φ ^{α β }}{φ_{α β }} - 1/2{φ ^2}} ) in the lagrangian, that created some time ago spherically-symmetric static sources should possess inside their light cone not only Yukawa potential, but also nonstationary component. It leads to the long ( 1/ m) period of gravitational evaporation of such sources with the mass loss Ṁ m 2 M 2 The magnitude of the flux is c 4/ v 4 times ( c—speed of light, v—velocity of the source particles) bigger then negative gravitational radiation flux corresponding to the ghost scalar mode in the spectrum of such gravitational field, with stabilizing the source.

  20. Optimization Design of Minimum Total Resistance Hull Form Based on CFD Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Bao-ji; Zhang, Sheng-long; Zhang, Hui

    2018-06-01

    In order to reduce the resistance and improve the hydrodynamic performance of a ship, two hull form design methods are proposed based on the potential flow theory and viscous flow theory. The flow fields are meshed using body-fitted mesh and structured grids. The parameters of the hull modification function are the design variables. A three-dimensional modeling method is used to alter the geometry. The Non-Linear Programming (NLP) method is utilized to optimize a David Taylor Model Basin (DTMB) model 5415 ship under the constraints, including the displacement constraint. The optimization results show an effective reduction of the resistance. The two hull form design methods developed in this study can provide technical support and theoretical basis for designing green ships.

  1. Experimental and theoretical (FT-IR, FT-Raman, UV-vis, NMR) spectroscopic analysis and first order hyperpolarizability studies of non-linear optical material: (2E)-3-[4-(methylsulfanyl) phenyl]-1-(4-nitrophenyl) prop-2-en-1-one using density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Kumar, Amit; Deval, Vipin; Tandon, Poonam; Gupta, Archana; Deepak D'silva, E

    2014-09-15

    A combined experimental and theoretical investigation on FT-IR, FT-Raman, NMR, UV-vis spectra of a chalcone derivative (2E)-3-[4-(methylsulfanyl) phenyl]-1-(4-nitrophenyl) prop-2-en-1-one (4N4MSP) has been reported. 4N4MSP has two planar rings connected through conjugated double bond and it provides a necessary configuration to show non-linear optical (NLO) response. The molecular structure, fundamental vibrational frequencies and intensity of the vibrational bands are interpreted with the aid of structure optimizations and normal coordinate force field calculations based on density functional theory (DFT) with B3LYP functional and 6-311++G(d,p) basis set combination. The analysis of the fundamental modes was made with the help of potential energy distribution (PED). Molecular electrostatic potential (MEP) surface was plotted over the geometry primarily for predicting sites and relative reactivities towards electrophilic and nucleophilic attack. The delocalization of electron density of various constituents of the molecule has been discussed with the aid of NBO analysis. The electronic properties, such as excitation energies, oscillator strength, wavelengths, HOMO and LUMO energies, were calculated by time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT) and the results complement the experimental findings. The recorded and calculated 1H chemical shifts in gas phase and MeOD solution are gathered for reliable calculations of magnetic properties. Thermodynamic properties like heat capacity (C°p,m), entropy (S°m), enthalpy (H°m) have been calculated for the molecule at the different temperatures. Based on the finite-field approach, the non-linear optical (NLO) parameters such as dipole moment, mean polarizability, anisotropy of polarizability and first order hyperpolarizability of 4N4MSP molecule are calculated. The predicted first hyperpolarizability shows that the molecule has a reasonably good nonlinear optical (NLO) behavior. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Electronic structure and rovibrational properties of ZnOH in the X̃²A' electronic state: a computational molecular spectroscopy study.

    PubMed

    Hirano, Tsuneo; Andaloussi, Mounir Ben Dahman; Nagashima, Umpei; Jensen, Per

    2014-09-07

    The three-dimensional ground-state potential energy surface of ZnOH has been calculated ab initio at the MR-SDCI+Q_DK3/[QZP ANO-RCC (Zn, O, H)] level of theory and used as basis for a study of the rovibrational properties carried out by means of the program MORBID (Morse Oscillator Rigid Bender Internal Dynamics). The electronic ground state is  (2)A' (correlating with (2)Σ(+) at the linear configuration). The equilibrium structure has r(e)(Zn-O) = 1.8028 Å, r(e)(O-H) = 0.9606 Å, and ∠e(Zn-O-H) = 114.9°. The Zn-O bond is essentially ionic, with appreciable covalency. The bonding character is compared with those of FeOH (quasi-linear) and CsOH (linear). The rovibrationally averaged structural parameters, determined as expectation values over MORBID wavefunctions, are ⟨r(Zn-O)⟩0 = 1.8078 Å, ⟨r(O-H)⟩0 = 0.9778 Å, and ⟨∠(Zn-O-H)⟩0 = 117°. The Yamada-Winnewisser quasi-linearity parameter is found to be γ0 = 0.84, which is close to 1.0 as expected for a bent molecule. Since no experimental rovibrational spectrum has been reported thus far, this spectrum has been simulated from the ab initio potential energy and dipole moment surfaces. The amphoteric character of ZnOH is also discussed.

  3. Perturbation method for the second-order nonlinear effect of focused acoustic field around a scatterer in an ideal fluid.

    PubMed

    Liu, Gang; Jayathilake, Pahala Gedara; Khoo, Boo Cheong

    2014-02-01

    Two nonlinear models are proposed to investigate the focused acoustic waves that the nonlinear effects will be important inside the liquid around the scatterer. Firstly, the one dimensional solutions for the widely used Westervelt equation with different coordinates are obtained based on the perturbation method with the second order nonlinear terms. Then, by introducing the small parameter (Mach number), a dimensionless formulation and asymptotic perturbation expansion via the compressible potential flow theory is applied. This model permits the decoupling between the velocity potential and enthalpy to second order, with the first potential solutions satisfying the linear wave equation (Helmholtz equation), whereas the second order solutions are associated with the linear non-homogeneous equation. Based on the model, the local nonlinear effects of focused acoustic waves on certain volume are studied in which the findings may have important implications for bubble cavitation/initiation via focused ultrasound called HIFU (High Intensity Focused Ultrasound). The calculated results show that for the domain encompassing less than ten times the radius away from the center of the scatterer, the non-linear effect exerts a significant influence on the focused high intensity acoustic wave. Moreover, at the comparatively higher frequencies, for the model of spherical wave, a lower Mach number may result in stronger nonlinear effects. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Time-Dependent Thermal Transport Theory.

    PubMed

    Biele, Robert; D'Agosta, Roberto; Rubio, Angel

    2015-07-31

    Understanding thermal transport in nanoscale systems presents important challenges to both theory and experiment. In particular, the concept of local temperature at the nanoscale appears difficult to justify. Here, we propose a theoretical approach where we replace the temperature gradient with controllable external blackbody radiations. The theory recovers known physical results, for example, the linear relation between the thermal current and the temperature difference of two blackbodies. Furthermore, our theory is not limited to the linear regime and goes beyond accounting for nonlinear effects and transient phenomena. Since the present theory is general and can be adapted to describe both electron and phonon dynamics, it provides a first step toward a unified formalism for investigating thermal and electronic transport.

  5. An approximation theory for the identification of linear thermoelastic systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rosen, I. G.; Su, Chien-Hua Frank

    1990-01-01

    An abstract approximation framework and convergence theory for the identification of thermoelastic systems is developed. Starting from an abstract operator formulation consisting of a coupled second order hyperbolic equation of elasticity and first order parabolic equation for heat conduction, well-posedness is established using linear semigroup theory in Hilbert space, and a class of parameter estimation problems is then defined involving mild solutions. The approximation framework is based upon generic Galerkin approximation of the mild solutions, and convergence of solutions of the resulting sequence of approximating finite dimensional parameter identification problems to a solution of the original infinite dimensional inverse problem is established using approximation results for operator semigroups. An example involving the basic equations of one dimensional linear thermoelasticity and a linear spline based scheme are discussed. Numerical results indicate how the approach might be used in a study of damping mechanisms in flexible structures.

  6. Diffusion by one wave and by many waves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Albert, J. M.

    2010-03-01

    Radiation belt electrons and chorus waves are an outstanding instance of the important role cyclotron resonant wave-particle interactions play in the magnetosphere. Chorus waves are particularly complex, often occurring with large amplitude, narrowband but drifting frequency and fine structure. Nevertheless, modeling their effect on radiation belt electrons with bounce-averaged broadband quasi-linear theory seems to yield reasonable results. It is known that coherent interactions with monochromatic waves can cause particle diffusion, as well as radically different phase bunching and phase trapping behavior. Here the two formulations of diffusion, while conceptually different, are shown to give identical diffusion coefficients, in the narrowband limit of quasi-linear theory. It is further shown that suitably averaging the monochromatic diffusion coefficients over frequency and wave normal angle parameters reproduces the full broadband quasi-linear results. This may account for the rather surprising success of quasi-linear theory in modeling radiation belt electrons undergoing diffusion by chorus waves.

  7. Loudspeakers: Modeling and control

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Al-Ali, Khalid Mohammad

    This thesis documented a comprehensive study of loudspeaker modeling and control. A lumped-parameter model for a voice-coil loudspeaker in a vented enclosure was presented that derived from a consideration of physical principles. In addition, a low-frequency (20 Hz to 100 Hz), feedback control method designed to improve the nonlinear performance of the loudspeaker and a suitable performance measure for use in design and evaluation were proposed. Data from experiments performed on a variety of actual loudspeakers confirmed the practicality of the theory developed in this work. The lumped-parameter loudspeaker model, although simple, captured much of the nonlinear behavior of the loudspeaker. In addition, the model formulation allowed a straightforward application of modern control system methods and lent itself well to modern parametric identification techniques. The nonlinear performance of the loudspeaker system was evaluated using a suitable distortion measure that was proposed and compared with other distortion measures currently used in practice. Furthermore, the linearizing effect of feedback using a linear controller (both static and dynamic) was studied on a class of nonlinear systems. The results illustrated that the distortion reduction was potentially significant and a useful upper bound on the closed-loop distortion was found based on the sensitivity function of the system's linearization. A feedback scheme based on robust control theory was chosen for application to the loudspeaker system. Using the pressure output of the loudspeaker system for feedback, the technique offered significant advantages over those previously attempted. Illustrative examples were presented that proved the applicability of the theory developed in this dissertation to a variety of loudspeaker systems. The examples included a vented loudspeaker model and actual loudspeakers enclosed in both vented and sealed configurations. In each example, predictable and measurable distortion reduction at the output of the closed-loop system was recorded.

  8. Proton velocity ring-driven instabilities and their dependence on the ring speed: Linear theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Min, Kyungguk; Liu, Kaijun; Gary, S. Peter

    2017-08-01

    Linear dispersion theory is used to study the Alfvén-cyclotron, mirror and ion Bernstein instabilities driven by a tenuous (1%) warm proton ring velocity distribution with a ring speed, vr, varying between 2vA and 10vA, where vA is the Alfvén speed. Relatively cool background protons and electrons are assumed. The modeled ring velocity distributions are unstable to both the Alfvén-cyclotron and ion Bernstein instabilities whose maximum growth rates are roughly a linear function of the ring speed. The mirror mode, which has real frequency ωr=0, becomes the fastest growing mode for sufficiently large vr/vA. The mirror and Bernstein instabilities have maximum growth at propagation oblique to the background magnetic field and become more field-aligned with an increasing ring speed. Considering its largest growth rate, the mirror mode, in addition to the Alfvén-cyclotron mode, can cause pitch angle diffusion of the ring protons when the ring speed becomes sufficiently large. Moreover, because the parallel phase speed, v∥ph, becomes sufficiently small relative to vr, the low-frequency Bernstein waves can also aid the pitch angle scattering of the ring protons for large vr. Potential implications of including these two instabilities at oblique propagation on heliospheric pickup ion dynamics are discussed.

  9. Controlling Flexible Manipulators, an Experimental Investigation. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hastings, Gordon Greene

    1986-01-01

    Lightweight, slender manipulators offer faster response and/or greater workspace range for the same size actuators than tradional manipulators. Lightweight construction of manipulator links results in increased structural flexibility. The increase flexibility must be considered in the design of control systems to properly account for the dynamic flexible vibrations and static deflections. Real time control of the flexible manipulator vibrations are experimentally investigated. Models intended for real-time control of distributed parameter system such as flexible manipulators rely on model approximation schemes. An linear model based on the application of Lagrangian dynamics to a rigid body mode and a series of separable flexible modes is examined with respect to model order requirements, and modal candidate selection. Balanced realizations are applied to the linear flexible model to obtain an estimate of appropriate order for a selected model. Describing the flexible deflections as a linear combination of modes results in measurements of beam state, which yield information about several modes. To realize the potential of linear systems theory, knowledge of each state must be available. State estimation is also accomplished by implementation of a Kalman Filter. State feedback control laws are implemented based upon linear quadratic regulator design.

  10. Testing higher-order Lagrangian perturbation theory against numerical simulation. 1: Pancake models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Buchert, T.; Melott, A. L.; Weiss, A. G.

    1993-01-01

    We present results showing an improvement of the accuracy of perturbation theory as applied to cosmological structure formation for a useful range of quasi-linear scales. The Lagrangian theory of gravitational instability of an Einstein-de Sitter dust cosmogony investigated and solved up to the third order is compared with numerical simulations. In this paper we study the dynamics of pancake models as a first step. In previous work the accuracy of several analytical approximations for the modeling of large-scale structure in the mildly non-linear regime was analyzed in the same way, allowing for direct comparison of the accuracy of various approximations. In particular, the Zel'dovich approximation (hereafter ZA) as a subclass of the first-order Lagrangian perturbation solutions was found to provide an excellent approximation to the density field in the mildly non-linear regime (i.e. up to a linear r.m.s. density contrast of sigma is approximately 2). The performance of ZA in hierarchical clustering models can be greatly improved by truncating the initial power spectrum (smoothing the initial data). We here explore whether this approximation can be further improved with higher-order corrections in the displacement mapping from homogeneity. We study a single pancake model (truncated power-spectrum with power-spectrum with power-index n = -1) using cross-correlation statistics employed in previous work. We found that for all statistical methods used the higher-order corrections improve the results obtained for the first-order solution up to the stage when sigma (linear theory) is approximately 1. While this improvement can be seen for all spatial scales, later stages retain this feature only above a certain scale which is increasing with time. However, third-order is not much improvement over second-order at any stage. The total breakdown of the perturbation approach is observed at the stage, where sigma (linear theory) is approximately 2, which corresponds to the onset of hierarchical clustering. This success is found at a considerable higher non-linearity than is usual for perturbation theory. Whether a truncation of the initial power-spectrum in hierarchical models retains this improvement will be analyzed in a forthcoming work.

  11. On the interaction of small-scale linear waves with nonlinear solitary waves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Chengzhu; Stastna, Marek

    2017-04-01

    In the study of environmental and geophysical fluid flows, linear wave theory is well developed and its application has been considered for phenomena of various length and time scales. However, due to the nonlinear nature of fluid flows, in many cases results predicted by linear theory do not agree with observations. One of such cases is internal wave dynamics. While small-amplitude wave motion may be approximated by linear theory, large amplitude waves tend to be solitary-like. In some cases, when the wave is highly nonlinear, even weakly nonlinear theories fail to predict the wave properties correctly. We study the interaction of small-scale linear waves with nonlinear solitary waves using highly accurate pseudo spectral simulations that begin with a fully nonlinear solitary wave and a train of small-amplitude waves initialized from linear waves. The solitary wave then interacts with the linear waves through either an overtaking collision or a head-on collision. During the collision, there is a net energy transfer from the linear wave train to the solitary wave, resulting in an increase in the kinetic energy carried by the solitary wave and a phase shift of the solitary wave with respect to a freely propagating solitary wave. At the same time the linear waves are greatly reduced in amplitude. The percentage of energy transferred depends primarily on the wavelength of the linear waves. We found that after one full collision cycle, the longest waves may retain as much as 90% of the kinetic energy they had initially, while the shortest waves lose almost all of their initial energy. We also found that a head-on collision is more efficient in destroying the linear waves than an overtaking collision. On the other hand, the initial amplitude of the linear waves has very little impact on the percentage of energy that can be transferred to the solitary wave. Because of the nonlinearity of the solitary wave, these results provide us some insight into wave-mean flow interaction in a fully nonlinear framework.

  12. Application of relativistic coupled-cluster theory to electron impact excitation of Mg+ in the plasma environment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sharma, Lalita; Sahoo, Bijaya Kumar; Malkar, Pooja; Srivastava, Rajesh

    2018-01-01

    A relativistic coupled-cluster theory is implemented to study electron impact excitations of atomic species. As a test case, the electron impact excitations of the 3 s 2 S 1/2-3 p 2 P 1/2;3/2 resonance transitions are investigated in the singly charged magnesium (Mg+) ion using this theory. Accuracies of wave functions of Mg+ are justified by evaluating its attachment energies of the relevant states and compared with the experimental values. The continuum wave function of the projectile electron are obtained by solving Dirac equations assuming distortion potential as static potential of the ground state of Mg+. Comparison of the calculated electron impact excitation differential and total cross-sections with the available measurements are found to be in very good agreements at various incident electron energies. Further, calculations are carried out in the plasma environment in the Debye-Hückel model framework, which could be useful in the astrophysics. Influence of plasma strength on the cross-sections as well as linear polarization of the photon emission in the 3 p 2 P 3/2-3 s 2 S 1/2 transition is investigated for different incident electron energies.

  13. Direct perturbation theory for the dark soliton solution to the nonlinear Schrödinger equation with normal dispersion.

    PubMed

    Yu, Jia-Lu; Yang, Chun-Nuan; Cai, Hao; Huang, Nian-Ning

    2007-04-01

    After finding the basic solutions of the linearized nonlinear Schrödinger equation by the method of separation of variables, the perturbation theory for the dark soliton solution is constructed by linear Green's function theory. In application to the self-induced Raman scattering, the adiabatic corrections to the soliton's parameters are obtained and the remaining correction term is given as a pure integral with respect to the continuous spectral parameter.

  14. Unification Theory of Optimal Life Histories and Linear Demographic Models in Internal Stochasticity

    PubMed Central

    Oizumi, Ryo

    2014-01-01

    Life history of organisms is exposed to uncertainty generated by internal and external stochasticities. Internal stochasticity is generated by the randomness in each individual life history, such as randomness in food intake, genetic character and size growth rate, whereas external stochasticity is due to the environment. For instance, it is known that the external stochasticity tends to affect population growth rate negatively. It has been shown in a recent theoretical study using path-integral formulation in structured linear demographic models that internal stochasticity can affect population growth rate positively or negatively. However, internal stochasticity has not been the main subject of researches. Taking account of effect of internal stochasticity on the population growth rate, the fittest organism has the optimal control of life history affected by the stochasticity in the habitat. The study of this control is known as the optimal life schedule problems. In order to analyze the optimal control under internal stochasticity, we need to make use of “Stochastic Control Theory” in the optimal life schedule problem. There is, however, no such kind of theory unifying optimal life history and internal stochasticity. This study focuses on an extension of optimal life schedule problems to unify control theory of internal stochasticity into linear demographic models. First, we show the relationship between the general age-states linear demographic models and the stochastic control theory via several mathematical formulations, such as path–integral, integral equation, and transition matrix. Secondly, we apply our theory to a two-resource utilization model for two different breeding systems: semelparity and iteroparity. Finally, we show that the diversity of resources is important for species in a case. Our study shows that this unification theory can address risk hedges of life history in general age-states linear demographic models. PMID:24945258

  15. Excited states with internally contracted multireference coupled-cluster linear response theory.

    PubMed

    Samanta, Pradipta Kumar; Mukherjee, Debashis; Hanauer, Matthias; Köhn, Andreas

    2014-04-07

    In this paper, the linear response (LR) theory for the variant of internally contracted multireference coupled cluster (ic-MRCC) theory described by Hanauer and Köhn [J. Chem. Phys. 134, 204211 (2011)] has been formulated and implemented for the computation of the excitation energies relative to a ground state of pronounced multireference character. We find that straightforward application of the linear-response formalism to the time-averaged ic-MRCC Lagrangian leads to unphysical second-order poles. However, the coupling matrix elements that cause this behavior are shown to be negligible whenever the internally contracted approximation as such is justified. Hence, for the numerical implementation of the method, we adopt a Tamm-Dancoff-type approximation and neglect these couplings. This approximation is also consistent with an equation-of-motion based derivation, which neglects these couplings right from the start. We have implemented the linear-response approach in the ic-MRCC singles-and-doubles framework and applied our method to calculate excitation energies for a number of molecules ranging from CH2 to p-benzyne and conjugated polyenes (up to octatetraene). The computed excitation energies are found to be very accurate, even for the notoriously difficult case of doubly excited states. The ic-MRCC-LR theory is also applicable to systems with open-shell ground-state wavefunctions and is by construction not biased towards a particular reference determinant. We have also compared the linear-response approach to the computation of energy differences by direct state-specific ic-MRCC calculations. We finally compare to Mk-MRCC-LR theory for which spurious roots have been reported [T.-C. Jagau and J. Gauss, J. Chem. Phys. 137, 044116 (2012)], being due to the use of sufficiency conditions to solve the Mk-MRCC equations. No such problem is present in ic-MRCC-LR theory.

  16. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Verma, U. P.; Nayak, V.

    Quantum mechanical first principle calculations have been performed to study the electronic and structural properties of TiN and TiAs in zinc blende (ZB) and rock salt (RS) structures. The full-potential linearized augmented plane wave (FP-LAPW) method has been used within the framework of density functional theory (DFT). The exchange correlation functional has been solved employing generalized gradient approximation (GGA). Our predicted results for lattice constants are in good agreement with the earlier findings. The electronic band structures of TiX are metallic in both the phases.

  17. Linear and ring polymers in confined geometries

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Usatenko, Zoryana; Kuterba, Piotr; Chamati, Hassan; Romeis, Dirk

    2017-03-01

    A short overview of the theoretical and experimental works on the polymer-colloid mixtures is given. The behaviour of a dilute solution of linear and ring polymers in confined geometries like slit of two parallel walls or in the solution of mesoscopic colloidal particles of big size with different adsorbing or repelling properties in respect to polymers is discussed. Besides, we consider the massive field theory approach in fixed space dimensions d = 3 for the investigation of the interaction between long flexible polymers and mesoscopic colloidal particles of big size and for the calculation of the correspondent depletion interaction potentials and the depletion forces between confining walls. The presented results indicate the interesting and nontrivial behavior of linear and ring polymers in confined geometries and give possibility better to understand the complexity of physical effects arising from confinement and chain topology which plays a significant role in the shaping of individual chromosomes and in the process of their segregation, especially in the case of elongated bacterial cells. The possibility of using linear and ring polymers for production of new types of nano- and micro-electromechanical devices is analyzed.

  18. A spectral analysis of the domain decomposed Monte Carlo method for linear systems

    DOE PAGES

    Slattery, Stuart R.; Evans, Thomas M.; Wilson, Paul P. H.

    2015-09-08

    The domain decomposed behavior of the adjoint Neumann-Ulam Monte Carlo method for solving linear systems is analyzed using the spectral properties of the linear oper- ator. Relationships for the average length of the adjoint random walks, a measure of convergence speed and serial performance, are made with respect to the eigenvalues of the linear operator. In addition, relationships for the effective optical thickness of a domain in the decomposition are presented based on the spectral analysis and diffusion theory. Using the effective optical thickness, the Wigner rational approxi- mation and the mean chord approximation are applied to estimate the leakagemore » frac- tion of random walks from a domain in the decomposition as a measure of parallel performance and potential communication costs. The one-speed, two-dimensional neutron diffusion equation is used as a model problem in numerical experiments to test the models for symmetric operators with spectral qualities similar to light water reactor problems. We find, in general, the derived approximations show good agreement with random walk lengths and leakage fractions computed by the numerical experiments.« less

  19. Applications of Cosmological Perturbation Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Christopherson, Adam J.

    2011-06-01

    Cosmological perturbation theory is crucial for our understanding of the universe. The linear theory has been well understood for some time, however developing and applying the theory beyond linear order is currently at the forefront of research in theoretical cosmology. This thesis studies the applications of perturbation theory to cosmology and, specifically, to the early universe. Starting with some background material introducing the well-tested 'standard model' of cosmology, we move on to develop the formalism for perturbation theory up to second order giving evolution equations for all types of scalar, vector and tensor perturbations, both in gauge dependent and gauge invariant form. We then move on to the main result of the thesis, showing that, at second order in perturbation theory, vorticity is sourced by a coupling term quadratic in energy density and entropy perturbations. This source term implies a qualitative difference to linear order. Thus, while at linear order vorticity decays with the expansion of the universe, the same is not true at higher orders. This will have important implications on future measurements of the polarisation of the Cosmic Microwave Background, and could give rise to the generation of a primordial seed magnetic field. Having derived this qualitative result, we then estimate the scale dependence and magnitude of the vorticity power spectrum, finding, for simple power law inputs a small, blue spectrum. The final part of this thesis concerns higher order perturbation theory, deriving, for the first time, the metric tensor, gauge transformation rules and governing equations for fully general third order perturbations. We close with a discussion of natural extensions to this work and other possible ideas for off-shooting projects in this continually growing field.

  20. A linear quadratic regulator approach to the stabilization of uncertain linear systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Shieh, L. S.; Sunkel, J. W.; Wang, Y. J.

    1990-01-01

    This paper presents a linear quadratic regulator approach to the stabilization of uncertain linear systems. The uncertain systems under consideration are described by state equations with the presence of time-varying unknown-but-bounded uncertainty matrices. The method is based on linear quadratic regulator (LQR) theory and Liapunov stability theory. The robust stabilizing control law for a given uncertain system can be easily constructed from the symmetric positive-definite solution of the associated augmented Riccati equation. The proposed approach can be applied to matched and/or mismatched systems with uncertainty matrices in which only their matrix norms are bounded by some prescribed values and/or their entries are bounded by some prescribed constraint sets. Several numerical examples are presented to illustrate the results.

  1. An Aeroelastic Evaluation of the Flexible Thermal Protection System for an Inatable Aerodynamic Decelerator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Goldman, Benjamin D.

    The purpose of this dissertation is to study the aeroelastic stability of a proposed flexible thermal protection system (FTPS) for the NASA Hypersonic Inflatable Aerodynamic Decelerator (HIAD). A flat, square FTPS coupon exhibits violent oscillations during experimental aerothermal testing in NASA's 8 Foot High Temperature Tunnel, leading to catastrophic failure. The behavior of the structural response suggested that aeroelastic flutter may be the primary instability mechanism, prompting further experimental investigation and theoretical model development. Using Von Karman's plate theory for the panel-like structure and piston theory aerodynamics, a set of aeroelastic models were developed and limit cycle oscillations (LCOs) were calculated at the tunnel flow conditions. Similarities in frequency content of the theoretical and experimental responses indicated that the observed FTPS oscillations were likely aeroelastic in nature, specifically LCO/flutter. While the coupon models can be used for comparison with tunnel tests, they cannot predict accurately the aeroelastic behavior of the FTPS in atmospheric flight. This is because the geometry of the flight vehicle is no longer a flat plate, but rather (approximately) a conical shell. In the second phase of this work, linearized Donnell conical shell theory and piston theory aerodynamics are used to calculate natural modes of vibration and flutter dynamic pressures for various structural models composed of one or more conical shells resting on several circumferential elastic supports. When the flight vehicle is approximated as a single conical shell without elastic supports, asymmetric flutter in many circumferential waves is observed. When the elastic supports are included, the shell flutters symmetrically in zero circumferential waves. Structural damping is found to be important in this case, as "hump-mode" flutter is possible. Aeroelastic models that consider the individual FTPS layers as separate shells exhibit asymmetric flutter at high dynamic pressures relative to the single shell models. Parameter studies also examine the effects of tension, shear modulus reduction, and elastic support stiffness. Limitations of a linear structural model and piston theory aerodynamics prompted a more elaborate evaluation of the flight configuration. Using nonlinear Donnell conical shell theory for the FTPS structure, the pressure buckling and aeroelastic limit cycle oscillations were studied for a single elastically-supported conical shell. While piston theory was used initially, a time-dependent correction factor was derived using transform methods and potential flow theory to calculate more accurately the low Mach number supersonic flow. Three conical shell geometries were considered: a 3-meter diameter 70° shell, a 3.7-meter 70° shell, and a 6-meter diameter 70° shell. The 6-meter configuration was loaded statically and the results were compared with an experimental load test of a 6-meter HIAD vehicle. Though agreement between theoretical and experimental strains was poor, circumferential wrinkling phenomena observed during the experiments was captured by the theory and axial deformations were qualitatively similar in shape. With piston theory aerodynamics, the nonlinear flutter dynamic pressures of the 3-meter configuration were in agreement with the values calculated using linear theory, and the limit cycle amplitudes were generally on the order of the shell thickness. Pre-buckling pressure loads and the aerodynamic pressure correction factor were studied for all geometries, and these effects resulted in significantly lower flutter boundaries compared with piston theory alone. In the final phase of this work, the existing linear and nonlinear FTPS shell models were coupled with NASA's FUN3D Reynolds Averaged Navier Stokes CFD code, allowing for the most physically realistic flight predictions. For the linear shell structural model, the elastically-supported shell natural modes were mapped to a CFD grid of a 6-meter HIAD vehicle, and a linear structural dynamics solver internal to the CFD code was used to compute the aeroelastic response. Aerodynamic parameters for a proposed HIAD re-entry trajectory were obtained, and aeroelastic solutions were calculated at three points in the trajectory: Mach 1, Mach 2, and Mach 11 (peak dynamic pressure). No flutter was found at any of these conditions using the linear method, though oscillations (of uncertain origin) on the order of the shell thickness may be possible in the transonic regime. For the nonlinear shell structural model, a set of assumed sinusoidal modes were mapped to the CFD grid, and the linear structural dynamics equations were replaced by a nonlinear ODE solver for the conical shell equations. Successful calculation and restart of the nonlinear dynamic aeroelastic solutions was demonstrated. Preliminary results indicated that dynamic instabilities may be possible at Mach 1 and 2, with a completely stable solution at Mach 11, though further study is needed. A major benefit of this implementation is that the coefficients and mode shapes for the nonlinear conical shell may be replaced with those of other types of structures, greatly expanding the aeroelastic capabilities of FUN3D.

  2. The Hagen-Poiseuille, Plane Couette and Poiseuille Flows Linear Instability and Rogue Waves Excitation Mechanism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chefranov, Sergey; Chefranov, Alexander

    2016-04-01

    Linear hydrodynamic stability theory for the Hagen-Poiseuille (HP) flow yields a conclusion of infinitely large threshold Reynolds number, Re, value. This contradiction to the observation data is bypassed using assumption of the HP flow instability having hard type and possible for sufficiently high-amplitude disturbances. HP flow disturbance evolution is considered by nonlinear hydrodynamic stability theory. Similar is the case of the plane Couette (PC) flow. For the plane Poiseuille (PP) flow, linear theory just quantitatively does not agree with experimental data defining the threshold Reynolds number Re= 5772 ( S. A. Orszag, 1971), more than five-fold exceeding however the value observed, Re=1080 (S. J. Davies, C. M. White, 1928). In the present work, we show that the linear stability theory conclusions for the HP and PC on stability for any Reynolds number and evidently too high threshold Reynolds number estimate for the PP flow are related with the traditional use of the disturbance representation assuming the possibility of separation of the longitudinal (along the flow direction) variable from the other spatial variables. We show that if to refuse from this traditional form, conclusions on the linear instability for the HP and PC flows may be obtained for finite Reynolds numbers (for the HP flow, for Re>704, and for the PC flow, for Re>139). Also, we fit the linear stability theory conclusion on the PP flow to the experimental data by getting an estimate of the minimal threshold Reynolds number as Re=1040. We also get agreement of the minimal threshold Reynolds number estimate for PC with the experimental data of S. Bottin, et.al., 1997, where the laminar PC flow stability threshold is Re = 150. Rogue waves excitation mechanism in oppositely directed currents due to the PC flow linear instability is discussed. Results of the new linear hydrodynamic stability theory for the HP, PP, and PC flows are published in the following papers: 1. S.G. Chefranov, A.G. Chefranov, JETP, v.119, No.2, 331, 2014 2. S.G. Chefranov, A.G. Chefranov, Doklady Physics, vol.60, No.7, 327-332, 2015 3. S.G. Chefranov, A. G. Chefranov, arXiv: 1509.08910v1 [physics.flu-dyn] 29 Sep 2015 (accepted to JETP)

  3. A multichain polymer slip-spring model with fluctuating number of entanglements for linear and nonlinear rheology

    DOE PAGES

    Ramírez-Hernández, Abelardo; Peters, Brandon L.; Andreev, Marat; ...

    2015-12-15

    A theoretically informed entangled polymer simulation approach is presented for description of the linear and non-linear rheology of entangled polymer melts. The approach relies on a many-chain representation and introduces the topological effects that arise from the non-crossability of molecules through effective fluctuating interactions, mediated by slip-springs, between neighboring pairs of macromolecules. The total number of slip-springs is not preserved but, instead, it is controlled through a chemical potential that determines the average molecular weight between entanglements. The behavior of the model is discussed in the context of a recent theory for description of homogeneous materials, and its relevance ismore » established by comparing its predictions to experimental linear and non-linear rheology data for a series of well-characterized linear polyisoprene melts. Furthermore, the results are shown to be in quantitative agreement with experiment and suggest that the proposed formalism may also be used to describe the dynamics of inhomogeneous systems, such as composites and copolymers. Importantly, the fundamental connection made here between our many-chain model and the well-established, thermodynamically consistent single-chain mean-field models provides a path to systematic coarse-graining for prediction of polymer rheology in structurally homogeneous and heterogeneous materials.« less

  4. Spherically symmetric analysis on open FLRW solution in non-linear massive gravity

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chiang, Chien-I; Izumi, Keisuke; Chen, Pisin, E-mail: chienichiang@berkeley.edu, E-mail: izumi@phys.ntu.edu.tw, E-mail: chen@slac.stanford.edu

    2012-12-01

    We study non-linear massive gravity in the spherically symmetric context. Our main motivation is to investigate the effect of helicity-0 mode which remains elusive after analysis of cosmological perturbation around an open Friedmann-Lemaitre-Robertson-Walker (FLRW) universe. The non-linear form of the effective energy-momentum tensor stemming from the mass term is derived for the spherically symmetric case. Only in the special case where the area of the two sphere is not deviated away from the FLRW universe, the effective energy momentum tensor becomes completely the same as that of cosmological constant. This opens a window for discriminating the non-linear massive gravity frommore » general relativity (GR). Indeed, by further solving these spherically symmetric gravitational equations of motion in vacuum to the linear order, we obtain a solution which has an arbitrary time-dependent parameter. In GR, this parameter is a constant and corresponds to the mass of a star. Our result means that Birkhoff's theorem no longer holds in the non-linear massive gravity and suggests that energy can probably be emitted superluminously (with infinite speed) on the self-accelerating background by the helicity-0 mode, which could be a potential plague of this theory.« less

  5. Manipulator control by exact linearization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kruetz, K.

    1987-01-01

    Comments on the application to rigid link manipulators of geometric control theory, resolved acceleration control, operational space control, and nonlinear decoupling theory are given, and the essential unity of these techniques for externally linearizing and decoupling end effector dynamics is discussed. Exploiting the fact that the mass matrix of a rigid link manipulator is positive definite, a consequence of rigid link manipulators belonging to the class of natural physical systems, it is shown that a necessary and sufficient condition for a locally externally linearizing and output decoupling feedback law to exist is that the end effector Jacobian matrix be nonsingular. Furthermore, this linearizing feedback is easy to produce.

  6. A coupled cluster theory with iterative inclusion of triple excitations and associated equation of motion formulation for excitation energy and ionization potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maitra, Rahul; Akinaga, Yoshinobu; Nakajima, Takahito

    2017-08-01

    A single reference coupled cluster theory that is capable of including the effect of connected triple excitations has been developed and implemented. This is achieved by regrouping the terms appearing in perturbation theory and parametrizing through two different sets of exponential operators: while one of the exponentials, involving general substitution operators, annihilates the ground state but has a non-vanishing effect when it acts on the excited determinant, the other is the regular single and double excitation operator in the sense of conventional coupled cluster theory, which acts on the Hartree-Fock ground state. The two sets of operators are solved as coupled non-linear equations in an iterative manner without significant increase in computational cost than the conventional coupled cluster theory with singles and doubles excitations. A number of physically motivated and computationally advantageous sufficiency conditions are invoked to arrive at the working equations and have been applied to determine the ground state energies of a number of small prototypical systems having weak multi-reference character. With the knowledge of the correlated ground state, we have reconstructed the triple excitation operator and have performed equation of motion with coupled cluster singles, doubles, and triples to obtain the ionization potential and excitation energies of these molecules as well. Our results suggest that this is quite a reasonable scheme to capture the effect of connected triple excitations as long as the ground state remains weakly multi-reference.

  7. Assessment of arrays of in-stream tidal turbines in the Bay of Fundy.

    PubMed

    Karsten, Richard; Swan, Amanda; Culina, Joel

    2013-02-28

    Theories of in-stream turbines are adapted to analyse the potential electricity generation and impact of turbine arrays deployed in Minas Passage, Bay of Fundy. Linear momentum actuator disc theory (LMADT) is combined with a theory that calculates the flux through the passage to determine both the turbine power and the impact of rows of turbine fences. For realistically small blockage ratios, the theory predicts that extracting 2000-2500 MW of turbine power will result in a reduction in the flow of less than 5 per cent. The theory also suggests that there is little reason to tune the turbines if the blockage ratio remains small. A turbine array model is derived that extends LMADT by using the velocity field from a numerical simulation of the flow through Minas Passage and modelling the turbine wakes. The model calculates the resulting speed of the flow through and around a turbine array, allowing for the sequential positioning of turbines in regions of strongest flow. The model estimates that over 2000 MW of power is possible with only a 2.5 per cent reduction in the flow. If turbines are restricted to depths less than 50 m, the potential power generation is reduced substantially, down to 300 MW. For large turbine arrays, the blockage ratios remain small and the turbines can produce maximum power with a drag coefficient equal to the Betz-limit value.

  8. Fluid aspects of electron streaming instability in electron-ion plasmas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jao, C.-S.; Hau, L.-N.; Department of Physics, National Central University, Jhongli, Taiwan

    2014-02-15

    Electrons streaming in a background electron and ion plasma may lead to the formation of electrostatic solitary wave (ESW) and hole structure which have been observed in various space plasma environments. Past studies on the formation of ESW are mostly based on the particle simulations due to the necessity of incorporating particle's trapping effects. In this study, the fluid aspects and thermodynamics of streaming instabilities in electron-ion plasmas including bi-streaming and bump-on-tail instabilities are addressed based on the comparison between fluid theory and the results from particle-in-cell simulations. The energy closure adopted in the fluid model is the polytropic lawmore » of d(pρ{sup −γ})/dt=0 with γ being a free parameter. Two unstable modes are identified for the bump-on-tail instability and the growth rates as well as the dispersion relation of the streaming instabilities derived from the linear theory are found to be in good agreement with the particle simulations for both bi-streaming and bump-on-tail instabilities. At the nonlinear saturation, 70% of the electrons are trapped inside the potential well for the drift velocity being 20 times of the thermal velocity and the pρ{sup −γ} value is significantly increased. Effects of ion to electron mass ratio on the linear fluid theory and nonlinear simulations are also examined.« less

  9. A molecularly based theory for electron transfer reorganization energy.

    PubMed

    Zhuang, Bilin; Wang, Zhen-Gang

    2015-12-14

    Using field-theoretic techniques, we develop a molecularly based dipolar self-consistent-field theory (DSCFT) for charge solvation in pure solvents under equilibrium and nonequilibrium conditions and apply it to the reorganization energy of electron transfer reactions. The DSCFT uses a set of molecular parameters, such as the solvent molecule's permanent dipole moment and polarizability, thus avoiding approximations that are inherent in treating the solvent as a linear dielectric medium. A simple, analytical expression for the free energy is obtained in terms of the equilibrium and nonequilibrium electrostatic potential profiles and electric susceptibilities, which are obtained by solving a set of self-consistent equations. With no adjustable parameters, the DSCFT predicts activation energies and reorganization energies in good agreement with previous experiments and calculations for the electron transfer between metallic ions. Because the DSCFT is able to describe the properties of the solvent in the immediate vicinity of the charges, it is unnecessary to distinguish between the inner-sphere and outer-sphere solvent molecules in the calculation of the reorganization energy as in previous work. Furthermore, examining the nonequilibrium free energy surfaces of electron transfer, we find that the nonequilibrium free energy is well approximated by a double parabola for self-exchange reactions, but the curvature of the nonequilibrium free energy surface depends on the charges of the electron-transferring species, contrary to the prediction by the linear dielectric theory.

  10. Theoretical foundations of spatially-variant mathematical morphology part ii: gray-level images.

    PubMed

    Bouaynaya, Nidhal; Schonfeld, Dan

    2008-05-01

    In this paper, we develop a spatially-variant (SV) mathematical morphology theory for gray-level signals and images in the Euclidean space. The proposed theory preserves the geometrical concept of the structuring function, which provides the foundation of classical morphology and is essential in signal and image processing applications. We define the basic SV gray-level morphological operators (i.e., SV gray-level erosion, dilation, opening, and closing) and investigate their properties. We demonstrate the ubiquity of SV gray-level morphological systems by deriving a kernel representation for a large class of systems, called V-systems, in terms of the basic SV graylevel morphological operators. A V-system is defined to be a gray-level operator, which is invariant under gray-level (vertical) translations. Particular attention is focused on the class of SV flat gray-level operators. The kernel representation for increasing V-systems is a generalization of Maragos' kernel representation for increasing and translation-invariant function-processing systems. A representation of V-systems in terms of their kernel elements is established for increasing and upper-semi-continuous V-systems. This representation unifies a large class of spatially-variant linear and non-linear systems under the same mathematical framework. Finally, simulation results show the potential power of the general theory of gray-level spatially-variant mathematical morphology in several image analysis and computer vision applications.

  11. A Comparison of Measurement Equivalence Methods Based on Confirmatory Factor Analysis and Item Response Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Flowers, Claudia P.; Raju, Nambury S.; Oshima, T. C.

    Current interest in the assessment of measurement equivalence emphasizes two methods of analysis, linear, and nonlinear procedures. This study simulated data using the graded response model to examine the performance of linear (confirmatory factor analysis or CFA) and nonlinear (item-response-theory-based differential item function or IRT-Based…

  12. Constructive Processes in Linear Order Problems Revealed by Sentence Study Times

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mynatt, Barbee T.; Smith, Kirk H.

    1977-01-01

    This research was a further test of the theory of constructive processes proposed by Foos, Smith, Sabol, and Mynatt (1976) to account for differences among presentation orders in the construction of linear orders. This theory is composed of different series of mental operations that must be performed when an order relationship is integrated with…

  13. The application of Green's theorem to the solution of boundary-value problems in linearized supersonic wing theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Heaslet, Max A; Lomax, Harvard

    1950-01-01

    Following the introduction of the linearized partial differential equation for nonsteady three-dimensional compressible flow, general methods of solution are given for the two and three-dimensional steady-state and two-dimensional unsteady-state equations. It is also pointed out that, in the absence of thickness effects, linear theory yields solutions consistent with the assumptions made when applied to lifting-surface problems for swept-back plan forms at sonic speeds. The solutions of the particular equations are determined in all cases by means of Green's theorem, and thus depend on the use of Green's equivalent layer of sources, sinks, and doublets. Improper integrals in the supersonic theory are treated by means of Hadamard's "finite part" technique.

  14. Non-linear Frequency Shifts, Mode Couplings, and Decay Instability of Plasma Waves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Affolter, Mathew; Anderegg, F.; Driscoll, C. F.; Valentini, F.

    2015-11-01

    We present experiments and theory for non-linear plasma wave decay to longer wavelengths, in both the oscillatory coupling and exponential decay regimes. The experiments are conducted on non-neutral plasmas in cylindrical Penning-Malmberg traps, θ-symmetric standing plasma waves have near acoustic dispersion ω (kz) ~kz - αkz2 , discretized by kz =mz (π /Lp) . Large amplitude waves exhibit non-linear frequency shifts δf / f ~A2 and Fourier harmonic content, both of which are increased as the plasma dispersion is reduced. Non-linear coupling rates are measured between large amplitude mz = 2 waves and small amplitude mz = 1 waves, which have a small detuning Δω = 2ω1 -ω2 . At small excitation amplitudes, this detuning causes the mz = 1 mode amplitude to ``bounce'' at rate Δω , with amplitude excursions ΔA1 ~ δn2 /n0 consistent with cold fluid theory and Vlasov simulations. At larger excitation amplitudes, where the non-linear coupling exceeds the dispersion, phase-locked exponential growth of the mz = 1 mode is observed, in qualitative agreement with simple 3-wave instability theory. However, significant variations are observed experimentally, and N-wave theory gives stunningly divergent predictions that depend sensitively on the dispersion-moderated harmonic content. Measurements on higher temperature Langmuir waves and the unusual ``EAW'' (KEEN) waves are being conducted to investigate the effects of wave-particle kinetics on the non-linear coupling rates. Department of Energy Grants DE-SC0002451and DE-SC0008693.

  15. Self: an adaptive pressure arising from self-organization, chaotic dynamics, and neural Darwinism.

    PubMed

    Bruzzo, Angela Alessia; Vimal, Ram Lakhan Pandey

    2007-12-01

    In this article, we establish a model to delineate the emergence of "self" in the brain making recourse to the theory of chaos. Self is considered as the subjective experience of a subject. As essential ingredients of subjective experiences, our model includes wakefulness, re-entry, attention, memory, and proto-experiences. The stability as stated by chaos theory can potentially describe the non-linear function of "self" as sensitive to initial conditions and can characterize it as underlying order from apparently random signals. Self-similarity is discussed as a latent menace of a pathological confusion between "self" and "others". Our test hypothesis is that (1) consciousness might have emerged and evolved from a primordial potential or proto-experience in matter, such as the physical attractions and repulsions experienced by electrons, and (2) "self" arises from chaotic dynamics, self-organization and selective mechanisms during ontogenesis, while emerging post-ontogenically as an adaptive pressure driven by both volume and synaptic-neural transmission and influencing the functional connectivity of neural nets (structure).

  16. The COREL and W12SC3 computer programs for supersonic wing design and analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mason, W. H.; Rosen, B. S.

    1983-01-01

    Two computer codes useful in the supersonic aerodynamic design of wings, including the supersonic maneuver case are described. The nonlinear full potential equation COREL code performs an analysis of a spanwise section of the wing in the crossflow plane by assuming conical flow over the section. A subsequent approximate correction to the solution can be made in order to account for nonconical effects. In COREL, the flow-field is assumed to be irrotional (Mach numbers normal to shock waves less than about 1.3) and the full potential equation is solved to obtain detailed results for the leading edge expansion, supercritical crossflow, and any crossflow shockwaves. W12SC3 is a linear theory panel method which combines and extends elements of several of Woodward's codes, with emphasis on fighter applications. After a brief review of the aerodynamic theory used by each method, the use of the codes is illustrated with several examples, detailed input instructions and a sample case.

  17. First-principles photoemission spectroscopy in DNA and RNA nucleobases from Koopmans-compliant functionals

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nguyen, Ngoc Linh; Borghi, Giovanni; Ferretti, Andrea; Marzari, Nicola

    The determination of spectral properties of the DNA and RNA nucleobases from first principles can provide theoretical interpretation for experimental data, but requires complex electronic-structure formulations that fall outside the domain of applicability of common approaches such as density-functional theory. In this work, we show that Koopmans-compliant functionals, constructed to enforce piecewise linearity in energy functionals with respect to fractional occupation-i.e., with respect to charged excitations-can predict not only frontier ionization potentials and electron affinities of the nucleobases with accuracy comparable or superior with that of many-body perturbation theory and high-accuracy quantum chemistry methods, but also the molecular photoemission spectra are shown to be in excellent agreement with experimental ultraviolet photoemsision spectroscopy data. The results highlight the role of Koopmans-compliant functionals as accurate and inexpensive quasiparticle approximations to the spectral potential, which transform DFT into a novel dynamical formalism where electronic properties, and not only total energies, can be correctly accounted for.

  18. Linear-scaling method for calculating nuclear magnetic resonance chemical shifts using gauge-including atomic orbitals within Hartree-Fock and density-functional theory.

    PubMed

    Kussmann, Jörg; Ochsenfeld, Christian

    2007-08-07

    Details of a new density matrix-based formulation for calculating nuclear magnetic resonance chemical shifts at both Hartree-Fock and density functional theory levels are presented. For systems with a nonvanishing highest occupied molecular orbital-lowest unoccupied molecular orbital gap, the method allows us to reduce the asymptotic scaling order of the computational effort from cubic to linear, so that molecular systems with 1000 and more atoms can be tackled with today's computers. The key feature is a reformulation of the coupled-perturbed self-consistent field (CPSCF) theory in terms of the one-particle density matrix (D-CPSCF), which avoids entirely the use of canonical MOs. By means of a direct solution for the required perturbed density matrices and the adaptation of linear-scaling integral contraction schemes, the overall scaling of the computational effort is reduced to linear. A particular focus of our formulation is to ensure numerical stability when sparse-algebra routines are used to obtain an overall linear-scaling behavior.

  19. Linear {GLP}-algebras and their elementary theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pakhomov, F. N.

    2016-12-01

    The polymodal provability logic {GLP} was introduced by Japaridze in 1986. It is the provability logic of certain chains of provability predicates of increasing strength. Every polymodal logic corresponds to a variety of polymodal algebras. Beklemishev and Visser asked whether the elementary theory of the free {GLP}-algebra generated by the constants \\mathbf{0}, \\mathbf{1} is decidable [1]. For every positive integer n we solve the corresponding question for the logics {GLP}_n that are the fragments of {GLP} with n modalities. We prove that the elementary theory of the free {GLP}_n-algebra generated by the constants \\mathbf{0}, \\mathbf{1} is decidable for all n. We introduce the notion of a linear {GLP}_n-algebra and prove that all free {GLP}_n-algebras generated by the constants \\mathbf{0}, \\mathbf{1} are linear. We also consider the more general case of the logics {GLP}_α whose modalities are indexed by the elements of a linearly ordered set α: we define the notion of a linear algebra and prove the latter result in this case.

  20. Linearized-moment analysis of the temperature jump and temperature defect in the Knudsen layer of a rarefied gas.

    PubMed

    Gu, Xiao-Jun; Emerson, David R

    2014-06-01

    Understanding the thermal behavior of a rarefied gas remains a fundamental problem. In the present study, we investigate the predictive capabilities of the regularized 13 and 26 moment equations. In this paper, we consider low-speed problems with small gradients, and to simplify the analysis, a linearized set of moment equations is derived to explore a classic temperature problem. Analytical solutions obtained for the linearized 26 moment equations are compared with available kinetic models and can reliably capture all qualitative trends for the temperature-jump coefficient and the associated temperature defect in the thermal Knudsen layer. In contrast, the linearized 13 moment equations lack the necessary physics to capture these effects and consistently underpredict kinetic theory. The deviation from kinetic theory for the 13 moment equations increases significantly for specular reflection of gas molecules, whereas the 26 moment equations compare well with results from kinetic theory. To improve engineering analyses, expressions for the effective thermal conductivity and Prandtl number in the Knudsen layer are derived with the linearized 26 moment equations.

  1. Cosmic-ray streaming perpendicular to the mean magnetic field. II - The gyrophase distribution function

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Forman, M. A.; Jokipii, J. R.

    1978-01-01

    The distribution function of cosmic rays streaming perpendicular to the mean magnetic field in a turbulent medium is reexamined. Urch's (1977) discovery that in quasi-linear theory, the flux is due to particles at 90 deg pitch angle is discussed and shown to be consistent with previous formulations of the theory. It is pointed out that this flux of particles at 90 deg cannot be arbitrarily set equal to zero, and hence the alternative theory which proceeds from this premise is dismissed. A further, basic inconsistency in Urch's transport equation is demonstrated, and the connection between quasi-linear theory and compound diffusion is discussed.

  2. Linear-scaling implementation of molecular response theory in self-consistent field electronic-structure theory.

    PubMed

    Coriani, Sonia; Høst, Stinne; Jansík, Branislav; Thøgersen, Lea; Olsen, Jeppe; Jørgensen, Poul; Reine, Simen; Pawłowski, Filip; Helgaker, Trygve; Sałek, Paweł

    2007-04-21

    A linear-scaling implementation of Hartree-Fock and Kohn-Sham self-consistent field theories for the calculation of frequency-dependent molecular response properties and excitation energies is presented, based on a nonredundant exponential parametrization of the one-electron density matrix in the atomic-orbital basis, avoiding the use of canonical orbitals. The response equations are solved iteratively, by an atomic-orbital subspace method equivalent to that of molecular-orbital theory. Important features of the subspace method are the use of paired trial vectors (to preserve the algebraic structure of the response equations), a nondiagonal preconditioner (for rapid convergence), and the generation of good initial guesses (for robust solution). As a result, the performance of the iterative method is the same as in canonical molecular-orbital theory, with five to ten iterations needed for convergence. As in traditional direct Hartree-Fock and Kohn-Sham theories, the calculations are dominated by the construction of the effective Fock/Kohn-Sham matrix, once in each iteration. Linear complexity is achieved by using sparse-matrix algebra, as illustrated in calculations of excitation energies and frequency-dependent polarizabilities of polyalanine peptides containing up to 1400 atoms.

  3. Protein side chain rotational isomerization: A minimum perturbation mapping study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Haydock, Christopher

    1993-05-01

    A theory of the rotational isomerization of the indole side chain of tryptophan-47 of variant-3 scorpion neurotoxin is presented. The isomerization potential energy, entropic part of the isomerization free energy, isomer probabilities, transition state theory reaction rates, and indole order parameters are calculated from a minimum perturbation mapping over tryptophan-47 χ1×χ2 torsion space. A new method for calculating the fluorescence anisotropy from molecular dynamics simulations is proposed. The method is based on an expansion that separates transition dipole orientation from chromophore dynamics. The minimum perturbation potential energy map is inverted and applied as a bias potential for a 100 ns umbrella sampling simulation. The entropic part of the isomerization free energy as calculated by minimum perturbation mapping and umbrella sampling are in fairly close agreement. Throughout, the approximation is made that two glutamine and three tyrosine side chains neighboring tryptophan-47 are truncated at the Cβ atom. Comparison with the previous combination thermodynamic perturbation and umbrella sampling study suggests that this truncated neighbor side chain approximation leads to at least a qualitatively correct theory of tryptophan-47 rotational isomerization in the wild type variant-3 scorpion neurotoxin. Analysis of van der Waals interactions in a transition state region indicates that for the simulation of barrier crossing trajectories a linear combination of three specially defined dihedral angles will be superior to a simple side chain dihedral reaction coordinate.

  4. Couple stress theory of curved rods. 2-D, high order, Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zozulya, V. V.

    2017-01-01

    New models for plane curved rods based on linear couple stress theory of elasticity have been developed.2-D theory is developed from general 2-D equations of linear couple stress elasticity using a special curvilinear system of coordinates related to the middle line of the rod as well as special hypothesis based on assumptions that take into account the fact that the rod is thin. High order theory is based on the expansion of the equations of the theory of elasticity into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials. First, stress and strain tensors, vectors of displacements and rotation along with body forces have been expanded into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials with respect to a thickness coordinate.Thereby, all equations of elasticity including Hooke's law have been transformed to the corresponding equations for Fourier coefficients. Then, in the same way as in the theory of elasticity, a system of differential equations in terms of displacements and boundary conditions for Fourier coefficients have been obtained. Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli theories are based on the classical hypothesis and the 2-D equations of linear couple stress theory of elasticity in a special curvilinear system. The obtained equations can be used to calculate stress-strain and to model thin walled structures in macro, micro and nano scales when taking into account couple stress and rotation effects.

  5. Chaos in World Politics: A Reflection

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ferreira, Manuel Alberto Martins; Filipe, José António Candeias Bonito; Coelho, Manuel F. P.; Pedro, Isabel C.

    Chaos theory results from natural scientists' findings in the area of non-linear dynamics. The importance of related models has increased in the last decades, by studying the temporal evolution of non-linear systems. In consequence, chaos is one of the concepts that most rapidly have been expanded in what research topics respects. Considering that relationships in non-linear systems are unstable, chaos theory aims to understand and to explain this kind of unpredictable aspects of nature, social life, the uncertainties, the nonlinearities, the disorders and confusion, scientifically it represents a disarray connection, but basically it involves much more than that. The existing close relationship between change and time seems essential to understand what happens in the basics of chaos theory. In fact, this theory got a crucial role in the explanation of many phenomena. The relevance of this kind of theories has been well recognized to explain social phenomena and has permitted new advances in the study of social systems. Chaos theory has also been applied, particularly in the context of politics, in this area. The goal of this chapter is to make a reflection on chaos theory - and dynamical systems such as the theories of complexity - in terms of the interpretation of political issues, considering some kind of events in the political context and also considering the macro-strategic ideas of states positioning in the international stage.

  6. Next-to-next-to-leading order gravitational spin-squared potential via the effective field theory for spinning objects in the post-Newtonian scheme

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Levi, Michele; Steinhoff, Jan, E-mail: michele.levi@upmc.fr, E-mail: jan.steinhoff@aei.mpg.de

    2016-01-01

    The next-to-next-to-leading order spin-squared interaction potential for generic compact binaries is derived for the first time via the effective field theory for gravitating spinning objects in the post-Newtonian scheme. The spin-squared sector is an intricate one, as it requires the consideration of the point particle action beyond minimal coupling, and mainly involves the spin-squared worldline couplings, which are quite complex, compared to the worldline couplings from the minimal coupling part of the action. This sector also involves the linear in spin couplings, as we go up in the nonlinearity of the interaction, and in the loop order. Hence, there ismore » an excessive increase in the number of Feynman diagrams, of which more are higher loop ones. We provide all the Feynman diagrams and their values. The beneficial ''nonrelativistic gravitational'' fields are employed in the computation. This spin-squared correction, which enters at the fourth post-Newtonian order for rapidly rotating compact objects, completes the conservative sector up to the fourth post-Newtonian accuracy. The robustness of the effective field theory for gravitating spinning objects is shown here once again, as demonstrated in a recent series of papers by the authors, which obtained all spin dependent sectors, required up to the fourth post-Newtonian accuracy. The effective field theory of spinning objects allows to directly obtain the equations of motion, and the Hamiltonians, and these will be derived for the potential obtained here in a forthcoming paper.« less

  7. Finite Density Condensation and Scattering Data: A Study in ϕ4 Lattice Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gattringer, Christof; Giuliani, Mario; Orasch, Oliver

    2018-06-01

    We study the quantum field theory of a charged ϕ4 field in lattice regularization at finite density and low temperature in 2 and 4 dimensions with the goal of analyzing the connection of condensation phenomena to scattering data in a nonperturbative way. The sign problem of the theory at nonzero chemical potential μ is overcome by using a worldline representation for the Monte Carlo simulation. At low temperature we study the particle number as a function of μ and observe the steps for 1-, 2-, and 3-particle condensation. We determine the corresponding critical values μncrit , n =1 , 2, 3 and analyze their dependence on the spatial extent L of the lattice. Linear combinations of the μncrit give the interaction energies in the 2- and 3-particle sectors and their dependence on L is related to scattering data by Lüscher's formula and its generalizations to three particles. For two dimensions we determine the scattering phase shift and for four dimensions the scattering length. We cross-check our results with a determination of the mass and the 2- and 3-particle energies from conventional 2-, 4-, and 6-point correlators at zero chemical potential. The letter demonstrates that the physics of condensation at finite density and low temperature is closely related to scattering data of a quantum field theory.

  8. On the cosmology of scalar-tensor-vector gravity theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jamali, Sara; Roshan, Mahmood; Amendola, Luca

    2018-01-01

    We consider the cosmological consequences of a special scalar-tensor-vector theory of gravity, known as MOG (for MOdified Gravity), proposed to address the dark matter problem. This theory introduces two scalar fields G(x) and μ(x), and one vector field phiα(x), in addition to the metric tensor. We set the corresponding self-interaction potentials to zero, as in the standard form of MOG. Then using the phase space analysis in the flat Friedmann-Robertson-Walker background, we show that the theory possesses a viable sequence of cosmological epochs with acceptable time dependency for the cosmic scale factor. We also investigate MOG's potential as a dark energy model and show that extra fields in MOG cannot provide a late time accelerated expansion. Furthermore, using a dynamical system approach to solve the non-linear field equations numerically, we calculate the angular size of the sound horizon, i.e. θs, in MOG. We find that 8× 10‑3rad<θs<8.2× 10‑3 rad which is way outside the current observational bounds. Finally, we generalize MOG to a modified form called mMOG, and we find that mMOG passes the sound-horizon constraint. However, mMOG also cannot be considered as a dark energy model unless one adds a cosmological constant, and more importantly, the matter dominated era is still slightly different from the standard case.

  9. Determination of Surface Potential and Electrical Double-Layer Structure at the Aqueous Electrolyte-Nanoparticle Interface

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brown, Matthew A.; Abbas, Zareen; Kleibert, Armin; Green, Richard G.; Goel, Alok; May, Sylvio; Squires, Todd M.

    2016-01-01

    The structure of the electrical double layer has been debated for well over a century, since it mediates colloidal interactions, regulates surface structure, controls reactivity, sets capacitance, and represents the central element of electrochemical supercapacitors. The surface potential of such surfaces generally exceeds the electrokinetic potential, often substantially. Traditionally, a Stern layer of nonspecifically adsorbed ions has been invoked to rationalize the difference between these two potentials; however, the inability to directly measure the surface potential of dispersed systems has rendered quantitative measurements of the Stern layer potential, and other quantities associated with the outer Helmholtz plane, impossible. Here, we use x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy from a liquid microjet to measure the absolute surface potentials of silica nanoparticles dispersed in aqueous electrolytes. We quantitatively determine the impact of specific cations (Li+ , Na+ , K+ , and Cs+ ) in chloride electrolytes on the surface potential, the location of the shear plane, and the capacitance of the Stern layer. We find that the magnitude of the surface potential increases linearly with the hydrated-cation radius. Interpreting our data using the simplest assumptions and most straightforward understanding of Gouy-Chapman-Stern theory reveals a Stern layer whose thickness corresponds to a single layer of water molecules hydrating the silica surface, plus the radius of the hydrated cation. These results subject electrical double-layer theories to direct and falsifiable tests to reveal a physically intuitive and quantitatively verified picture of the Stern layer that is consistent across multiple electrolytes and solution conditions.

  10. Axion cosmology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Marsh, David J. E.

    2016-07-01

    Axions comprise a broad class of particles that can play a major role in explaining the unknown aspects of cosmology. They are also well-motivated within high energy physics, appearing in theories related to CP-violation in the standard model, supersymmetric theories, and theories with extra-dimensions, including string theory, and so axion cosmology offers us a unique view onto these theories. I review the motivation and models for axions in particle physics and string theory. I then present a comprehensive and pedagogical view on the cosmology and astrophysics of axion-like particles, starting from inflation and progressing via BBN, the CMB, reionization and structure formation, up to the present-day Universe. Topics covered include: axion dark matter (DM); direct and indirect detection of axions, reviewing existing and future experiments; axions as dark radiation; axions and the cosmological constant problem; decays of heavy axions; axions and stellar astrophysics; black hole superradiance; axions and astrophysical magnetic fields; axion inflation, and axion DM as an indirect probe of inflation. A major focus is on the population of ultralight axions created via vacuum realignment, and its role as a DM candidate with distinctive phenomenology. Cosmological observations place robust constraints on the axion mass and relic density in this scenario, and I review where such constraints come from. I next cover aspects of galaxy formation with axion DM, and ways this can be used to further search for evidence of axions. An absolute lower bound on DM particle mass is established. It is ma > 10-24eV from linear observables, extending to ma ≳ 10-22eV from non-linear observables, and has the potential to reach ma ≳ 10-18eV in the future. These bounds are weaker if the axion is not all of the DM, giving rise to limits on the relic density at low mass. This leads to the exciting possibility that the effects of axion DM on structure formation could one day be detected, and the axion mass and relic density measured from cosmological observables.

  11. Linewidth and lineshift parameters of rotation-vibration transitions of linear molecule perturbed by inert gas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Johri, Manoj; Johri, Gajendra K.; Rishishwar, Rajendra P.

    1990-12-01

    The study of spectral lineshape is important to understand intermolecular forces1-5. We have calculated the linewidth and the lineshift for different rotation-vibration transitions of linear molecules (CO and HCl) perturbed by argon using generalized interaction potential4. The Murphy Boggs6 (MB), Mehrotra Boggs7 and perturbation theories have been used for the linewidth calculation. The lineshift parameters have been calculated using the MEB theory7 including the phase shift effect and ignoring Ji=Ji and Jf=Jf transitions. In these calculation the variation of the rotational constant with the vibrational quantum number has been taken into account. The calculated lineshift parameters decrease with an increase in the initial rotation quamtum numbers (Ji). It remains positive for the lower values of Ji and becomes negative for the higher values of Ji where as the measured8 values are negative for all the transitions. The calculated linewidth parameters using the MEB theory7 are lower by about 15% than the measured values for CO-A collisions. The vibrational dependence in CO-A collisions show significant change in the lineshift. For H Cl-A collisions the discrepancy between the calculated lienwidth parameters using the Mehrotra Boggs theory and the measured9 values is about 46% for J=0-1 transitions and decreases to 22% for J=8-9 transition. The results of the perturbation theory do not show regular variation of the linewidth parameters with the rotational state. The linewidth parameters using the Murphy Boggs theory are lower than the measured9 values by about 50% for all the transitions considered. It is found that the contribution of the diabetic collisions is important as included in the perturbtive and the Mehrotra Boggs approaches. Further, if the pressure broadening method is used to probe anisotropy of the intermolecular forces, there is need of modifying the existing theoretical models and the experimental techniques.

  12. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

  13. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro, E-mail: zvlah@stanford.edu, E-mail: mwhite@berkeley.edu, E-mail: aviles@berkeley.edu

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The 'new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. All the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

  14. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    DOE PAGES

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

    2015-09-02

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

  15. Semigroup theory and numerical approximation for equations in linear viscoelasticity

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fabiano, R. H.; Ito, K.

    1990-01-01

    A class of abstract integrodifferential equations used to model linear viscoelastic beams is investigated analytically, applying a Hilbert-space approach. The basic equation is rewritten as a Cauchy problem, and its well-posedness is demonstrated. Finite-dimensional subspaces of the state space and an estimate of the state operator are obtained; approximation schemes for the equations are constructed; and the convergence is proved using the Trotter-Kato theorem of linear semigroup theory. The actual convergence behavior of different approximations is demonstrated in numerical computations, and the results are presented in tables.

  16. High power coaxial ubitron

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Balkcum, Adam J.

    In the ubitron, also known as the free electron laser, high power coherent radiation is generated from the interaction of an undulating electron beam with an electromagnetic signal and a static periodic magnetic wiggler field. These devices have experimentally produced high power spanning the microwave to x-ray regimes. Potential applications range from microwave radar to the study of solid state material properties. In this dissertation, the efficient production of high power microwaves (HPM) is investigated for a ubitron employing a coaxial circuit and wiggler. Designs for the particular applications of an advanced high gradient linear accelerator driver and a directed energy source are presented. The coaxial ubitron is inherently suited for the production of HPM. It utilizes an annular electron beam to drive the low loss, RF breakdown resistant TE01 mode of a large coaxial circuit. The device's large cross-sectional area greatly reduces RF wall heat loading and the current density loading at the cathode required to produce the moderate energy (500 keV) but high current (1-10 kA) annular electron beam. Focusing and wiggling of the beam is achieved using coaxial annular periodic permanent magnet (PPM) stacks without a solenoidal guide magnetic field. This wiggler configuration is compact, efficient and can propagate the multi-kiloampere electron beams required for many HPM applications. The coaxial PPM ubitron in a traveling wave amplifier, cavity oscillator and klystron configuration is investigated using linear theory and simulation codes. A condition for the dc electron beam stability in the coaxial wiggler is derived and verified using the 2-1/2 dimensional particle-in-cell code, MAGIC. New linear theories for the cavity start-oscillation current and gain in a klystron are derived. A self-consistent nonlinear theory for the ubitron-TWT and a new nonlinear theory for the ubitron oscillator are presented. These form the basis for simulation codes which, along with MAGIC, are used to design a representative 200 MW, 40% efficient, X-band amplifier for linear accelerators and a 1 GW, 21% efficient, S-band oscillator for directed energy. The technique of axial mode profiling in the ubitron cavity oscillator is also proposed and shown to increase the simulated interaction efficiency to 46%. These devices are realizable and their experimental implementation, including electron beam formation and spurious mode suppression techniques, is discussed.

  17. Quantum Kramers model: Corrections to the linear response theory for continuous bath spectrum

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rips, Ilya

    2017-01-01

    Decay of the metastable state is analyzed within the quantum Kramers model in the weak-to-intermediate dissipation regime. The decay kinetics in this regime is determined by energy exchange between the unstable mode and the stable modes of thermal bath. In our previous paper [Phys. Rev. A 42, 4427 (1990), 10.1103/PhysRevA.42.4427], Grabert's perturbative approach to well dynamics in the case of the discrete bath [Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 1683 (1988), 10.1103/PhysRevLett.61.1683] has been extended to account for the second order terms in the classical equations of motion (EOM) for the stable modes. Account of the secular terms reduces EOM for the stable modes to those of the forced oscillator with the time-dependent frequency (TDF oscillator). Analytic expression for the characteristic function of energy loss of the unstable mode has been derived in terms of the generating function of the transition probabilities for the quantum forced TDF oscillator. In this paper, the approach is further developed and applied to the case of the continuous frequency spectrum of the bath. The spectral density functions of the bath of stable modes are expressed in terms of the dissipative properties (the friction function) of the original bath. They simplify considerably for the one-dimensional systems, when the density of phonon states is constant. Explicit expressions for the fourth order corrections to the linear response theory result for the characteristic function of the energy loss and its cumulants are obtained for the particular case of the cubic potential with Ohmic (Markovian) dissipation. The range of validity of the perturbative approach in this case is determined (γ /ωb<0.26 ), which includes the turnover region. The dominant correction to the linear response theory result is associated with the "work function" and leads to reduction of the average energy loss and its dispersion. This reduction increases with the increasing dissipation strength (up to ˜10 % ) within the range of validity of the approach. We have also calculated corrections to the depopulation factor and the escape rate for the quantum and for the classical Kramers models. Results for the classical escape rate are in very good agreement with the numerical simulations for high barriers. The results can serve as an additional proof of the robustness and accuracy of the linear response theory.

  18. Quantum Kramers model: Corrections to the linear response theory for continuous bath spectrum.

    PubMed

    Rips, Ilya

    2017-01-01

    Decay of the metastable state is analyzed within the quantum Kramers model in the weak-to-intermediate dissipation regime. The decay kinetics in this regime is determined by energy exchange between the unstable mode and the stable modes of thermal bath. In our previous paper [Phys. Rev. A 42, 4427 (1990)PLRAAN1050-294710.1103/PhysRevA.42.4427], Grabert's perturbative approach to well dynamics in the case of the discrete bath [Phys. Rev. Lett. 61, 1683 (1988)PRLTAO0031-900710.1103/PhysRevLett.61.1683] has been extended to account for the second order terms in the classical equations of motion (EOM) for the stable modes. Account of the secular terms reduces EOM for the stable modes to those of the forced oscillator with the time-dependent frequency (TDF oscillator). Analytic expression for the characteristic function of energy loss of the unstable mode has been derived in terms of the generating function of the transition probabilities for the quantum forced TDF oscillator. In this paper, the approach is further developed and applied to the case of the continuous frequency spectrum of the bath. The spectral density functions of the bath of stable modes are expressed in terms of the dissipative properties (the friction function) of the original bath. They simplify considerably for the one-dimensional systems, when the density of phonon states is constant. Explicit expressions for the fourth order corrections to the linear response theory result for the characteristic function of the energy loss and its cumulants are obtained for the particular case of the cubic potential with Ohmic (Markovian) dissipation. The range of validity of the perturbative approach in this case is determined (γ/ω_{b}<0.26), which includes the turnover region. The dominant correction to the linear response theory result is associated with the "work function" and leads to reduction of the average energy loss and its dispersion. This reduction increases with the increasing dissipation strength (up to ∼10%) within the range of validity of the approach. We have also calculated corrections to the depopulation factor and the escape rate for the quantum and for the classical Kramers models. Results for the classical escape rate are in very good agreement with the numerical simulations for high barriers. The results can serve as an additional proof of the robustness and accuracy of the linear response theory.

  19. DBI potential, DBI inflation action and general Lagrangian relative to phantom, K-essence and quintessence

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Qing; Huang, Yong-Chang, E-mail: ychuang@bjut.edu.cn

    We derive a Dirac-Born-Infeld (DBI) potential and DBI inflation action by rescaling the metric. The determinant of the induced metric naturally includes the kinetic energy and the potential energy. In particular, the potential energy and kinetic energy can convert into each other in any order, which is in agreement with the limit of classical physics. This is quite different from the usual DBI action. We show that the Taylor expansion of the DBI action can be reduced into the form in the non-linear classical physics. These investigations are the support for the statement that the results of string theory aremore » consistent with quantum mechanics and classical physics. We deduce the Phantom, K-essence, Quintessence and Generalized Klein-Gordon Equation from the DBI model.« less

  20. Geometric Theory of Reduction of Nonlinear Control Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Elkin, V. I.

    2018-02-01

    The foundations of a differential geometric theory of nonlinear control systems are described on the basis of categorical concepts (isomorphism, factorization, restrictions) by analogy with classical mathematical theories (of linear spaces, groups, etc.).

  1. Development as a Complex Process of Change: Conception and Analysis of Projects, Programs and Policies

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Nordtveit, Bjorn Harald

    2010-01-01

    Development is often understood as a linear process of change towards Western modernity, a vision that is challenged by this paper, arguing that development efforts should rather be connected to the local stakeholders' sense of their own development. Further, the paper contends that Complexity Theory is more effective than a linear theory of…

  2. The generic world-sheet action of irrational conformal field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Clubok, K.; Halpern, M.B.

    1995-05-01

    We review developments in the world-sheet action formulation of the generic irrational conformal field theory, including the non-linear and the linearized forms of the action. These systems form a large class of spin-two gauged WZW actions which exhibit exotic gravitational couplings. Integrating out the gravitational field, we also speculate on a connection with sigma models.

  3. Linear dispersion relation for the mirror instability in context of the gyrokinetic theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Porazik, Peter; Johnson, Jay R.

    2013-10-15

    The linear dispersion relation for the mirror instability is discussed in context of the gyrokinetic theory. The objective is to provide a coherent view of different kinetic approaches used to derive the dispersion relation. The method based on gyrocenter phase space transformations is adopted in order to display the origin and ordering of various terms.

  4. Electrophoresis in strong electric fields.

    PubMed

    Barany, Sandor

    2009-01-01

    Two kinds of non-linear electrophoresis (ef) that can be detected in strong electric fields (several hundred V/cm) are considered. The first ("classical" non-linear ef) is due to the interaction of the outer field with field-induced ionic charges in the electric double layer (EDL) under conditions, when field-induced variations of electrolyte concentration remain to be small comparatively to its equilibrium value. According to the Shilov theory, the non-linear component of the electrophoretic velocity for dielectric particles is proportional to the cubic power of the applied field strength (cubic electrophoresis) and to the second power of the particles radius; it is independent of the zeta-potential but is determined by the surface conductivity of particles. The second one, the so-called "superfast electrophoresis" is connected with the interaction of a strong outer field with a secondary diffuse layer of counterions (space charge) that is induced outside the primary (classical) diffuse EDL by the external field itself because of concentration polarization. The Dukhin-Mishchuk theory of "superfast electrophoresis" predicts quadratic dependence of the electrophoretic velocity of unipolar (ionically or electronically) conducting particles on the external field gradient and linear dependence on the particle's size in strong electric fields. These are in sharp contrast to the laws of classical electrophoresis (no dependence of V(ef) on the particle's size and linear dependence on the electric field gradient). A new method to measure the ef velocity of particles in strong electric fields is developed that is based on separation of the effects of sedimentation and electrophoresis using videoimaging and a new flowcell and use of short electric pulses. To test the "classical" non-linear electrophoresis, we have measured the ef velocity of non-conducting polystyrene, aluminium-oxide and (semiconductor) graphite particles as well as Saccharomice cerevisiae yeast cells as a function of the electric field strength, particle size, electrolyte concentration and the adsorbed polymer amount. It has been shown that the electrophoretic velocity of the particles/cells increases with field strength linearly up to about 100 and 200 V/cm (for cells) without and with adsorbed polymers both in pure water and in electrolyte solutions. In line with the theoretical predictions, in stronger fields substantial non-linear effects were recorded (V(ef)~E(3)). The ef velocity of unipolar ion-type conducting (ion-exchanger particles and fibres), electron-type conducting (magnesium and Mg/Al alloy) and semiconductor particles (graphite, activated carbon, pyrite, molybdenite) increases significantly with the electric field (V(ef)~E(2)) and the particle's size but is almost independent of the ionic strength. These trends are inconsistent with Smoluchowski's equation for dielectric particles, but are consistent with the Dukhin-Mishchuk theory of superfast electrophoresis.

  5. Incompressible boundary-layer stability analysis of LFC experimental data for sub-critical Mach numbers. M.S. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Berry, S. A.

    1986-01-01

    An incompressible boundary-layer stability analysis of Laminar Flow Control (LFC) experimental data was completed and the results are presented. This analysis was undertaken for three reasons: to study laminar boundary-layer stability on a modern swept LFC airfoil; to calculate incompressible design limits of linear stability theory as applied to a modern airfoil at high subsonic speeds; and to verify the use of linear stability theory as a design tool. The experimental data were taken from the slotted LFC experiment recently completed in the NASA Langley 8-Foot Transonic Pressure Tunnel. Linear stability theory was applied and the results were compared with transition data to arrive at correlated n-factors. Results of the analysis showed that for the configuration and cases studied, Tollmien-Schlichting (TS) amplification was the dominating disturbance influencing transition. For these cases, incompressible linear stability theory correlated with an n-factor for TS waves of approximately 10 at transition. The n-factor method correlated rather consistently to this value despite a number of non-ideal conditions which indicates the method is useful as a design tool for advanced laminar flow airfoils.

  6. Computation of Nonlinear Hydrodynamic Loads on Floating Wind Turbines Using Fluid-Impulse Theory: Preprint

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kok Yan Chan, G.; Sclavounos, P. D.; Jonkman, J.

    2015-04-02

    A hydrodynamics computer module was developed for the evaluation of the linear and nonlinear loads on floating wind turbines using a new fluid-impulse formulation for coupling with the FAST program. The recently developed formulation allows the computation of linear and nonlinear loads on floating bodies in the time domain and avoids the computationally intensive evaluation of temporal and nonlinear free-surface problems and efficient methods are derived for its computation. The body instantaneous wetted surface is approximated by a panel mesh and the discretization of the free surface is circumvented by using the Green function. The evaluation of the nonlinear loadsmore » is based on explicit expressions derived by the fluid-impulse theory, which can be computed efficiently. Computations are presented of the linear and nonlinear loads on the MIT/NREL tension-leg platform. Comparisons were carried out with frequency-domain linear and second-order methods. Emphasis was placed on modeling accuracy of the magnitude of nonlinear low- and high-frequency wave loads in a sea state. Although fluid-impulse theory is applied to floating wind turbines in this paper, the theory is applicable to other offshore platforms as well.« less

  7. Finite temperature static charge screening in quantum plasmas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eliasson, B.; Akbari-Moghanjoughi, M.

    2016-07-01

    The shielding potential around a test charge is calculated, using the linearized quantum hydrodynamic formulation with the statistical pressure and Bohm potential derived from finite temperature kinetic theory, and the temperature effects on the force between ions is assessed. The derived screening potential covers the full range of electron degeneracy in the equation of state of the plasma electrons. An attractive force between shielded ions in an arbitrary degenerate plasma exists below a critical temperature and density. The effect of the temperature on the screening potential profile qualitatively describes the ion-ion bound interaction strength and length variations. This may be used to investigate physical properties of plasmas and in molecular-dynamics simulations of fermion plasma. It is further shown that the Bohm potential including the kinetic corrections has a profound effect on the Thomson scattering cross section in quantum plasmas with arbitrary degeneracy.

  8. Learning quadratic receptive fields from neural responses to natural stimuli.

    PubMed

    Rajan, Kanaka; Marre, Olivier; Tkačik, Gašper

    2013-07-01

    Models of neural responses to stimuli with complex spatiotemporal correlation structure often assume that neurons are selective for only a small number of linear projections of a potentially high-dimensional input. In this review, we explore recent modeling approaches where the neural response depends on the quadratic form of the input rather than on its linear projection, that is, the neuron is sensitive to the local covariance structure of the signal preceding the spike. To infer this quadratic dependence in the presence of arbitrary (e.g., naturalistic) stimulus distribution, we review several inference methods, focusing in particular on two information theory-based approaches (maximization of stimulus energy and of noise entropy) and two likelihood-based approaches (Bayesian spike-triggered covariance and extensions of generalized linear models). We analyze the formal relationship between the likelihood-based and information-based approaches to demonstrate how they lead to consistent inference. We demonstrate the practical feasibility of these procedures by using model neurons responding to a flickering variance stimulus.

  9. Optimal space of linear classical observables for Maxwell k-forms via spacelike and timelike compact de Rham cohomologies

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Benini, Marco, E-mail: mbenini87@gmail.com, E-mail: mbenini@uni-potsdam.de

    Being motivated by open questions in gauge field theories, we consider non-standard de Rham cohomology groups for timelike compact and spacelike compact support systems. These cohomology groups are shown to be isomorphic respectively to the usual de Rham cohomology of a spacelike Cauchy surface and its counterpart with compact support. Furthermore, an analog of the usual Poincaré duality for de Rham cohomology is shown to hold for the case with non-standard supports as well. We apply these results to find optimal spaces of linear observables for analogs of arbitrary degree k of both the vector potential and the Faraday tensor.more » The term optimal has to be intended in the following sense: The spaces of linear observables we consider distinguish between different configurations; in addition to that, there are no redundant observables. This last point in particular heavily relies on the analog of Poincaré duality for the new cohomology groups.« less

  10. Robust root clustering for linear uncertain systems using generalized Lyapunov theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yedavalli, R. K.

    1993-01-01

    Consideration is given to the problem of matrix root clustering in subregions of a complex plane for linear state space models with real parameter uncertainty. The nominal matrix root clustering theory of Gutman & Jury (1981) using the generalized Liapunov equation is extended to the perturbed matrix case, and bounds are derived on the perturbation to maintain root clustering inside a given region. The theory makes it possible to obtain an explicit relationship between the parameters of the root clustering region and the uncertainty range of the parameter space.

  11. Massive spin-2 scattering and asymptotic superluminality

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hinterbichler, Kurt; Joyce, Austin; Rosen, Rachel A.

    2018-03-01

    We place model-independent constraints on theories of massive spin-2 particles by considering the positivity of the phase shift in eikonal scattering. The phase shift is an asymptotic S-matrix observable, related to the time delay/advance experienced by a particle during scattering. Demanding the absence of a time advance leads to constraints on the cubic vertices present in the theory. We find that, in theories with massive spin-2 particles, requiring no time advance means that either: (i) the cubic vertices must appear as a particular linear combination of the Einstein-Hilbert cubic vertex and an h μν 3 potential term or (ii) new degrees of freedom or strong coupling must enter at parametrically the mass of the massive spin-2 field. These conclusions have implications for a variety of situations. Applied to theories of large- N QCD, this indicates that any spectrum with an isolated massive spin-2 at the bottom must have these particular cubic self-couplings. Applied to de Rham-Gabadadze-Tolley massive gravity, the constraint is in accord with results obtained from a shockwave calculation: of the two free dimensionless parameters in the theory there is a one parameter line consistent with a subluminal phase shift.

  12. Self-consistent field theory of tethered polymers: one dimensional, three dimensional, strong stretching theories and the effects of excluded-volume-only interactions.

    PubMed

    Suo, Tongchuan; Whitmore, Mark D

    2014-11-28

    We examine end-tethered polymers in good solvents, using one- and three-dimensional self-consistent field theory, and strong stretching theories. We also discuss different tethering scenarios, namely, mobile tethers, fixed but random ones, and fixed but ordered ones, and the effects and important limitations of including only binary interactions (excluded volume terms). We find that there is a "mushroom" regime in which the layer thickness is independent of the tethering density, σ, for systems with ordered tethers, but we argue that there is no such plateau for mobile or disordered anchors, nor is there one in the 1D theory. In the other limit of brushes, all approaches predict that the layer thickness scales linearly with N. However, the σ(1/3) scaling is a result of keeping only excluded volume interactions: when the full potential is included, the dependence is faster and more complicated than σ(1/3). In fact, there does not appear to be any regime in which the layer thickness scales in the combination Nσ(1/3). We also compare the results for two different solvents with each other, and with earlier Θ solvent results.

  13. Excited-state potential-energy surfaces of metal-adsorbed organic molecules from linear expansion Δ-self-consistent field density-functional theory (ΔSCF-DFT).

    PubMed

    Maurer, Reinhard J; Reuter, Karsten

    2013-07-07

    Accurate and efficient simulation of excited state properties is an important and much aspired cornerstone in the study of adsorbate dynamics on metal surfaces. To this end, the recently proposed linear expansion Δ-self-consistent field method by Gavnholt et al. [Phys. Rev. B 78, 075441 (2008)] presents an efficient alternative to time consuming quasi-particle calculations. In this method, the standard Kohn-Sham equations of density-functional theory are solved with the constraint of a non-equilibrium occupation in a region of Hilbert-space resembling gas-phase orbitals of the adsorbate. In this work, we discuss the applicability of this method for the excited-state dynamics of metal-surface mounted organic adsorbates, specifically in the context of molecular switching. We present necessary advancements to allow for a consistent quality description of excited-state potential-energy surfaces (PESs), and illustrate the concept with the application to Azobenzene adsorbed on Ag(111) and Au(111) surfaces. We find that the explicit inclusion of substrate electronic states modifies the topologies of intra-molecular excited-state PESs of the molecule due to image charge and hybridization effects. While the molecule in gas phase shows a clear energetic separation of resonances that induce isomerization and backreaction, the surface-adsorbed molecule does not. The concomitant possibly simultaneous induction of both processes would lead to a significantly reduced switching efficiency of such a mechanism.

  14. Nonequilibrium Phase Transitions and a Nonequilibrium Critical Point from Anti-de Sitter Space and Conformal Field Theory Correspondence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nakamura, Shin

    2012-09-01

    We find novel phase transitions and critical phenomena that occur only outside the linear-response regime of current-driven nonequilibrium states. We consider the strongly interacting (3+1)-dimensional N=4 large-Nc SU(Nc) supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory with a single flavor of fundamental N=2 hypermultiplet as a microscopic theory. We compute its nonlinear nonballistic quark-charge conductivity by using the AdS/CFT correspondence. We find that the system exhibits a novel nonequilibrium first-order phase transition where the conductivity jumps and the sign of the differential conductivity flips at finite current density. A nonequilibrium critical point is discovered at the end point of the first-order regime. We propose a nonequilibrium steady-state analogue of thermodynamic potential in terms of the gravity-dual theory in order to define the transition point. Nonequilibrium analogues of critical exponents are proposed as well. The critical behavior of the conductivity is numerically confirmed on the basis of these proposals. The present work provides a new example of nonequilibrium phase transitions and nonequilibrium critical points.

  15. Head-on collision of ultrarelativistic particles in ghost-free theories of gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frolov, Valeri P.; Zelnikov, Andrei

    2016-03-01

    We study linearized equations of a ghost-free gravity in four- and higher-dimensional spacetimes. We consider versions of such a theory where the nonlocal modification of the □ operator has the form □exp [(-□/μ2)N] , where N =1 or N =2 n . We first obtain the Newtonian gravitational potential for a point mass for such models and demonstrate that it is finite and regular in any number of spatial dimensions d ≥3 . The second result of the paper is calculation of the gravitational field of an ultrarelativistic particle in such theories. And finally, we study a head-on collision of two ultrarelativistic particles. We formulated conditions of the apparent horizon formation and showed that there exists a mass gap for mini-black-hole production in the ghost-free theory of gravity. In the case when the center-of-mass energy is sufficient for the formation of the apparent horizon, the latter has two branches, the outer and the inner ones. When the energy increases the outer horizon tends to the Schwarzschild-Tangherlini limit, while the inner horizon becomes closer to r =0 .

  16. Nonlocal torque operators in ab initio theory of the Gilbert damping in random ferromagnetic alloys

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Turek, I.; Kudrnovský, J.; Drchal, V.

    2015-12-01

    We present an ab initio theory of the Gilbert damping in substitutionally disordered ferromagnetic alloys. The theory rests on introduced nonlocal torques which replace traditional local torque operators in the well-known torque-correlation formula and which can be formulated within the atomic-sphere approximation. The formalism is sketched in a simple tight-binding model and worked out in detail in the relativistic tight-binding linear muffin-tin orbital method and the coherent potential approximation (CPA). The resulting nonlocal torques are represented by nonrandom, non-site-diagonal, and spin-independent matrices, which simplifies the configuration averaging. The CPA-vertex corrections play a crucial role for the internal consistency of the theory and for its exact equivalence to other first-principles approaches based on the random local torques. This equivalence is also illustrated by the calculated Gilbert damping parameters for binary NiFe and FeCo random alloys, for pure iron with a model atomic-level disorder, and for stoichiometric FePt alloys with a varying degree of L 10 atomic long-range order.

  17. Reconstruction of real-space linear matter power spectrum from multipoles of BOSS DR12 results

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Seokcheon

    2018-02-01

    Recently, the power spectrum (PS) multipoles using the Baryon Oscillation Spectroscopic Survey (BOSS) Data Release 12 (DR12) sample are analyzed [1]. The based model for the analysis is the so-called TNS quasi-linear model and the analysis provides the multipoles up to the hexadecapole [2]. Thus, one might be able to recover the real-space linear matter PS by using the combinations of multipoles to investigate the cosmology [3]. We provide the analytic form of the ratio of quadrupole (hexadecapole) to monopole moments of the quasi-linear PS including the Fingers-of-God (FoG) effect to recover the real-space PS in the linear regime. One expects that observed values of the ratios of multipoles should be consistent with those of the linear theory at large scales. Thus, we compare the ratios of multipoles of the linear theory, including the FoG effect with the measured values. From these, we recover the linear matter power spectra in real-space. These recovered power spectra are consistent with the linear matter power spectra.

  18. Simple estimation of linear 1+1 D tsunami run-up

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fuentes, M.; Campos, J. A.; Riquelme, S.

    2016-12-01

    An analytical expression is derived concerning the linear run-up for any given initial wave generated over a sloping bathymetry. Due to the simplicity of the linear formulation, complex transformations are unnecessay, because the shoreline motion is directly obtained in terms of the initial wave. This analytical result not only supports maximum run-up invariance between linear and non-linear theories, but also the time evolution of shoreline motion and velocity. The results exhibit good agreement with the non-linear theory. The present formulation also allows computing the shoreline motion numerically from a customised initial waveform, including non-smooth functions. This is useful for numerical tests, laboratory experiments or realistic cases in which the initial disturbance might be retrieved from seismic data rather than using a theoretical model. It is also shown that the real case studied is consistent with the field observations.

  19. Embeddings of the "New Massive Gravity"

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dalmazi, D.; Mendonça, E. L.

    2016-07-01

    Here we apply different types of embeddings of the equations of motion of the linearized "New Massive Gravity" in order to generate alternative and even higher-order (in derivatives) massive gravity theories in D=2+1. In the first part of the work we use the Weyl symmetry as a guiding principle for the embeddings. First we show that a Noether gauge embedding of the Weyl symmetry leads to a sixth-order model in derivatives with either a massive or a massless ghost, according to the chosen overall sign of the theory. On the other hand, if the Weyl symmetry is implemented by means of a Stueckelberg field we obtain a new scalar-tensor model for massive gravitons. It is ghost-free and Weyl invariant at the linearized level around Minkowski space. The model can be nonlinearly completed into a scalar field coupled to the NMG theory. The elimination of the scalar field leads to a nonlocal modification of the NMG. In the second part of the work we prove to all orders in derivatives that there is no local, ghost-free embedding of the linearized NMG equations of motion around Minkowski space when written in terms of one symmetric tensor. Regarding that point, NMG differs from the Fierz-Pauli theory, since in the latter case we can replace the Einstein-Hilbert action by specific f(R,Box R) generalizations and still keep the theory ghost-free at the linearized level.

  20. Linear spin-2 fields in most general backgrounds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bernard, Laura; Deffayet, Cédric; Schmidt-May, Angnis; von Strauss, Mikael

    2016-04-01

    We derive the full perturbative equations of motion for the most general background solutions in ghost-free bimetric theory in its metric formulation. Clever field redefinitions at the level of fluctuations enable us to circumvent the problem of varying a square-root matrix appearing in the theory. This greatly simplifies the expressions for the linear variation of the bimetric interaction terms. We show that these field redefinitions exist and are uniquely invertible if and only if the variation of the square-root matrix itself has a unique solution, which is a requirement for the linearized theory to be well defined. As an application of our results we examine the constraint structure of ghost-free bimetric theory at the level of linear equations of motion for the first time. We identify a scalar combination of equations which is responsible for the absence of the Boulware-Deser ghost mode in the theory. The bimetric scalar constraint is in general not manifestly covariant in its nature. However, in the massive gravity limit the constraint assumes a covariant form when one of the interaction parameters is set to zero. For that case our analysis provides an alternative and almost trivial proof of the absence of the Boulware-Deser ghost. Our findings generalize previous results in the metric formulation of massive gravity and also agree with studies of its vielbein version.

  1. A Gaussian theory for fluctuations in simple liquids.

    PubMed

    Krüger, Matthias; Dean, David S

    2017-04-07

    Assuming an effective quadratic Hamiltonian, we derive an approximate, linear stochastic equation of motion for the density-fluctuations in liquids, composed of overdamped Brownian particles. From this approach, time dependent two point correlation functions (such as the intermediate scattering function) are derived. We show that this correlation function is exact at short times, for any interaction and, in particular, for arbitrary external potentials so that it applies to confined systems. Furthermore, we discuss the relation of this approach to previous ones, such as dynamical density functional theory as well as the formally exact treatment. This approach, inspired by the well known Landau-Ginzburg Hamiltonians, and the corresponding "Model B" equation of motion, may be seen as its microscopic version, containing information about the details on the particle level.

  2. A Gaussian theory for fluctuations in simple liquids

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krüger, Matthias; Dean, David S.

    2017-04-01

    Assuming an effective quadratic Hamiltonian, we derive an approximate, linear stochastic equation of motion for the density-fluctuations in liquids, composed of overdamped Brownian particles. From this approach, time dependent two point correlation functions (such as the intermediate scattering function) are derived. We show that this correlation function is exact at short times, for any interaction and, in particular, for arbitrary external potentials so that it applies to confined systems. Furthermore, we discuss the relation of this approach to previous ones, such as dynamical density functional theory as well as the formally exact treatment. This approach, inspired by the well known Landau-Ginzburg Hamiltonians, and the corresponding "Model B" equation of motion, may be seen as its microscopic version, containing information about the details on the particle level.

  3. Supersymmetric Sneutrino-Higgs inflation

    DOE PAGES

    Deen, Rehan; Ovrut, Burt A.; Purves, Austin

    2016-10-04

    It is shown that in the phenomenologically realistic supersymmetric MSSM theory, a linear combination of the neutral, up Higgs field with the third family left- and right-handed sneutrinos can play the role of the cosmological inflaton. Assuming that supersymmetry is softly broken at a mass scale of order , the potential energy associated with this field allows for 60 e-foldings of inflation with the cosmological parameters being consistent with all Planck2015 data. The theory does not require any non-standard coupling to gravity and the physical fields are all sub-Planckian during the inflationary epoch. It will be shown that there ismore » a “robust” set of initial conditions which, in addition to satisfying the Planck data, simultaneously are consistent with all present LHC phenomenological requirements.« less

  4. Kinetic theory for the ion humps at the foot of the Earth's bow shock

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jovanovic, D.; Krasnoselskikh, V. V.

    2009-10-15

    The nonlinear kinetic theory is presented for the ion acoustic perturbations at the foot of the Earth's quasiperpendicular bow shock, that is characterized by weakly magnetized electrons and unmagnetized ions. The streaming ions, due to the reflection of the solar wind ions from the shock, provide the free energy source for the linear instability of the acoustic wave. In the fully nonlinear regime, a coherent localized solution is found in the form of a stationary ion hump, which is traveling with the velocity close to the phase velocity of the linear mode. The structure is supported by the nonlinearities comingmore » from the increased population of the resonant beam ions, trapped in the self-consistent potential. As their size in the direction perpendicular to the local magnetic field is somewhat smaller that the electron Larmor radius and much larger that the Debye length, their spatial properties are determined by the effects of the magnetic field on weakly magnetized electrons. These coherent structures provide a theoretical explanation for the bipolar electric pulses, observed upstream of the shock by Polar and Cluster satellite missions.« less

  5. Relativistic interpretation of Newtonian simulations for cosmic structure formation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fidler, Christian; Tram, Thomas; Crittenden, Robert

    2016-09-01

    The standard numerical tools for studying non-linear collapse of matter are Newtonian N -body simulations. Previous work has shown that these simulations are in accordance with General Relativity (GR) up to first order in perturbation theory, provided that the effects from radiation can be neglected. In this paper we show that the present day matter density receives more than 1% corrections from radiation on large scales if Newtonian simulations are initialised before z =50. We provide a relativistic framework in which unmodified Newtonian simulations are compatible with linear GR even in the presence of radiation. Our idea is to usemore » GR perturbation theory to keep track of the evolution of relativistic species and the relativistic space-time consistent with the Newtonian trajectories computed in N -body simulations. If metric potentials are sufficiently small, they can be computed using a first-order Einstein–Boltzmann code such as CLASS. We make this idea rigorous by defining a class of GR gauges, the Newtonian motion gauges, which are defined such that matter particles follow Newtonian trajectories. We construct a simple example of a relativistic space-time within which unmodified Newtonian simulations can be interpreted.« less

  6. Tracking the dynamics of divergent thinking via semantic distance: Analytic methods and theoretical implications.

    PubMed

    Hass, Richard W

    2017-02-01

    Divergent thinking has often been used as a proxy measure of creative thinking, but this practice lacks a foundation in modern cognitive psychological theory. This article addresses several issues with the classic divergent-thinking methodology and presents a new theoretical and methodological framework for cognitive divergent-thinking studies. A secondary analysis of a large dataset of divergent-thinking responses is presented. Latent semantic analysis was used to examine the potential changes in semantic distance between responses and the concept represented by the divergent-thinking prompt across successive response iterations. The results of linear growth modeling showed that although there is some linear increase in semantic distance across response iterations, participants high in fluid intelligence tended to give more distant initial responses than those with lower fluid intelligence. Additional analyses showed that the semantic distance of responses significantly predicted the average creativity rating given to the response, with significant variation in average levels of creativity across participants. Finally, semantic distance does not seem to be related to participants' choices of their own most creative responses. Implications for cognitive theories of creativity are discussed, along with the limitations of the methodology and directions for future research.

  7. Knowledge Driven Image Mining with Mixture Density Mercer Kernels

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Srivastava, Ashok N.; Oza, Nikunj

    2004-01-01

    This paper presents a new methodology for automatic knowledge driven image mining based on the theory of Mercer Kernels; which are highly nonlinear symmetric positive definite mappings from the original image space to a very high, possibly infinite dimensional feature space. In that high dimensional feature space, linear clustering, prediction, and classification algorithms can be applied and the results can be mapped back down to the original image space. Thus, highly nonlinear structure in the image can be recovered through the use of well-known linear mathematics in the feature space. This process has a number of advantages over traditional methods in that it allows for nonlinear interactions to be modelled with only a marginal increase in computational costs. In this paper, we present the theory of Mercer Kernels, describe its use in image mining, discuss a new method to generate Mercer Kernels directly from data, and compare the results with existing algorithms on data from the MODIS (Moderate Resolution Spectral Radiometer) instrument taken over the Arctic region. We also discuss the potential application of these methods on the Intelligent Archive, a NASA initiative for developing a tagged image data warehouse for the Earth Sciences.

  8. Knowledge Driven Image Mining with Mixture Density Mercer Kernals

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Srivastava, Ashok N.; Oza, Nikunj

    2004-01-01

    This paper presents a new methodology for automatic knowledge driven image mining based on the theory of Mercer Kernels, which are highly nonlinear symmetric positive definite mappings from the original image space to a very high, possibly infinite dimensional feature space. In that high dimensional feature space, linear clustering, prediction, and classification algorithms can be applied and the results can be mapped back down to the original image space. Thus, highly nonlinear structure in the image can be recovered through the use of well-known linear mathematics in the feature space. This process has a number of advantages over traditional methods in that it allows for nonlinear interactions to be modelled with only a marginal increase in computational costs. In this paper we present the theory of Mercer Kernels; describe its use in image mining, discuss a new method to generate Mercer Kernels directly from data, and compare the results with existing algorithms on data from the MODIS (Moderate Resolution Spectral Radiometer) instrument taken over the Arctic region. We also discuss the potential application of these methods on the Intelligent Archive, a NASA initiative for developing a tagged image data warehouse for the Earth Sciences.

  9. Winglets on low aspect ratio wings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kuhlman, John M.; Liaw, Paul

    1987-01-01

    The drag reduction potentially available from the use of winglets at the tips of low aspect ratio (1.75-2.67) wings with pronounced (45-60 deg) leading edge sweep is assessed numerically for the case of a cruise design point at Mach of 0.8 and a lift coefficient of 0.3. Both wing-winglet and wing-alone design geometries are derived from a linear-theory, minimum induced drag design methodology. Relative performance is evaluated with a nonlinear extended small disturbance potential flow analysis code. Predicted lift coefficient/pressure drag coefficient increases at equal lift for the wing-winglet configurations over the wing-alone planform are of the order of 14.6-15.8, when boundary layer interaction is included.

  10. Theoretical calculations of the pressure, forces, and moments at supersonic speeds due to various lateral motions acting on thin isolated vertical tails

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Margolis, Kenneth; Bobbitt, Percy J

    1956-01-01

    Velocity potentials, pressure, distributions, and stability derivatives are derived by use of supersonic linearized theory for families of thin isolated vertical tails performing steady rolling, steady yawing, and constant-lateral-acceleration motions. Vertical-tail families (half-delta and rectangular plan forms) are considered for a broad Mach number range. Also considered are the vertical tail with arbitrary sweepback and taper ratio at Mach numbers for which both the leading edge and trailing edge of the tail are supersonic and the triangular vertical tail with a subsonic leading edge and a supersonic trailing edge. Expressions for potentials, pressures, and stability derivatives are tabulated.

  11. Phase space explorations in time dependent density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rajam, Aruna K.

    Time dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) is one of the useful tools for the study of the dynamic behavior of correlated electronic systems under the influence of external potentials. The success of this formally exact theory practically relies on approximations for the exchange-correlation potential which is a complicated functional of the co-ordinate density, non-local in space and time. Adiabatic approximations (such as ALDA), which are local in time, are most commonly used in the increasing applications of the field. Going beyond ALDA, has been proved difficult leading to mathematical inconsistencies. We explore the regions where the theory faces challenges, and try to answer some of them via the insights from two electron model systems. In this thesis work we propose a phase-space extension of the TDDFT. We want to answer the challenges the theory is facing currently by exploring the one-body phase-space. We give a general introduction to this theory and its mathematical background in the first chapter. In second chapter, we carryout a detailed study of instantaneous phase-space densities and argue that the functionals of distributions can be a better alternative to the nonlocality issue of the exchange-correlation potentials. For this we study in detail the interacting and the non-interacting phase-space distributions for Hookes atom model. The applicability of ALDA-based TDDFT for the dynamics in strongfields can become severely problematic due to the failure of single-Slater determinant picture.. In the third chapter, we analyze how the phase-space distributions can shine some light into this problem. We do a comparative study of Kohn-Sham and interacting phase-space and momentum distributions for single ionization and double ionization systems. Using a simple model of two-electron systems, we have showed that the momentum distribution computed directly from the exact KS system contains spurious oscillations: a non-classical description of the essentially classical two-electron dynamics. In Time dependent density matrix functional theory (TDDMFT), the evolution scheme of the 1RDM (first order reduced density matrix) contains second-order reduced density matrix (2RDM), which has to be expressed in terms of 1RDMs. Any non-correlated approximations (Hartree-Fock) for 2RDM would fail to capture the natural occupations of the system. In our fourth chapter, we show that by applying the quasi-classical and semi-classical approximations one can capture the natural occupations of the excited systems. We study a time-dependent Moshinsky atom model for this. The fifth chapter contains a comparative work on the existing non-local exchange-correlation kernels that are based on current density response frame work and the co-moving frame work. We show that the two approaches though coinciding with each other in linear response regime, actually turn out to be different in non-linear regime.

  12. Survey and analysis of research on supersonic drag-due-to-lift minimization with recommendations for wing design

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carlson, Harry W.; Mann, Michael J.

    1992-01-01

    A survey of research on drag-due-to-lift minimization at supersonic speeds, including a study of the effectiveness of current design and analysis methods was conducted. The results show that a linearized theory analysis with estimated attainable thrust and vortex force effects can predict with reasonable accuracy the lifting efficiency of flat wings. Significantly better wing performance can be achieved through the use of twist and camber. Although linearized theory methods tend to overestimate the amount of twist and camber required for a given application and provide an overly optimistic performance prediction, these deficiencies can be overcome by implementation of recently developed empirical corrections. Numerous examples of the correlation of experiment and theory are presented to demonstrate the applicability and limitations of linearized theory methods with and without empirical corrections. The use of an Euler code for the estimation of aerodynamic characteristics of a twisted and cambered wing and its application to design by iteration are discussed.

  13. Magnetic field power density spectra during 'scatter-free' solar particle events

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tan, L. C.; Mason, G. M.

    1993-01-01

    We have examined interplanetary magnetic field power spectral density during four previously identified 3He-rich flare periods when the about 1 MeV nucleon-1 particles exhibited nearly scatter-free transport from the sun to 1 AU. Since the scattering mean free path A was large, it might be expected that interplanetary turbulence was low, yet the spectral density value was low only for one of the four periods. For the other three, however, the spectral index q of the power density spectrum was near 2.0, a value at which quasi-linear theories predict an increase in the scattering mean free path. Comparing the lambda values from the energetic particles with that computed from a recent quasi-linear theory which includes helicity and the propagation direction of waves, we find lambda(QLT)/lambda(SEP) = 0.08 +/- 0.03 for the four events. Thus, the theory fits the q-dependence of lambda; however, as found for previous quasi-linear theories, the absolute value is low.

  14. The elastic theory of shells using geometric algebra

    PubMed Central

    Lasenby, J.; Agarwal, A.

    2017-01-01

    We present a novel derivation of the elastic theory of shells. We use the language of geometric algebra, which allows us to express the fundamental laws in component-free form, thus aiding physical interpretation. It also provides the tools to express equations in an arbitrary coordinate system, which enhances their usefulness. The role of moments and angular velocity, and the apparent use by previous authors of an unphysical angular velocity, has been clarified through the use of a bivector representation. In the linearized theory, clarification of previous coordinate conventions which have been the cause of confusion is provided, and the introduction of prior strain into the linearized theory of shells is made possible. PMID:28405404

  15. The elastic theory of shells using geometric algebra.

    PubMed

    Gregory, A L; Lasenby, J; Agarwal, A

    2017-03-01

    We present a novel derivation of the elastic theory of shells. We use the language of geometric algebra, which allows us to express the fundamental laws in component-free form, thus aiding physical interpretation. It also provides the tools to express equations in an arbitrary coordinate system, which enhances their usefulness. The role of moments and angular velocity, and the apparent use by previous authors of an unphysical angular velocity, has been clarified through the use of a bivector representation. In the linearized theory, clarification of previous coordinate conventions which have been the cause of confusion is provided, and the introduction of prior strain into the linearized theory of shells is made possible.

  16. Lyapunov stability and its application to systems of ordinary differential equations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kennedy, E. W.

    1979-01-01

    An outline and a brief introduction to some of the concepts and implications of Lyapunov stability theory are presented. Various aspects of the theory are illustrated by the inclusion of eight examples, including the Cartesian coordinate equations of the two-body problem, linear and nonlinear (Van der Pol's equation) oscillatory systems, and the linearized Kustaanheimo-Stiefel element equations for the unperturbed two-body problem.

  17. Thermal Density Functional Theory: Time-Dependent Linear Response and Approximate Functionals from the Fluctuation-Dissipation Theorem

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pribram-Jones, Aurora; Grabowski, Paul E.; Burke, Kieron

    We present that the van Leeuwen proof of linear-response time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) is generalized to thermal ensembles. This allows generalization to finite temperatures of the Gross-Kohn relation, the exchange-correlation kernel of TDDFT, and fluctuation dissipation theorem for DFT. Finally, this produces a natural method for generating new thermal exchange-correlation approximations.

  18. Toward Control of Universal Scaling in Critical Dynamics

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-01-27

    program that aims to synergistically combine two powerful and very successful theories for non-linear stochastic dynamics of cooperative multi...RESPONSIBLE PERSON 19b. TELEPHONE NUMBER Uwe Tauber Uwe C. T? uber , Michel Pleimling, Daniel J. Stilwell 611102 c. THIS PAGE The public reporting burden...to synergistically combine two powerful and very successful theories for non-linear stochastic dynamics of cooperative multi-component systems, namely

  19. Thermal Density Functional Theory: Time-Dependent Linear Response and Approximate Functionals from the Fluctuation-Dissipation Theorem

    DOE PAGES

    Pribram-Jones, Aurora; Grabowski, Paul E.; Burke, Kieron

    2016-06-08

    We present that the van Leeuwen proof of linear-response time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) is generalized to thermal ensembles. This allows generalization to finite temperatures of the Gross-Kohn relation, the exchange-correlation kernel of TDDFT, and fluctuation dissipation theorem for DFT. Finally, this produces a natural method for generating new thermal exchange-correlation approximations.

  20. A system for aerodynamic design and analysis of supersonic aircraft. Part 4: Test cases

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Middleton, W. D.; Lundry, J. L.

    1980-01-01

    An integrated system of computer programs was developed for the design and analysis of supersonic configurations. The system uses linearized theory methods for the calculation of surface pressures and supersonic area rule concepts in combination with linearized theory for calculation of aerodynamic force coefficients. Interactive graphics are optional at the user's request. Representative test cases and associated program output are presented.

  1. Cosmic ray diffusion: Report of the Workshop in Cosmic Ray Diffusion Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Birmingham, T. J.; Jones, F. C.

    1975-01-01

    A workshop in cosmic ray diffusion theory was held at Goddard Space Flight Center on May 16-17, 1974. Topics discussed and summarized are: (1) cosmic ray measurements as related to diffusion theory; (2) quasi-linear theory, nonlinear theory, and computer simulation of cosmic ray pitch-angle diffusion; and (3) magnetic field fluctuation measurements as related to diffusion theory.

  2. Linear and nonlinear instability in vertical counter-current laminar gas-liquid flows

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schmidt, Patrick; Ó Náraigh, Lennon; Lucquiaud, Mathieu; Valluri, Prashant

    2016-04-01

    We consider the genesis and dynamics of interfacial instability in vertical gas-liquid flows, using as a model the two-dimensional channel flow of a thin falling film sheared by counter-current gas. The methodology is linear stability theory (Orr-Sommerfeld analysis) together with direct numerical simulation of the two-phase flow in the case of nonlinear disturbances. We investigate the influence of two main flow parameters on the interfacial dynamics, namely the film thickness and pressure drop applied to drive the gas stream. To make contact with existing studies in the literature, the effect of various density contrasts is also examined. Energy budget analyses based on the Orr-Sommerfeld theory reveal various coexisting unstable modes (interfacial, shear, internal) in the case of high density contrasts, which results in mode coalescence and mode competition, but only one dynamically relevant unstable interfacial mode for low density contrast. A study of absolute and convective instability for low density contrast shows that the system is absolutely unstable for all but two narrow regions of the investigated parameter space. Direct numerical simulations of the same system (low density contrast) show that linear theory holds up remarkably well upon the onset of large-amplitude waves as well as the existence of weakly nonlinear waves. For high density contrasts, corresponding more closely to an air-water-type system, linear stability theory is also successful at determining the most-dominant features in the interfacial wave dynamics at early-to-intermediate times. Nevertheless, the short waves selected by the linear theory undergo secondary instability and the wave train is no longer regular but rather exhibits chaotic motion. The same linear stability theory predicts when the direction of travel of the waves changes — from downwards to upwards. We outline the practical implications of this change in terms of loading and flooding. The change in direction of the wave propagation is represented graphically in terms of a flow map based on the liquid and gas flow rates and the prediction carries over to the nonlinear regime with only a small deviation.

  3. Universal Linear Scaling of Permeability and Time for Heterogeneous Fracture Dissolution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, L.; Cardenas, M. B.

    2017-12-01

    Fractures are dynamically changing over geological time scale due to mechanical deformation and chemical reactions. However, the latter mechanism remains poorly understood with respect to the expanding fracture, which leads to a positively coupled flow and reactive transport processes, i.e., as a fracture expands, so does its permeability (k) and thus flow and reactive transport processes. To unravel this coupling, we consider a self-enhancing process that leads to fracture expansion caused by acidic fluid, i.e., CO2-saturated brine dissolving calcite fracture. We rigorously derive a theory, for the first time, showing that fracture permeability increases linearly with time [Wang and Cardenas, 2017]. To validate this theory, we resort to the direct simulation that solves the Navier-Stokes and Advection-Diffusion equations with a moving mesh according to the dynamic dissolution process in two-dimensional (2D) fractures. We find that k slowly increases first until the dissolution front breakthrough the outbound when we observe a rapid k increase, i.e., the linear time-dependence of k occurs. The theory agrees well with numerical observations across a broad range of Peclet and Damkohler numbers through homogeneous and heterogeneous 2D fractures. Moreover, the theory of linear scaling relationship between k and time matches well with experimental observations of three-dimensional (3D) fractures' dissolution. To further attest to our theory's universality for 3D heterogeneous fractures across a broad range of roughness and correlation length of aperture field, we develop a depth-averaged model that simulates the process-based reactive transport. The simulation results show that, regardless of a wide variety of dissolution patterns such as the presence of dissolution fingers and preferential dissolution paths, the linear scaling relationship between k and time holds. Our theory sheds light on predicting permeability evolution in many geological settings when the self-enhancing process is relevant. References: Wang, L., and M. B. Cardenas (2017), Linear permeability evolution of expanding conduits due to feedback between flow and fast phase change, Geophys. Res. Lett., 44(9), 4116-4123, doi: 10.1002/2017gl073161.

  4. Linear and nonlinear instability in vertical counter-current laminar gas-liquid flows

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Schmidt, Patrick; Lucquiaud, Mathieu; Valluri, Prashant, E-mail: prashant.valluri@ed.ac.uk

    We consider the genesis and dynamics of interfacial instability in vertical gas-liquid flows, using as a model the two-dimensional channel flow of a thin falling film sheared by counter-current gas. The methodology is linear stability theory (Orr-Sommerfeld analysis) together with direct numerical simulation of the two-phase flow in the case of nonlinear disturbances. We investigate the influence of two main flow parameters on the interfacial dynamics, namely the film thickness and pressure drop applied to drive the gas stream. To make contact with existing studies in the literature, the effect of various density contrasts is also examined. Energy budget analysesmore » based on the Orr-Sommerfeld theory reveal various coexisting unstable modes (interfacial, shear, internal) in the case of high density contrasts, which results in mode coalescence and mode competition, but only one dynamically relevant unstable interfacial mode for low density contrast. A study of absolute and convective instability for low density contrast shows that the system is absolutely unstable for all but two narrow regions of the investigated parameter space. Direct numerical simulations of the same system (low density contrast) show that linear theory holds up remarkably well upon the onset of large-amplitude waves as well as the existence of weakly nonlinear waves. For high density contrasts, corresponding more closely to an air-water-type system, linear stability theory is also successful at determining the most-dominant features in the interfacial wave dynamics at early-to-intermediate times. Nevertheless, the short waves selected by the linear theory undergo secondary instability and the wave train is no longer regular but rather exhibits chaotic motion. The same linear stability theory predicts when the direction of travel of the waves changes — from downwards to upwards. We outline the practical implications of this change in terms of loading and flooding. The change in direction of the wave propagation is represented graphically in terms of a flow map based on the liquid and gas flow rates and the prediction carries over to the nonlinear regime with only a small deviation.« less

  5. Structural and vibrational characteristics of a non-linear optical material 3-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(pyridine-3-yl) prop-2-en-1-one probed by quantum chemical computation and spectroscopic techniques

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kumar, Ram; Karthick, T.; Tandon, Poonam; Agarwal, Parag; Menezes, Anthoni Praveen; Jayarama, A.

    2018-07-01

    Chalcone and its derivatives are well-known for their high non-linear optical behavior and charge transfer characteristics. The effectiveness of charge transfer via ethylenic group and increase in NLO response of the chalcone upon substitutions are of great interest. The present study focuses the structural, charge transfer and non-linear optical properties of a new chalcone derivative "3-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(pyridine-3-yl) prop-2-en-1-one" (hereafter abbreviated as 4 NP3AP). To accomplish this task, we have incorporated the experimental FT-IR, FT-Raman and UV-vis spectroscopic studies along with quantum chemical calculations. The frequency assignments of peaks in IR and Raman have been done on the basis of potential energy distribution and the results were compared with the earlier reports on similar kind of molecules. For obtaining the electronic transition details of 4 NP3AP, UV-vis spectrum has been simulated by considering both gaseous and solvent phase using time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT). The HOMO-LUMO energy gap, most important factor to be considered for studying charge transfer properties of the molecule has been calculated. The electron density surface map corresponding to the net electrostatic point charges has been generated to obtain the electrophilic and nucleophilic sites. The charge transfer originating from the occupied (donor) and unoccupied (acceptor) molecular orbitals have been analyzed with the help of natural bond orbital theory. Moreover, the estimation of second-hyperpolarizability of the molecule confirms the non-linear optical behavior of the molecule.

  6. Decomposition Theory in the Teaching of Elementary Linear Algebra.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    London, R. R.; Rogosinski, H. P.

    1990-01-01

    Described is a decomposition theory from which the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, the diagonalizability of complex square matrices, and functional calculus can be developed. The theory and its applications are based on elementary polynomial algebra. (KR)

  7. Nonlocal theory of curved rods. 2-D, high order, Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zozulya, V. V.

    2017-09-01

    New models for plane curved rods based on linear nonlocal theory of elasticity have been developed. The 2-D theory is developed from general 2-D equations of linear nonlocal elasticity using a special curvilinear system of coordinates related to the middle line of the rod along with special hypothesis based on assumptions that take into account the fact that the rod is thin. High order theory is based on the expansion of the equations of the theory of elasticity into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials. First, stress and strain tensors, vectors of displacements and body forces have been expanded into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials with respect to a thickness coordinate. Thereby, all equations of elasticity including nonlocal constitutive relations have been transformed to the corresponding equations for Fourier coefficients. Then, in the same way as in the theory of local elasticity, a system of differential equations in terms of displacements for Fourier coefficients has been obtained. First and second order approximations have been considered in detail. Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli theories are based on the classical hypothesis and the 2-D equations of linear nonlocal theory of elasticity which are considered in a special curvilinear system of coordinates related to the middle line of the rod. The obtained equations can be used to calculate stress-strain and to model thin walled structures in micro- and nanoscales when taking into account size dependent and nonlocal effects.

  8. Unpacking the Complexity of Linear Equations from a Cognitive Load Theory Perspective

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ngu, Bing Hiong; Phan, Huy P.

    2016-01-01

    The degree of element interactivity determines the complexity and therefore the intrinsic cognitive load of linear equations. The unpacking of linear equations at the level of operational and relational lines allows the classification of linear equations in a hierarchical level of complexity. Mapping similar operational and relational lines across…

  9. Confirmation of linear system theory prediction: Changes in Herrnstein's k as a function of changes in reinforcer magnitude.

    PubMed

    McDowell, J J; Wood, H M

    1984-03-01

    Eight human subjects pressed a lever on a range of variable-interval schedules for 0.25 cent to 35.0 cent per reinforcement. Herrnstein's hyperbola described seven of the eight subjects' response-rate data well. For all subjects, the y-asymptote of the hyperbola increased with increasing reinforcer magnitude and its reciprocal was a linear function of the reciprocal of reinforcer magnitude. These results confirm predictions made by linear system theory; they contradict formal properties of Herrnstein's account and of six other mathematical accounts of single-alternative responding.

  10. Confirmation of linear system theory prediction: Changes in Herrnstein's k as a function of changes in reinforcer magnitude

    PubMed Central

    McDowell, J. J; Wood, Helena M.

    1984-01-01

    Eight human subjects pressed a lever on a range of variable-interval schedules for 0.25¢ to 35.0¢ per reinforcement. Herrnstein's hyperbola described seven of the eight subjects' response-rate data well. For all subjects, the y-asymptote of the hyperbola increased with increasing reinforcer magnitude and its reciprocal was a linear function of the reciprocal of reinforcer magnitude. These results confirm predictions made by linear system theory; they contradict formal properties of Herrnstein's account and of six other mathematical accounts of single-alternative responding. PMID:16812366

  11. Linear algebraic theory of partial coherence: discrete fields and measures of partial coherence.

    PubMed

    Ozaktas, Haldun M; Yüksel, Serdar; Kutay, M Alper

    2002-08-01

    A linear algebraic theory of partial coherence is presented that allows precise mathematical definitions of concepts such as coherence and incoherence. This not only provides new perspectives and insights but also allows us to employ the conceptual and algebraic tools of linear algebra in applications. We define several scalar measures of the degree of partial coherence of an optical field that are zero for full incoherence and unity for full coherence. The mathematical definitions are related to our physical understanding of the corresponding concepts by considering them in the context of Young's experiment.

  12. Variations on holography from modifications of gravity in anti-de sitter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Apolo Velez, Luis Alberto

    In this thesis we study aspects of the AdS/CFT correspondence that result from modifications of gravity in the bulk and lead to novel features in the dual theories at the boundary. The variations on the holographic theme studied in this thesis are model-independent since we have not assumed a particular UV-completion of gravity. Our results can be applied to a wide class of models that include higher-spin theories and compactifications of string theory on AdS backgrounds. The modifications of the bulk physics studied in this thesis include massive gravitons, higher-derivative terms in the Einstein-Hilbert action, and new boundary conditions for gravity. We begin by showing that it is possible to construct duals with a massive graviton in the bulk by deforming the dual theory at the boundary. This procedure does not break the translation invariance of the dual theory and might be useful in the study of certain condensed matter systems. We then construct the most general class of parity-even tricritical gravities in three and four dimensions. These higher-derivative theories are not unitary and characterized by the logarithmic fall-off of their linearized perturbations. They are conjectured to be dual to rank-3 logarithmic conformal field theories. We will show that, at linear order in the equations of motion, it is possible to truncate the theory to a unitary subsector. We also show that tricritical gravities in three and four dimensions suffer from a linearization instability that forbids unitary truncations beyond linear order. Finally we consider the role of boundary conditions in the AdS3/CFT2 correspondence. We show that free boundary conditions that lead to enhanced asymptotic symmetry groups are dual to 2D theories of quantum gravity in either the conformal or lightcone gauges. In particular we match the generators of symmetries in the bulk and boundary theories and show that a proper identification of the generator of Virasoro transformations in the bulk leads to a vanishing total central charge. We also show that this identification is consistent with the constraint equations of 2D gravity.

  13. Paraxial diffractive elements for space-variant linear transforms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Teiwes, Stephan; Schwarzer, Heiko; Gu, Ben-Yuan

    1998-06-01

    Optical linear transform architectures bear good potential for future developments of very powerful hybrid vision systems and neural network classifiers. The optical modules of such systems could be used as pre-processors to solve complex linear operations at very high speed in order to simplify an electronic data post-processing. However, the applicability of linear optical architectures is strongly connected with the fundamental question of how to implement a specific linear transform by optical means and physical imitations. The large majority of publications on this topic focusses on the optical implementation of space-invariant transforms by the well-known 4f-setup. Only few papers deal with approaches to implement selected space-variant transforms. In this paper, we propose a simple algebraic method to design diffractive elements for an optical architecture in order to realize arbitrary space-variant transforms. The design procedure is based on a digital model of scalar, paraxial wave theory and leads to optimal element transmission functions within the model. Its computational and physical limitations are discussed in terms of complexity measures. Finally, the design procedure is demonstrated by some examples. Firstly, diffractive elements for the realization of different rotation operations are computed and, secondly, a Hough transform element is presented. The correct optical functions of the elements are proved in computer simulation experiments.

  14. OPR-PPR, a Computer Program for Assessing Data Importance to Model Predictions Using Linear Statistics

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Tonkin, Matthew J.; Tiedeman, Claire; Ely, D. Matthew; Hill, Mary C.

    2007-01-01

    The OPR-PPR program calculates the Observation-Prediction (OPR) and Parameter-Prediction (PPR) statistics that can be used to evaluate the relative importance of various kinds of data to simulated predictions. The data considered fall into three categories: (1) existing observations, (2) potential observations, and (3) potential information about parameters. The first two are addressed by the OPR statistic; the third is addressed by the PPR statistic. The statistics are based on linear theory and measure the leverage of the data, which depends on the location, the type, and possibly the time of the data being considered. For example, in a ground-water system the type of data might be a head measurement at a particular location and time. As a measure of leverage, the statistics do not take into account the value of the measurement. As linear measures, the OPR and PPR statistics require minimal computational effort once sensitivities have been calculated. Sensitivities need to be calculated for only one set of parameter values; commonly these are the values estimated through model calibration. OPR-PPR can calculate the OPR and PPR statistics for any mathematical model that produces the necessary OPR-PPR input files. In this report, OPR-PPR capabilities are presented in the context of using the ground-water model MODFLOW-2000 and the universal inverse program UCODE_2005. The method used to calculate the OPR and PPR statistics is based on the linear equation for prediction standard deviation. Using sensitivities and other information, OPR-PPR calculates (a) the percent increase in the prediction standard deviation that results when one or more existing observations are omitted from the calibration data set; (b) the percent decrease in the prediction standard deviation that results when one or more potential observations are added to the calibration data set; or (c) the percent decrease in the prediction standard deviation that results when potential information on one or more parameters is added.

  15. Non-Rigid Earth Contributions to the Precession in Longitude and Indirect Effects on Nutations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ferrandiz, J. M.; Escapa, A.; Baenas, T.; Getino, J.

    2016-12-01

    Precession in longitude is affected by the internal structure of the Earth. Although this effect is small, typically described as of second-order, it must be considered in current precession theories due to the stringent accuracy and consistency requirements. The current IAU2006 precession theory is based on Capitaine at al. (2003, 2005). The influence of the Earth's geophysical model is taken into account in IAU2006 only through a sole contribution, the so-called "non-linear effect" computed by Mathews (2004). In elastic Earth models the contributions are twofold. A main part comes from 2nd order terms of the mathematical solution stemming from crossed influences of certain nutation-rising terms. Only the Hamiltonian theory of the non-rigid Earth has succeeded in deriving a solution for those terms so far, and they were not considered in IAU2006 precession theory. Another contributions are caused by geopotential variations resulting from the tidal deformations of the Earth, or redistribution tidal potential. IAU2006 non-linear effect belongs to this category, although it just represents a partial, simplified approach to the total effect (Lambert & Mathews 2006, 2008). The mass redistribution is induced by the gravitational action of Moon and Sun, but also by the tidal variations of the Earth's angular velocity and the resultant changes of the centrifugal potential. We present a comprehensive study of the contributions to the precession in longitude due to the non-rigidity of the Earth, based on the Hamiltonian formalism developed by Getino and Ferrándiz for a two-layer Earth elastic model. To this end, we recall the achievements made by our group recently (Ferrándiz et al 2016, Baenas et al 2016) and complete them by incorporating the contributions due to the tidal variations of the Earth's angular velocity, as well as anelasticity effects consistent with the IERS Conventions. After that, we compute the total final correction to the precession in longitude due to non-rigid Earth contributions, and the associated change of its dynamical ellipticity. This change entails further corrections of the nutation series, known as indirect (Escapa et al. 2016). Both modifications should be taken into account to improve the accuracy and mutual consistency of the IAU2000 and IAU2006 nutation/precession theories.

  16. Stochastic field-line wandering in magnetic turbulence with shear. I. Quasi-linear theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shalchi, A.; Negrea, M.; Petrisor, I.

    2016-07-15

    We investigate the random walk of magnetic field lines in magnetic turbulence with shear. In the first part of the series, we develop a quasi-linear theory in order to compute the diffusion coefficient of magnetic field lines. We derive general formulas for the diffusion coefficients in the different directions of space. We like to emphasize that we expect that quasi-linear theory is only valid if the so-called Kubo number is small. We consider two turbulence models as examples, namely, a noisy slab model as well as a Gaussian decorrelation model. For both models we compute the field line diffusion coefficientsmore » and we show how they depend on the aforementioned Kubo number as well as a shear parameter. It is demonstrated that the shear effect reduces all field line diffusion coefficients.« less

  17. Plasmon mass scale and quantum fluctuations of classical fields on a real time lattice

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kurkela, Aleksi; Lappi, Tuomas; Peuron, Jarkko

    2018-03-01

    Classical real-time lattice simulations play an important role in understanding non-equilibrium phenomena in gauge theories and are used in particular to model the prethermal evolution of heavy-ion collisions. Above the Debye scale the classical Yang-Mills (CYM) theory can be matched smoothly to kinetic theory. First we study the limits of the quasiparticle picture of the CYM fields by determining the plasmon mass of the system using 3 different methods. Then we argue that one needs a numerical calculation of a system of classical gauge fields and small linearized fluctuations, which correspond to quantum fluctuations, in a way that keeps the separation between the two manifest. We demonstrate and test an implementation of an algorithm with the linearized fluctuation showing that the linearization indeed works and that the Gauss's law is conserved.

  18. Linear decentralized systems with special structure. [for twin lift helicopters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, C. F.

    1982-01-01

    Certain fundamental structures associated with linear systems having internal symmetries are outlined. It is shown that the theory of finite-dimensional algebras and their representations are closely related to such systems. It is also demonstrated that certain problems in the decentralized control of symmetric systems are equivalent to long-standing problems of linear systems theory. Even though the structure imposed arose in considering the problems of twin-lift helicopters, any large system composed of several identical intercoupled control systems can be modeled by a linear system that satisfies the constraints imposed. Internal symmetry can be exploited to yield new system-theoretic invariants and a better understanding of the way in which the underlying structure affects overall system performance.

  19. Variational and robust density fitting of four-center two-electron integrals in local metrics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Reine, Simen; Tellgren, Erik; Krapp, Andreas; Kjærgaard, Thomas; Helgaker, Trygve; Jansik, Branislav; Høst, Stinne; Salek, Paweł

    2008-09-01

    Density fitting is an important method for speeding up quantum-chemical calculations. Linear-scaling developments in Hartree-Fock and density-functional theories have highlighted the need for linear-scaling density-fitting schemes. In this paper, we present a robust variational density-fitting scheme that allows for solving the fitting equations in local metrics instead of the traditional Coulomb metric, as required for linear scaling. Results of fitting four-center two-electron integrals in the overlap and the attenuated Gaussian damped Coulomb metric are presented, and we conclude that density fitting can be performed in local metrics at little loss of chemical accuracy. We further propose to use this theory in linear-scaling density-fitting developments.

  20. Variational and robust density fitting of four-center two-electron integrals in local metrics.

    PubMed

    Reine, Simen; Tellgren, Erik; Krapp, Andreas; Kjaergaard, Thomas; Helgaker, Trygve; Jansik, Branislav; Host, Stinne; Salek, Paweł

    2008-09-14

    Density fitting is an important method for speeding up quantum-chemical calculations. Linear-scaling developments in Hartree-Fock and density-functional theories have highlighted the need for linear-scaling density-fitting schemes. In this paper, we present a robust variational density-fitting scheme that allows for solving the fitting equations in local metrics instead of the traditional Coulomb metric, as required for linear scaling. Results of fitting four-center two-electron integrals in the overlap and the attenuated Gaussian damped Coulomb metric are presented, and we conclude that density fitting can be performed in local metrics at little loss of chemical accuracy. We further propose to use this theory in linear-scaling density-fitting developments.

  1. Density functional Theory Based Generalized Effective Fragment Potential Method (Postprint)

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-07-01

    is acceptable for other applications) leads to induced dipole moments within 10−6 to 10−7 au of the precise values . Thus, the applied field of 10−4...noncovalent interactions. The water-benzene clusters17 and WATER2711 reference values were also ob- tained at the CCSD(T)/CBS level, except for the clusters...with n = 20,42 where MP2/CBS was used. The n-alkane dimers18 benchmark values were CCSD(T)/CBS for ethane to butane and a linear extrapolation method

  2. On the phenomenology of extended Brans-Dicke gravity

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lima, Nelson A.; Ferreira, Pedro G., E-mail: ndal@roe.ac.uk, E-mail: p.ferreira1@physics.ox.ac.uk

    We introduce a designer approach for extended Brans-Dicke gravity that allows us to obtain the evolution of the scalar field by fixing the Hubble parameter to that of a w CDM model. We obtain analytical approximations for ϕ as a function of the scale factor and use these to build expressions for the effective Newton's constant at the background and at the linear level and the slip between the perturbed Newtonian potentials. By doing so, we are able to explore their dependence on the fundamental parameters of the theory.

  3. Nonlinear properties of gated graphene in a strong electromagnetic field

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Avetisyan, A. A., E-mail: artakav@ysu.am; Djotyan, A. P., E-mail: adjotyan@ysu.am; Moulopoulos, K., E-mail: cos@ucy.ac.cy

    We develop a microscopic theory of a strong electromagnetic field interaction with gated bilayer graphene. Quantum kinetic equations for density matrix are obtained using a tight binding approach within second quantized Hamiltonian in an intense laser field. We show that adiabatically changing the gate potentials with time may produce (at resonant photon energy) a full inversion of the electron population with high density between valence and conduction bands. In the linear regime, excitonic absorption of an electromagnetic radiation in a graphene monolayer with opened energy gap is also studied.

  4. Behavior of light polarization in photon-scalar interaction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Azizi, Azizollah; Nasirimoghadam, Soudabe

    2017-11-01

    Quantum theories of gravity help us to improve our insight into the gravitational interactions. Motivated by the interesting effect of gravity on the photon trajectory, we treat a quantum recipe concluding a classical interaction of light and a massive object such as the sun. We use the linear quantum gravity to compute the classical potential of a photon interacting with a massive scalar. The leading terms have a traditional 1/r subordinate and demonstrate a polarization-dependent behavior. This result challenges the equivalence principle; attractive and/or repulsive interactions are admissible.

  5. The Linear Perturbation Theory of Axially Symmetric Compressible Flow with Application to the Effect of Compressibility on the Pressure Coefficient at the Surface of a Body of Revolution

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1947-07-18

    which + la constant constitute a surface vhlch say he called a streaa surface. The stream surface Is In torn Bode up of streaallnee. If a...potential and stream function would be, reapeetHely, VpX and ia ^r8. The stream awfaeoa would he right circular cylinders with axes along the x...there is a double infinity of methods. In general, !n transforming frem the compreeslhlo-flov field to the IncrwpreSBlble-flow field, streaa

  6. Drag Minimization for Wings and Bodies in Supersonic Flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Heaslet, Max A; Fuller, Franklyn B

    1958-01-01

    The minimization of inviscid fluid drag is studied for aerodynamic shapes satisfying the conditions of linearized theory, and subject to imposed constraints on lift, pitching moment, base area, or volume. The problem is transformed to one of determining two-dimensional potential flows satisfying either Laplace's or Poisson's equations with boundary values fixed by the imposed conditions. A general method for determining integral relations between perturbation velocity components is developed. This analysis is not restricted in application to optimum cases; it may be used for any supersonic wing problem.

  7. Analysis of the instability underlying electrostatic suppression of the Leidenfrost state

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shahriari, Arjang; Das, Soumik; Bahadur, Vaibhav; Bonnecaze, Roger T.

    2017-03-01

    A liquid droplet on a hot solid can generate enough vapor to prevent its contact on the surface and reduce the rate of heat transfer, the so-called Leidenfrost effect. We show theoretically and experimentally that for a sufficiently high electrostatic potential on the droplet, the formation of the vapor layer is suppressed. The interplay of the destabilizing electrostatic force and stabilizing capillary force and evaporation determines the minimum or threshold voltage to suppress the Leidenfrost effect. Linear stability theory accurately predicts threshold voltages for different size droplets and varying temperatures.

  8. On the existence of mosaic-skeleton approximations for discrete analogues of integral operators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kashirin, A. A.; Taltykina, M. Yu.

    2017-09-01

    Exterior three-dimensional Dirichlet problems for the Laplace and Helmholtz equations are considered. By applying methods of potential theory, they are reduced to equivalent Fredholm boundary integral equations of the first kind, for which discrete analogues, i.e., systems of linear algebraic equations (SLAEs) are constructed. The existence of mosaic-skeleton approximations for the matrices of the indicated systems is proved. These approximations make it possible to reduce the computational complexity of an iterative solution of the SLAEs. Numerical experiments estimating the capabilities of the proposed approach are described.

  9. An analysis for the sound field produced by rigid wide cord dual rotation propellers of high solidarity in compressible flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ramachandra, S. M.; Bober, L. J.

    1986-01-01

    An unsteady lifting service theory for the counter-rotating propeller is presented using the linearized governing equations for the acceleration potential and representing the blades by a surface distribution of pulsating acoustic dipoles distributed according to a modified Birnbaum series. The Birnbaum series coefficients are determined by satisfying the surface tangency boundary conditions on the front and rear propeller blades. Expressions for the combined acoustic resonance modes of the front prop, the rear prop and the combination are also given.

  10. Applications of a General Finite-Difference Method for Calculating Bending Deformations of Solid Plates

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Walton, William C., Jr.

    1960-01-01

    This paper reports the findings of an investigation of a finite - difference method directly applicable to calculating static or simple harmonic flexures of solid plates and potentially useful in other problems of structural analysis. The method, which was proposed in doctoral thesis by John C. Houbolt, is based on linear theory and incorporates the principle of minimum potential energy. Full realization of its advantages requires use of high-speed computing equipment. After a review of Houbolt's method, results of some applications are presented and discussed. The applications consisted of calculations of the natural modes and frequencies of several uniform-thickness cantilever plates and, as a special case of interest, calculations of the modes and frequencies of the uniform free-free beam. Computed frequencies and nodal patterns for the first five or six modes of each plate are compared with existing experiments, and those for one plate are compared with another approximate theory. Beam computations are compared with exact theory. On the basis of the comparisons it is concluded that the method is accurate and general in predicting plate flexures, and additional applications are suggested. An appendix is devoted t o computing procedures which evolved in the progress of the applications and which facilitate use of the method in conjunction with high-speed computing equipment.

  11. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Düchs, Dominik; Delaney, Kris T., E-mail: kdelaney@mrl.ucsb.edu; Fredrickson, Glenn H., E-mail: ghf@mrl.ucsb.edu

    Field-theoretic models have been used extensively to study the phase behavior of inhomogeneous polymer melts and solutions, both in self-consistent mean-field calculations and in numerical simulations of the full theory capturing composition fluctuations. The models commonly used can be grouped into two categories, namely, species models and exchange models. Species models involve integrations of functionals that explicitly depend on fields originating both from species density operators and their conjugate chemical potential fields. In contrast, exchange models retain only linear combinations of the chemical potential fields. In the two-component case, development of exchange models has been instrumental in enabling stable complexmore » Langevin (CL) simulations of the full complex-valued theory. No comparable stable CL approach has yet been established for field theories of the species type. Here, we introduce an extension of the exchange model to an arbitrary number of components, namely, the multi-species exchange (MSE) model, which greatly expands the classes of soft material systems that can be accessed by the complex Langevin simulation technique. We demonstrate the stability and accuracy of the MSE-CL sampling approach using numerical simulations of triblock and tetrablock terpolymer melts, and tetrablock quaterpolymer melts. This method should enable studies of a wide range of fluctuation phenomena in multiblock/multi-species polymer blends and composites.« less

  12. Shock wave polarizations and optical metrics in the Born and the Born–Infeld electrodynamics

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Minz, Christoph, E-mail: christoph.minz@alumni.tu-berlin.de; Borzeszkowski, Horst-Heino von, E-mail: borzeszk@mailbox.tu-berlin.de; Chrobok, Thoralf, E-mail: tchrobok@mailbox.tu-berlin.de

    We analyze the behavior of shock waves in nonlinear theories of electrodynamics. For this, by use of generalized Hadamard step functions of increasing order, the electromagnetic potential is developed in a series expansion near the shock wave front. This brings about a corresponding expansion of the respective electromagnetic field equations which allows for deriving relations that determine the jump coefficients in the expansion series of the potential. We compute the components of a suitable gauge-normalized version of the jump coefficients given for a prescribed tetrad compatible with the shock front foliation. The solution of the first-order jump relations shows that,more » in contrast to linear Maxwell’s electrodynamics, in general the propagation of shock waves in nonlinear theories is governed by optical metrics and polarization conditions describing the propagation of two differently polarized waves (leading to a possible appearance of birefringence). In detail, shock waves are analyzed in the Born and Born–Infeld theories verifying that the Born–Infeld model exhibits no birefringence and the Born model does. The obtained results are compared to those ones found in literature. New results for the polarization of the two different waves are derived for Born-type electrodynamics.« less

  13. Complex marginal deformations of D3-brane geometries, their Penrose limits and giant gravitons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Avramis, Spyros D.; Sfetsos, Konstadinos; Zoakos, Dimitrios

    2007-12-01

    We apply the Lunin-Maldacena construction of gravity duals to β-deformed gauge theories to a class of type IIB backgrounds with U(1 global symmetry, which include the multicenter D3-brane backgrounds dual to the Coulomb branch of N=4 super-Yang-Mills and the rotating D3-brane backgrounds dual to the theory at finite temperature and chemical potential. After a general discussion, we present the full form of the deformed metrics for three special cases, which can be used for the study of various aspects of the marginally-deformed gauge theories. We also construct the Penrose limits of the solutions dual to the Coulomb branch along a certain set of geodesics and, for the resulting PP-wave metrics, we examine the effect of β-deformations on the giant graviton states. We find that giant gravitons exist only up to a critical value of the σ-deformation parameter, are not degenerate in energy with the point graviton, and remain perturbatively stable. Finally, we probe the σ-deformed multicenter solutions by examining the static heavy-quark potential by means of Wilson loops. We find situations that give rise to complete screening as well as linear confinement, with the latter arising is an intriguing way reminiscent of phase transitions in statistical systems.

  14. Quasi-Static Analysis of Round LaRC THUNDER Actuators

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Campbell, Joel F.

    2007-01-01

    An analytic approach is developed to predict the shape and displacement with voltage in the quasi-static limit of round LaRC Thunder Actuators. The problem is treated with classical lamination theory and Von Karman non-linear analysis. In the case of classical lamination theory exact analytic solutions are found. It is shown that classical lamination theory is insufficient to describe the physical situation for large actuators but is sufficient for very small actuators. Numerical results are presented for the non-linear analysis and compared with experimental measurements. Snap-through behavior, bifurcation, and stability are presented and discussed.

  15. Quasi-Static Analysis of LaRC THUNDER Actuators

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Campbell, Joel F.

    2007-01-01

    An analytic approach is developed to predict the shape and displacement with voltage in the quasi-static limit of LaRC Thunder Actuators. The problem is treated with classical lamination theory and Von Karman non-linear analysis. In the case of classical lamination theory exact analytic solutions are found. It is shown that classical lamination theory is insufficient to describe the physical situation for large actuators but is sufficient for very small actuators. Numerical results are presented for the non-linear analysis and compared with experimental measurements. Snap-through behavior, bifurcation, and stability are presented and discussed.

  16. Effect of transverse nonuniformity of the rf field on the efficiency of microwave sources driven by linear electron beams

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nusinovich, G.S.; Sinitsyn, O.V.

    This paper contains a simple analytical theory that allows one to evaluate the effect of transverse nonuniformity of the rf field on the interaction efficiency in various microwave sources driven by linear electron beams. The theory is, first, applied to the systems where the beams of cylindrical symmetry interact with rf fields of microwave circuits having Cartesian geometry. Also, various kinds of microwave devices driven by sheet electron beams (orotrons, clinotrons) are considered. The theory can be used for evaluating the efficiency of novel sources of coherent terahertz radiation.

  17. Nonlinear transport theory in the metal with tunnel barrier

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zubov, E. E.

    2018-02-01

    Within the framework of the scattering matrix formalism, the nonlinear Kubo theory for electron transport in the metal with a tunnel barrier has been considered. A general expression for the mean electrical current was obtained. It significantly simplifies the calculation of nonlinear contributions to the conductivity of various hybrid structures. In the model of the tunnel Hamiltonian, all linear and nonlinear contributions to a mean electrical current are evaluated. The linear approximation agrees with results of other theories. For effective barrier transmission ?, the ballistic transport is realised with a value of the Landauer conductivity equal to ?.

  18. Symmetric linear systems - An application of algebraic systems theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hazewinkel, M.; Martin, C.

    1983-01-01

    Dynamical systems which contain several identical subsystems occur in a variety of applications ranging from command and control systems and discretization of partial differential equations, to the stability augmentation of pairs of helicopters lifting a large mass. Linear models for such systems display certain obvious symmetries. In this paper, we discuss how these symmetries can be incorporated into a mathematical model that utilizes the modern theory of algebraic systems. Such systems are inherently related to the representation theory of algebras over fields. We will show that any control scheme which respects the dynamical structure either implicitly or explicitly uses the underlying algebra.

  19. Simulation of creep effects in framework of a geometrically nonlinear endochronic theory of inelasticity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zabavnikova, T. A.; Kadashevich, Yu. I.; Pomytkin, S. P.

    2018-05-01

    A geometric non-linear endochronic theory of inelasticity in tensor parametric form is considered. In the framework of this theory, the creep strains are modelled. The effect of various schemes of applying stresses and changing of material properties on the development of creep strains is studied. The constitutive equations of the model are represented by non-linear systems of ordinary differential equations which are solved in MATLAB environment by implicit difference method. Presented results demonstrate a good qualitative agreement of theoretical data and experimental observations including the description of the tertiary creep and pre-fracture of materials.

  20. Elasto-Plastic Analysis of Tee Joints Using HOT-SMAC

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Arnold, Steve M. (Technical Monitor); Bednarcyk, Brett A.; Yarrington, Phillip W.

    2004-01-01

    The Higher Order Theory - Structural/Micro Analysis Code (HOT-SMAC) software package is applied to analyze the linearly elastic and elasto-plastic response of adhesively bonded tee joints. Joints of this type are finding an increasing number of applications with the increased use of composite materials within advanced aerospace vehicles, and improved tools for the design and analysis of these joints are needed. The linearly elastic results of the code are validated vs. finite element analysis results from the literature under different loading and boundary conditions, and new results are generated to investigate the inelastic behavior of the tee joint. The comparison with the finite element results indicates that HOT-SMAC is an efficient and accurate alternative to the finite element method and has a great deal of potential as an analysis tool for a wide range of bonded joints.

  1. High-Frequency Planetary Waves in the Polar Middle Atmosphere as seen in a data Assimilation System

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Coy, L.; Stajner, I.; DaSilva, A. M.; Joiner, J.; Rood, R. B.; Pawson, S.; Lin, S. J.

    2003-01-01

    This study examines the winter southern hemisphere vortex of 1998 using four times daily output from a data assimilation system to focus on the polar 2-day, wave number 2 component of the 4-day wave. The data assimilation system products are from a test version of the finite volume data assimilation system (fvDAS) being developed at Goddard Space Flight Center (GSFC) and include an ozone assimilation system. Results show that the polar 2-day wave dominates during July 1998 at 70 degrees. The period of the quasi 2-day wave is somewhat shorter than 2 days (about 1.7 days) during July 1998 with an average perturbation temperature amplitude for the month of over 2.5 K. The 2-day wave propagates more slowly than the zonal mean zonal wind, consistent with Rossby wave theory, and has EP flux divergence regions associated with regions of negative horizontal potential vorticity gradients, as expected from linear instability theory. Results for the assimilation-produced ozone mixing ratio show that the 2-day wave represents a major source of ozone variation in this region. The ozone wave in the assimilation system is in good agreement with the wave seen in the POAM (Polar Ozone and Aerosol Measurement) ozone observations for the same time period. Some differences with linear instability theory are noted as well as spectral peaks in the ozone field, not seen in the temperature field, that may be a consequence of advection.

  2. An affine model of the dynamics of astrophysical discs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ogilvie, Gordon I.

    2018-06-01

    Thin astrophysical discs are very often modelled using the equations of 2D hydrodynamics. We derive an extension of this model that describes more accurately the behaviour of a thin disc in the absence of self-gravity, magnetic fields, and complex internal motions. The ideal fluid theory is derived directly from Hamilton's Principle for a 3D fluid after making a specific approximation to the deformation gradient tensor. We express the equations in Eulerian form after projection on to a reference plane. The disc is thought of as a set of fluid columns, each of which is capable of a time-dependent affine transformation, consisting of a translation together with a linear transformation in three dimensions. Therefore, in addition to the usual 2D hydrodynamics in the reference plane, the theory allows for a deformation of the mid-plane (as occurs in warped discs) and for the internal shearing motions that accompany such deformations. It also allows for the vertical expansions driven in non-circular discs by a variation of the vertical gravitational field around the horizontal streamlines, or by a divergence of the horizontal velocity. The equations of the affine model embody conservation laws for energy and potential vorticity, even for non-planar discs. We verify that they reproduce exactly the linear theories of 3D warped and eccentric discs in a secular approximation. However, the affine model does not rely on any secular or small-amplitude assumptions and should be useful in more general circumstances.

  3. Non Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bizet, Nana Cabo; Martínez-Merino, Aldo; Zayas, Leopoldo A. Pando; Santos-Silva, Roberto

    2018-04-01

    Abelian T-duality in Gauged Linear Sigma Models (GLSM) forms the basis of the physical understanding of Mirror Symmetry as presented by Hori and Vafa. We consider an alternative formulation of Abelian T-duality on GLSM's as a gauging of a global U(1) symmetry with the addition of appropriate Lagrange multipliers. For GLSMs with Abelian gauge groups and without superpotential we reproduce the dual models introduced by Hori and Vafa. We extend the construction to formulate non-Abelian T-duality on GLSMs with global non-Abelian symmetries. The equations of motion that lead to the dual model are obtained for a general group, they depend in general on semi-chiral superfields; for cases such as SU(2) they depend on twisted chiral superfields. We solve the equations of motion for an SU(2) gauged group with a choice of a particular Lie algebra direction of the vector superfield. This direction covers a non-Abelian sector that can be described by a family of Abelian dualities. The dual model Lagrangian depends on twisted chiral superfields and a twisted superpotential is generated. We explore some non-perturbative aspects by making an Ansatz for the instanton corrections in the dual theories. We verify that the effective potential for the U(1) field strength in a fixed configuration on the original theory matches the one of the dual theory. Imposing restrictions on the vector superfield, more general non-Abelian dual models are obtained. We analyze the dual models via the geometry of their susy vacua.

  4. Application of optimal control theory to the design of the NASA/JPL 70-meter antenna servos

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Alvarez, L. S.; Nickerson, J.

    1989-01-01

    The application of Linear Quadratic Gaussian (LQG) techniques to the design of the 70-m axis servos is described. Linear quadratic optimal control and Kalman filter theory are reviewed, and model development and verification are discussed. Families of optimal controller and Kalman filter gain vectors were generated by varying weight parameters. Performance specifications were used to select final gain vectors.

  5. Molecular Dynamics Simulation Studies of Fracture in Two Dimensions

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1980-05-01

    reversibility of trajectories. The microscopic elastic constants, dispersion relation and phonon spectrum of the system were determined by lattice dynamics. These... linear elasticity theory of a two-dimensional crack embedded in an infinite medium. System con- sists of 436 particles arranged in a tri- angular lattice ...satisfying these demands. In evaluating the mechanical energy of his model, Griffith used a result from linear elasticity theory, namely that for any body

  6. Time-dependent local potential in a Tomonaga-Luttinger liquid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kamar, Naushad Ahmad; Giamarchi, Thierry

    2017-12-01

    We study the energy deposition in a one-dimensional interacting quantum system with a pointlike potential modulated in amplitude. The pointlike potential at position x =0 has a constant part and a small oscillation in time with a frequency ω . We use bosonization, renormalization group, and linear response theory to calculate the corresponding energy deposition. It exhibits a power law behavior as a function of the frequency that reflects the Tomonaga-Luttinger liquid (TLL) nature of the system. Depending on the interactions in the system, characterized by the TLL parameter K of the system, a crossover between weak and strong coupling for the backscattering due to the potential is possible. We compute the frequency scale ω*, at which such crossover exists. We find that the energy deposition due to the backscattering shows different exponents for K >1 and K <1 . We discuss possible experimental consequences, in the context of cold atomic gases, of our theoretical results.

  7. Unsteady lift and thrust of a 2D flapping thin airfoil in the presence of additional leading edge vortices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alaminos-Quesada, Javier; Fernandez-Feria, Ramon

    2017-11-01

    The effect of leading-edge vortices (LEVs) on the lift, thrust and moment of a two-dimensional heaving and pitching foil is analyzed from the unsteady, linear potential theory. General expressions taking into account the effect of unsteady point vortices interacting with the oscillatory trailing wake are first derived. Then, simplified expressions for the initial stages of the growing LEV on each half-stroke are used to obtain analytical closed expressions for the main contribution of these vortices to the lift, thrust and moment. It is found that, within the linear potential framework and the Brown-Michael model, the LEV contributes to the aerodynamic forces and moment only for combined pitching and heaving motions of the foil, being a relevant contribution for sufficiently large values of the product of the reduced frequency and the amplitude of the heaving and/or pitching motions. The results are compared with available experimental data and numerical simulations. Supported by the Ministerio de Economia y Competitividad of Spain Grants No. DPI2013-40479-P and DPI2016-76151-C2-1-R.

  8. Linear growth of the entanglement entropy and the Kolmogorov-Sinai rate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bianchi, Eugenio; Hackl, Lucas; Yokomizo, Nelson

    2018-03-01

    The rate of entropy production in a classical dynamical system is characterized by the Kolmogorov-Sinai entropy rate h KS given by the sum of all positive Lyapunov exponents of the system. We prove a quantum version of this result valid for bosonic systems with unstable quadratic Hamiltonian. The derivation takes into account the case of time-dependent Hamiltonians with Floquet instabilities. We show that the entanglement entropy S A of a Gaussian state grows linearly for large times in unstable systems, with a rate Λ A ≤ h KS determined by the Lyapunov exponents and the choice of the subsystem A. We apply our results to the analysis of entanglement production in unstable quadratic potentials and due to periodic quantum quenches in many-body quantum systems. Our results are relevant for quantum field theory, for which we present three applications: a scalar field in a symmetry-breaking potential, parametric resonance during post-inflationary reheating and cosmological perturbations during inflation. Finally, we conjecture that the same rate Λ A appears in the entanglement growth of chaotic quantum systems prepared in a semiclassical state.

  9. Approximate labeling via graph cuts based on linear programming.

    PubMed

    Komodakis, Nikos; Tziritas, Georgios

    2007-08-01

    A new framework is presented for both understanding and developing graph-cut-based combinatorial algorithms suitable for the approximate optimization of a very wide class of Markov Random Fields (MRFs) that are frequently encountered in computer vision. The proposed framework utilizes tools from the duality theory of linear programming in order to provide an alternative and more general view of state-of-the-art techniques like the \\alpha-expansion algorithm, which is included merely as a special case. Moreover, contrary to \\alpha-expansion, the derived algorithms generate solutions with guaranteed optimality properties for a much wider class of problems, for example, even for MRFs with nonmetric potentials. In addition, they are capable of providing per-instance suboptimality bounds in all occasions, including discrete MRFs with an arbitrary potential function. These bounds prove to be very tight in practice (that is, very close to 1), which means that the resulting solutions are almost optimal. Our algorithms' effectiveness is demonstrated by presenting experimental results on a variety of low-level vision tasks, such as stereo matching, image restoration, image completion, and optical flow estimation, as well as on synthetic problems.

  10. Non-linear osmosis

    PubMed Central

    Diamond, Jared M.

    1966-01-01

    1. The relation between osmotic gradient and rate of osmotic water flow has been measured in rabbit gall-bladder by a gravimetric procedure and by a rapid method based on streaming potentials. Streaming potentials were directly proportional to gravimetrically measured water fluxes. 2. As in many other tissues, water flow was found to vary with gradient in a markedly non-linear fashion. There was no consistent relation between the water permeability and either the direction or the rate of water flow. 3. Water flow in response to a given gradient decreased at higher osmolarities. The resistance to water flow increased linearly with osmolarity over the range 186-825 m-osM. 4. The resistance to water flow was the same when the gall-bladder separated any two bathing solutions with the same average osmolarity, regardless of the magnitude of the gradient. In other words, the rate of water flow is given by the expression (Om — Os)/[Ro′ + ½k′ (Om + Os)], where Ro′ and k′ are constants and Om and Os are the bathing solution osmolarities. 5. Of the theories advanced to explain non-linear osmosis in other tissues, flow-induced membrane deformations, unstirred layers, asymmetrical series-membrane effects, and non-osmotic effects of solutes could not explain the results. However, experimental measurements of water permeability as a function of osmolarity permitted quantitative reconstruction of the observed water flow—osmotic gradient curves. Hence non-linear osmosis in rabbit gall-bladder is due to a decrease in water permeability with increasing osmolarity. 6. The results suggest that aqueous channels in the cell membrane behave as osmometers, shrinking in concentrated solutions of impermeant molecules and thereby increasing membrane resistance to water flow. A mathematical formulation of such a membrane structure is offered. PMID:5945254

  11. Numerical Implementation of a Multiple-ISV Thermodynamically-Based Work Potential Theory for Modeling Progressive Damage and Failure in Fiber-Reinforced Laminates

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pineda, Evan J.; Waas, Anthony M.

    2011-01-01

    A thermodynamically-based work potential theory for modeling progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced laminates is presented. The current, multiple-internal state variable (ISV) formulation, enhanced Schapery theory (EST), utilizes separate ISVs for modeling the effects of damage and failure. Damage is considered to be the effect of any structural changes in a material that manifest as pre-peak non-linearity in the stress versus strain response. Conversely, failure is taken to be the effect of the evolution of any mechanisms that results in post-peak strain softening. It is assumed that matrix microdamage is the dominant damage mechanism in continuous fiber-reinforced polymer matrix laminates, and its evolution is controlled with a single ISV. Three additional ISVs are introduced to account for failure due to mode I transverse cracking, mode II transverse cracking, and mode I axial failure. Typically, failure evolution (i.e., post-peak strain softening) results in pathologically mesh dependent solutions within a finite element method (FEM) setting. Therefore, consistent character element lengths are introduced into the formulation of the evolution of the three failure ISVs. Using the stationarity of the total work potential with respect to each ISV, a set of thermodynamically consistent evolution equations for the ISVs is derived. The theory is implemented into commercial FEM software. Objectivity of total energy dissipated during the failure process, with regards to refinements in the FEM mesh, is demonstrated. The model is also verified against experimental results from two laminated, T800/3900-2 panels containing a central notch and different fiber-orientation stacking sequences. Global load versus displacement, global load versus local strain gage data, and macroscopic failure paths obtained from the models are compared to the experiments.

  12. A Thermodynamically-Based Mesh Objective Work Potential Theory for Predicting Intralaminar Progressive Damage and Failure in Fiber-Reinforced Laminates

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pineda, Evan J.; Waas, Anthony M.

    2012-01-01

    A thermodynamically-based work potential theory for modeling progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced laminates is presented. The current, multiple-internal state variable (ISV) formulation, enhanced Schapery theory (EST), utilizes separate ISVs for modeling the effects of damage and failure. Damage is considered to be the effect of any structural changes in a material that manifest as pre-peak non-linearity in the stress versus strain response. Conversely, failure is taken to be the effect of the evolution of any mechanisms that results in post-peak strain softening. It is assumed that matrix microdamage is the dominant damage mechanism in continuous fiber-reinforced polymer matrix laminates, and its evolution is controlled with a single ISV. Three additional ISVs are introduced to account for failure due to mode I transverse cracking, mode II transverse cracking, and mode I axial failure. Typically, failure evolution (i.e., post-peak strain softening) results in pathologically mesh dependent solutions within a finite element method (FEM) setting. Therefore, consistent character element lengths are introduced into the formulation of the evolution of the three failure ISVs. Using the stationarity of the total work potential with respect to each ISV, a set of thermodynamically consistent evolution equations for the ISVs is derived. The theory is implemented into commercial FEM software. Objectivity of total energy dissipated during the failure process, with regards to refinements in the FEM mesh, is demonstrated. The model is also verified against experimental results from two laminated, T800/3900-2 panels containing a central notch and different fiber-orientation stacking sequences. Global load versus displacement, global load versus local strain gage data, and macroscopic failure paths obtained from the models are compared to the experiments.

  13. Possible mechanism for the onset of step-bunching instabilities during the epitaxy of single-species crystalline films

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Cermelli, Paolo; Jabbour, Michel E.; Department of Mathematics, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506-0027

    A thermodynamically consistent continuum theory for single-species, step-flow epitaxy that extends the classical Burton-Cabrera-Frank (BCF) framework is derived from basic considerations. In particular, an expression for the step chemical potential is obtained that contains two energetic contributions--one from the adjacent terraces in the form of the jump in the adatom grand canonical potential and the other from the monolayer of crystallized adatoms that underlies the upper terrace in the form of the nominal bulk chemical potential--thus generalizing the classical Gibbs-Thomson relation to the dynamic, dissipative setting of step-flow growth. The linear stability analysis of the resulting quasistatic free-boundary problem formore » an infinite train of equidistant rectilinear steps yields explicit--i.e., analytical--criteria for the onset of step bunching in terms of the basic physical and geometric parameters of the theory. It is found that, in contrast with the predictions of the classical BCF model, both in the absence as well as in the presence of desorption, a growth regime exists for which step bunching occurs, except possibly in the dilute limit where the train is always stable to step bunching. In the present framework, the onset of one-dimensional instabilities is directly attributed to the energetic influence on the migrating steps of the adjacent terraces. Hence the theory provides a ''minimalist'' alternative to existing theories of step bunching and should be relevant to, e.g., molecular beam epitaxy of GaAs where the equilibrium adatom density is shown by Tersoff, Johnson, and Orr [Phys. Rev. B 78, 282 (1997)] to be extremely high.« less

  14. The effective supergravity of little string theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Antoniadis, Ignatios; Delgado, Antonio; Markou, Chrysoula; Pokorski, Stefan

    2018-02-01

    In this work we present the minimal supersymmetric extension of the five-dimensional dilaton-gravity theory that captures the main properties of the holographic dual of little string theory. It is described by a particular gauging of N=2 supergravity coupled with one vector multiplet associated with the string dilaton, along the U(1) subgroup of SU(2) R-symmetry. The linear dilaton in the fifth coordinate solution of the equations of motion (with flat string frame metric) breaks half of the supersymmetries to N=1 in four dimensions. Interest in the linear dilaton model has lately been revived in the context of the clockwork mechanism, which has recently been proposed as a new source of exponential scale separation in field theory.

  15. Wave kinetics of random fibre lasers

    PubMed Central

    Churkin, D V.; Kolokolov, I V.; Podivilov, E V.; Vatnik, I D.; Nikulin, M A.; Vergeles, S S.; Terekhov, I S.; Lebedev, V V.; Falkovich, G.; Babin, S A.; Turitsyn, S K.

    2015-01-01

    Traditional wave kinetics describes the slow evolution of systems with many degrees of freedom to equilibrium via numerous weak non-linear interactions and fails for very important class of dissipative (active) optical systems with cyclic gain and losses, such as lasers with non-linear intracavity dynamics. Here we introduce a conceptually new class of cyclic wave systems, characterized by non-uniform double-scale dynamics with strong periodic changes of the energy spectrum and slow evolution from cycle to cycle to a statistically steady state. Taking a practically important example—random fibre laser—we show that a model describing such a system is close to integrable non-linear Schrödinger equation and needs a new formalism of wave kinetics, developed here. We derive a non-linear kinetic theory of the laser spectrum, generalizing the seminal linear model of Schawlow and Townes. Experimental results agree with our theory. The work has implications for describing kinetics of cyclical systems beyond photonics. PMID:25645177

  16. Optimal Linear Responses for Markov Chains and Stochastically Perturbed Dynamical Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Antown, Fadi; Dragičević, Davor; Froyland, Gary

    2018-03-01

    The linear response of a dynamical system refers to changes to properties of the system when small external perturbations are applied. We consider the little-studied question of selecting an optimal perturbation so as to (i) maximise the linear response of the equilibrium distribution of the system, (ii) maximise the linear response of the expectation of a specified observable, and (iii) maximise the linear response of the rate of convergence of the system to the equilibrium distribution. We also consider the inhomogeneous, sequential, or time-dependent situation where the governing dynamics is not stationary and one wishes to select a sequence of small perturbations so as to maximise the overall linear response at some terminal time. We develop the theory for finite-state Markov chains, provide explicit solutions for some illustrative examples, and numerically apply our theory to stochastically perturbed dynamical systems, where the Markov chain is replaced by a matrix representation of an approximate annealed transfer operator for the random dynamical system.

  17. Experimental derivation of the fluence non-uniformity correction for air kerma near brachytherapy linear sources

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vianello, E. A.; Almeida, C. E. de

    2008-07-15

    In brachytherapy, one of the elements to take into account for measurements free in air is the non-uniformity of the photon fluence due to the beam divergence that causes a steep dose gradient near the source. The correction factors for this phenomenon have been usually evaluated by two available theories by Kondo and Randolph [Radiat. Res. 13, 37-60 (1960)] and Bielajew [Phys. Med. Biol. 35, 517-538 (1990)], both conceived for point sources. This work presents the experimental validation of the Monte Carlo calculations made by Rodriguez and deAlmeida [Phys. Med. Biol. 49, 1705-1709 (2004)] for the non-uniformity correction specifically formore » a Cs-137 linear source measured using a Farmer type ionization chamber. The experimental values agree very well with the Monte Carlo calculations and differ from the results predicted by both theoretical models widely used. This result confirms that for linear sources there are some important differences at short distances from the source and emphasizes that those theories should not be used for linear sources. The data provided in this study confirm the limitations of the mentioned theories when linear sources are used. Considering the difficulties and uncertainties associated with the experimental measurements, it is recommended to use the Monte Carlo data to assess the non-uniformity factors for linear sources in situations that require this knowledge.« less

  18. Does chaos theory have major implications for philosophy of medicine?

    PubMed

    Holm, S

    2002-12-01

    In the literature it is sometimes claimed that chaos theory, non-linear dynamics, and the theory of fractals have major implications for philosophy of medicine, especially for our analysis of the concept of disease and the concept of causation. This paper gives a brief introduction to the concepts underlying chaos theory and non-linear dynamics. It is then shown that chaos theory has only very minimal implications for the analysis of the concept of disease and the concept of causation, mainly because the mathematics of chaotic processes entail that these processes are fully deterministic. The practical unpredictability of chaotic processes, caused by their extreme sensitivity to initial conditions, may raise practical problems in diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment, but it raises no major theoretical problems. The relation between chaos theory and the problem of free will is discussed, and it is shown that chaos theory may remove the problem of predictability of decisions, but does not solve the problem of free will. Chaos theory may thus be very important for our understanding of physiological processes, and specific disease entities, without having any major implications for philosophy of medicine.

  19. Quadratic canonical transformation theory and higher order density matrices.

    PubMed

    Neuscamman, Eric; Yanai, Takeshi; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2009-03-28

    Canonical transformation (CT) theory provides a rigorously size-extensive description of dynamic correlation in multireference systems, with an accuracy superior to and cost scaling lower than complete active space second order perturbation theory. Here we expand our previous theory by investigating (i) a commutator approximation that is applied at quadratic, as opposed to linear, order in the effective Hamiltonian, and (ii) incorporation of the three-body reduced density matrix in the operator and density matrix decompositions. The quadratic commutator approximation improves CT's accuracy when used with a single-determinant reference, repairing the previous formal disadvantage of the single-reference linear CT theory relative to singles and doubles coupled cluster theory. Calculations on the BH and HF binding curves confirm this improvement. In multireference systems, the three-body reduced density matrix increases the overall accuracy of the CT theory. Tests on the H(2)O and N(2) binding curves yield results highly competitive with expensive state-of-the-art multireference methods, such as the multireference Davidson-corrected configuration interaction (MRCI+Q), averaged coupled pair functional, and averaged quadratic coupled cluster theories.

  20. Discovery of Empirical Components by Information Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-08-10

    AFRL-AFOSR-VA-TR-2016-0289 Discovery of Empirical Components by Information Theory Amit Singer TRUSTEES OF PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 1 NASSAU HALL...3. DATES COVERED (From - To) 15 Feb 2013 to 14 Feb 2016 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER Discovery of Empirical Components by Information Theory 5b. GRANT...they draw not only from traditional linear algebra based numerical analysis or approximation theory , but also from information theory , graph theory

  1. Full-Potential Calculation of Structural, Electronic, and Thermodynamic Properties of Fluoroperovskite { CsMF}3 (M = Be and Mg)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Harmel, M.; Khachai, H.; Ameri, A.; Baki, N.; Haddou, A.; Khalfa, M.; Abbar, B.; Omran, S. Bin; Uğur, G.; Uğur, Ş.; Khenata, R.

    2012-12-01

    The structural and electronic properties of the cubic fluoroperoveskite { CsBeF}3 and { CsMgF}3 have been investigated using the full-potential-linearized augmented plane wave method within the density functional theory. The exchange-correlation potential was treated with the local density approximation and the generalized gradient approximation. The calculations of the electronic band structures show that { CsBeF}_{3 } has an indirect bandgap, whereas { CsMgF}3 has a direct bandgap. Through the quasi-harmonic Debye model, in which the phononic effects are considered, the effect of pressure P and temperature T on the lattice parameter, bulk modulus, thermal expansion coefficient, Debye temperature, and the heat capacity for { CsBeF}3 and { CsMgF}3 compounds are investigated for the first time.

  2. Ab-initio calculations of structural, electronic, and optical properties of Zn3(VO4)2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ahmed, Nisar; Mukhtar, S.; Gao, Wei; Zafar Ilyas, Syed

    2018-03-01

    The structural, electronic, and optical properties of Zn3(VO4)2 are investigated using full potential linearized augmented plane wave (FP-LAPW) method within the framework of density functional theory (DFT). Various approaches are adopted to treat the exchange and correlation potential energy such as generalized gradient approximation (GGA), GGA+U, and the Tran–Blaha modified Becke–Johnson (TB-mBJ) potential. The calculated band gap of 3.424 eV by TB-mBJ is found to be close to the experimental result (3.3 eV). The optical anisotropy is analyzed through optical constants, such as dielectric function and absorption coefficient along parallel and perpendicular crystal orientations. The absorption coefficient reveals high absorption (1.5× {10}6 {cm}}-1) of photons in the ultraviolet region.

  3. Expansion Potentials for Exact Far-from-Equilibrium Spreading of Particles and Energy

    DOE PAGES

    Vasseur, Romain; Karrasch, Christoph; Moore, Joel E.

    2015-12-01

    We report that the rates at which energy and particle densities move to equalize arbitrarily large temperature and chemical potential differences in an isolated quantum system have an emergent thermodynamical description whenever energy or particle current commutes with the Hamiltonian. Concrete examples include the energy current in the 1D spinless fermion model with nearest-neighbor interactions (XXZ spin chain), energy current in Lorentz-invariant theories or particle current in interacting Bose gases in arbitrary dimension. Even far from equilibrium, these rates are controlled by state functions, which we call "expansion potentials", expressed as integrals of equilibrium Drude weights. This relation between nonequilibriummore » quantities and linear response implies non-equilibrium Maxwell relations for the Drude weights. Lastly, we verify our results via DMRG calculations for the XXZ chain.« less

  4. Is the local linearity of space-time inherited from the linearity of probabilities?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Müller, Markus P.; Carrozza, Sylvain; Höhn, Philipp A.

    2017-02-01

    The appearance of linear spaces, describing physical quantities by vectors and tensors, is ubiquitous in all of physics, from classical mechanics to the modern notion of local Lorentz invariance. However, as natural as this seems to the physicist, most computer scientists would argue that something like a ‘local linear tangent space’ is not very typical and in fact a quite surprising property of any conceivable world or algorithm. In this paper, we take the perspective of the computer scientist seriously, and ask whether there could be any inherently information-theoretic reason to expect this notion of linearity to appear in physics. We give a series of simple arguments, spanning quantum information theory, group representation theory, and renormalization in quantum gravity, that supports a surprising thesis: namely, that the local linearity of space-time might ultimately be a consequence of the linearity of probabilities. While our arguments involve a fair amount of speculation, they have the virtue of being independent of any detailed assumptions on quantum gravity, and they are in harmony with several independent recent ideas on emergent space-time in high-energy physics.

  5. Thermal conductivity and phonon transport properties of silicon using perturbation theory and the environment-dependent interatomic potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pascual-Gutiérrez, José A.; Murthy, Jayathi Y.; Viskanta, Raymond

    2009-09-01

    Silicon thermal conductivities are obtained from the solution of the linearized phonon Boltzmann transport equation without the use of any parameter-fitting. Perturbation theory is used to compute the strength of three-phonon and isotope scattering mechanisms. Matrix elements based on Fermi's golden rule are computed exactly without assuming either average or mode-dependent Grüeisen parameters, and with no underlying assumptions of crystal isotropy. The environment-dependent interatomic potential is employed to describe the interatomic force constants and the perturbing Hamiltonians. A detailed methodology to accurately find three-phonon processes satisfying energy- and momentum-conservation rules is also described. Bulk silicon thermal conductivity values are computed across a range of temperatures and shown to match experimental data very well. It is found that about two-thirds of the heat transport in bulk silicon may be attributed to transverse acoustic modes. Effective relaxation times and mean free paths are computed in order to provide a more complete picture of the detailed transport mechanisms and for use with carrier transport models based on the Boltzmann transport equation.

  6. Generalized non-equilibrium vertex correction method in coherent medium theory for quantum transport simulation of disordered nanoelectronics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yan, Jiawei; Ke, Youqi

    In realistic nanoelectronics, disordered impurities/defects are inevitable and play important roles in electron transport. However, due to the lack of effective quantum transport method, the important effects of disorders remain poorly understood. Here, we report a generalized non-equilibrium vertex correction (NVC) method with coherent potential approximation to treat the disorder effects in quantum transport simulation. With this generalized NVC method, any averaged product of two single-particle Green's functions can be obtained by solving a set of simple linear equations. As a result, the averaged non-equilibrium density matrix and various important transport properties, including averaged current, disordered induced current fluctuation and the averaged shot noise, can all be efficiently computed in a unified scheme. Moreover, a generalized form of conditionally averaged non-equilibrium Green's function is derived to incorporate with density functional theory to enable first-principles simulation. We prove the non-equilibrium coherent potential equals the non-equilibrium vertex correction. Our approach provides a unified, efficient and self-consistent method for simulating non-equilibrium quantum transport through disorder nanoelectronics. Shanghaitech start-up fund.

  7. Digital signal processing of the phonocardiogram: review of the most recent advancements.

    PubMed

    Durand, L G; Pibarot, P

    1995-01-01

    The objective of the present paper is to provide a detailed review of the most recent developments in instrumentation and signal processing of digital phonocardiography and heart auscultation. After a short introduction, the paper presents a brief history of heart auscultation and phonocardiography, which is followed by a summary of the basic theories and controversies regarding the genesis of the heart sounds. The application of spectral analysis and the potential of new time-frequency representations and cardiac acoustic mapping to resolve the controversies and better understand the genesis and transmission of heart sounds and murmurs within the heart-thorax acoustic system are reviewed. The most recent developments in the application of linear predictive coding, spectral analysis, time-frequency representation techniques, and pattern recognition for the detection and follow-up of native and prosthetic valve degeneration and dysfunction are also presented in detail. New areas of research and clinical applications and areas of potential future developments are then highlighted. The final section is a discussion about a multidegree of freedom theory on the origin of the heart sounds and murmurs, which is completed by the authors' conclusion.

  8. Hairy black hole stability in AdS, quantum mechanics on the half-line and holography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anabalón, Andrés; Astefanesei, Dumitru; Oliva, Julio

    2015-10-01

    We consider the linear stability of 4-dimensional hairy black holes with mixed boundary conditions in Anti-de Sitter spacetime. We focus on the mass of scalar fields around the maximally supersymmetric vacuum of the gauged N=8 supergravity in four dimensions, m 2 = -2 l -2. It is shown that the Schrödinger operator on the half-line, governing the S 2, H 2 or {{R}}^2 invariant mode around the hairy black hole, allows for non-trivial self-adjoint extensions and each of them corresponds to a class of mixed boundary conditions in the gravitational theory. Discarding the self-adjoint extensions with a negative mode impose a restriction on these boundary conditions. The restriction is given in terms of an integral of the potential in the Schrödinger operator resembling the estimate of Simon for Schrödinger operators on the real line. In the context of AdS/CFT duality, our result has a natural interpretation in terms of the field theory dual effective potential.

  9. Experimental, DFT and molecular docking studies on 2-(2-mercaptophenylimino)-4-methyl-2H-chromen-7-ol

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, Ashok Kumar; Singh, Ravindra Kumar

    2016-10-01

    A new coumarin derivative 2-(2-mercaptophenylimino)-4-methyl-2H-chromen-7-ol (COMSB) was synthesized and characterized with the help of 1H,13C NMR, FT-IR, FT-Raman and mass spectrometry. All quantum calculations were performed at DFT level of theory using B3LYP functional and 6-31G (d,p) as basis set. The UV-Vis spectrum studied by TD-DFT theory, with a hybrid exchange-correlation functional using Coulomb-attenuating method (CAM-B3LYP) in solvent phase gives similar pattern of bands, at energies and is consistent with that of experimental findings. The detailed analysis of vibrational (IR and Raman) spectra and their assignments has been done by computing Potential Energy Distribution (PED) using Gar2ped. Intra-molecular interactions were analyzed by 'Atoms in molecule' (AIM) approach. Computed first static hyperpolarizability (β0 = 8.583 × 10-30 esu) indicates non-linear optical (NLO) response of the molecule. Molecular docking studies show that the title molecule may act as potential acetylcholine esterase (AChE) inhibitor.

  10. Synthesis, spectroscopic and structural characterization of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine with theoretical calculations using density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Inkaya, Ersin; Dinçer, Muharrem; Sahan, Emine; Yıldırım, Ismail

    2013-10-01

    In this paper, we will report a combined experimental and theoretical investigation of the molecular structure and spectroscopic parameters (FT-IR, (1)H NMR, (13)C NMR) of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine. The compound crystallizes in the triclinic space group P-1 with Z=2. The molecular geometry was also optimized using density functional theory (DFT/B3LYP) method with the 6-311G(d,p) and 6-311++G(d,p) basis sets in ground state and compared with the experimental data. All the assignments of the theoretical frequencies were performed by potential energy distributions using VEDA 4 program. Information about the size, shape, charge density distribution and site of chemical reactivity of the molecules has been obtained by mapping electron density isosurface with electrostatic potential (ESP). Also, non-linear optical properties of the title compound were performed at B3LYP/6-311++G(d,p) level. The theoretical results showed an excellent agreement with the experimental values. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Synthesis, spectroscopic and structural characterization of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine with theoretical calculations using density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    İnkaya, Ersin; Dinçer, Muharrem; Şahan, Emine; Yıldırım, İsmail

    2013-10-01

    In this paper, we will report a combined experimental and theoretical investigation of the molecular structure and spectroscopic parameters (FT-IR, 1H NMR, 13C NMR) of 5-benzoyl-4-phenyl-2-methylthio-1H-pyrimidine. The compound crystallizes in the triclinic space group P-1 with Z = 2. The molecular geometry was also optimized using density functional theory (DFT/B3LYP) method with the 6-311G(d,p) and 6-311++G(d,p) basis sets in ground state and compared with the experimental data. All the assignments of the theoretical frequencies were performed by potential energy distributions using VEDA 4 program. Information about the size, shape, charge density distribution and site of chemical reactivity of the molecules has been obtained by mapping electron density isosurface with electrostatic potential (ESP). Also, non-linear optical properties of the title compound were performed at B3LYP/6-311++G(d,p) level. The theoretical results showed an excellent agreement with the experimental values.

  12. First-principles calculations of two cubic fluoropervskite compounds: RbFeF3 and RbNiF3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mubarak, A. A.; Al-Omari, Saleh

    2015-05-01

    We present first-principles calculations of the structural, elastic, electronic, magnetic and optical properties for RbFeF3 and RbNiF3. The full-potential linear augmented plan wave (FP-LAPW) method within the density functional theory was utilized to perform the present calculations. We employed the generalized gradient approximation as exchange-correlation potential. It was found that the calculated analytical lattice parameters agree with previous studies. The analysis of elastic constants showed that the present compounds are elastically stable and anisotropic. Moreover, both compounds are classified as a ductile compound. The calculations of the band structure and density functional theory revealed that the RbFeF3 compound has a half-metallic behavior while the RbNiF3 compound has a semiconductor behavior with indirect (M-Γ) band gap. The ferromagnetic behavior was studied for both compounds. The optical properties were calculated for the radiation of up to 40 eV. A beneficial optics technology is predicted as revealed from the optical spectra.

  13. Racioethnicity, community makeup, and potential employees' reactions to organizational diversity management approaches.

    PubMed

    Olsen, Jesse E; Martins, Luis L

    2016-05-01

    We draw on the values literature from social psychology and the acculturation literature from cross-cultural psychology to develop and test a theory of how signals about an organization's diversity management (DM) approach affect perceptions of organizational attractiveness among potential employees. We examine the mediating effects of individuals' merit-based attributions about hiring decisions at the organization, as well as the moderating effects of their racioethnicity and the racioethnic composition of their home communities. We test our theory using a within-subject policy-capturing experimental design that simulates organizational DM approaches, supplemented with census data for the participants' home communities. Results of hierarchical linear modeling (HLM) analyses suggest that the manipulated instrumental value for diversity leads to higher perceptions of organizational attractiveness, in part through heightened expectations of merit-based hiring decisions. Further, the manipulated assimilative and integrative DM approach signals are positively related to organizational attractiveness and the effect of integrative DM is strongest for racioethnic minorities from communities with especially high proportions of Whites and Whites from communities with especially low proportions of Whites. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved).

  14. Thermoelectric properties of fully hydrogenated graphene: Semi-classical Boltzmann theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Reshak, A. H., E-mail: maalidph@yahoo.co.uk; Center of Excellence Geopolymer and Green Technology, School of Material Engineering, University Malaysia Perlis, 01007 Kangar, Perlis

    2015-06-14

    Based on the calculated band structure, the electronic transport coefficients of chair-/boat-like graphane were evaluated by using the semi-classical Boltzmann theory and rigid band model. The maximum value of electrical conductivity for chair (boat)-like graphane of about 1.4 (0.6) × 10{sup 19} (Ωms){sup −1} is achieved at 600 K. The charge carrier concentration and the electrical conductivity linearly increase with increasing the temperature in agreement with the experimental work for graphene. The investigated materials exhibit the highest value of Seebeck coefficient at 300 K. We should emphasize that in the chemical potential between ∓0.125 μ(eV) the investigated materials exhibit minimum value of electronic thermalmore » conductivity, therefore, maximum efficiency. As the temperature increases, the electronic thermal conductivity increases exponentially, in agreement with the experimental data of graphene. We also calculated the power factor of chair-/boat-like graphane at 300 and 600 K as a function of chemical potential between ∓0.25 μ(eV)« less

  15. First-Principles Study of the Electronic Structure and Bonding Properties of X8C46 and X8B6C40 (X: Li, Na, Mg, Ca) Carbon Clathrates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    KoleŻyński, Andrzej; Szczypka, Wojciech

    2016-03-01

    Results from theoretical analysis of the crystal structure, electronic structure, and bonding properties of C46 and B6C40 carbon clathrates doped with selected alkali and alkaline earth metals cations (Li, Na, Mg, Ca) are presented. The ab initio calculations were performed by means of the WIEN2k package (full potential linearized augmented plane wave method (FP-LAPW) within density functional theory (DFT)) with PBESol and modified Becke-Johnson exchange-correlation potentials used in geometry optimization and electronic structure calculations, respectively. The bonding properties were analyzed by applying Bader's quantum theory of atoms in molecules formalism to the topological properties of total electron density obtained from ab initio calculations. Analysis of the results obtained (i.a. equilibrium geometry, equation of state, cohesive energy, band structure, density of states—both total and projected on to particular atoms, and topological properties of bond critical points and net charges of topological atoms) is presented in detail.

  16. Instant-Form and Light-Front Quantization of Field Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kulshreshtha, Usha; Kulshreshtha, Daya Shankar; Vary, James

    2018-05-01

    In this work we consider the instant-form and light-front quantization of some field theories. As an example, we consider a class of gauged non-linear sigma models with different regularizations. In particular, we present the path integral quantization of the gauged non-linear sigma model in the Faddeevian regularization. We also make a comparision of the possible differences in the instant-form and light-front quantization at appropriate places.

  17. A computational system for aerodynamic design and analysis of supersonic aircraft. Part 1: General description and theoretical development

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Middleton, W. D.; Lundry, J. L.

    1976-01-01

    An integrated system of computer programs was developed for the design and analysis of supersonic configurations. The system uses linearized theory methods for the calculation of surface pressures and supersonic area rule concepts in combination with linearized theory for calculation of aerodynamic force coefficients. Interactive graphics are optional at the user's request. Schematics of the program structure and the individual overlays and subroutines are described.

  18. Aerodynamic design and analysis system for supersonic aircraft. Part 1: General description and theoretical development

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Middleton, W. D.; Lundry, J. L.

    1975-01-01

    An integrated system of computer programs has been developed for the design and analysis of supersonic configurations. The system uses linearized theory methods for the calculation of surface pressures and supersonic area rule concepts in combination with linearized theory for calculation of aerodynamic force coefficients. Interactive graphics are optional at the user's request. This part presents a general description of the system and describes the theoretical methods used.

  19. The seasonal response of the Held-Suarez climate model to prescribed ocean temperature anomalies. II - Dynamical analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Phillips, T. J.

    1984-01-01

    The heating associated with equatorial, subtropical, and midlatitude ocean temperature anamolies in the Held-Suarez climate model is analyzed. The local and downstream response to the anomalies is analyzed, first by examining the seasonal variation in heating associated with each ocean temperature anomaly, and then by combining knowledge of the heating with linear dynamical theory in order to develop a more comprehensive explanation of the seasonal variation in local and downstream atmospheric response to each anomaly. The extent to which the linear theory of propagating waves can assist the interpretation of the remote cross-latitudinal response of the model to the ocean temperature anomalies is considered. Alternative hypotheses that attempt to avoid the contradictions inherent in a strict application of linear theory are investigated, and the impact of sampling errors on the assessment of statistical significance is also examined.

  20. A steady and oscillatory kernel function method for interfering surfaces in subsonic, transonic and supersonic flow. [prediction analysis techniques for airfoils

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cunningham, A. M., Jr.

    1976-01-01

    The theory, results and user instructions for an aerodynamic computer program are presented. The theory is based on linear lifting surface theory, and the method is the kernel function. The program is applicable to multiple interfering surfaces which may be coplanar or noncoplanar. Local linearization was used to treat nonuniform flow problems without shocks. For cases with imbedded shocks, the appropriate boundary conditions were added to account for the flow discontinuities. The data describing nonuniform flow fields must be input from some other source such as an experiment or a finite difference solution. The results are in the form of small linear perturbations about nonlinear flow fields. The method was applied to a wide variety of problems for which it is demonstrated to be significantly superior to the uniform flow method. Program user instructions are given for easy access.

  1. Theoretical studies of solar oscillations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goldreich, P.

    1980-01-01

    Possible sources for the excitation of the solar 5 minute oscillations were investigated and a linear non-adiabatic stability code was applied to a preliminary study of the solar g-modes with periods near 160 minutes. Although no definitive conclusions concerning the excitation of these modes were reached, the excitation of the 5 minute oscillations by turbulent stresses in the convection zone remains a viable possibility. Theoretical calculations do not offer much support for the identification of the 160 minute global solar oscillation (reported by several independent observers) as a solar g-mode. A significant advance was made in attempting to reconcile mixing-length theory with the results of the calculations of linearly unstable normal modes. Calculations show that in a convective envelope prepared according to mixing length theory, the only linearly unstable modes are those which correspond to the turbulent eddies which are the basic element of the heuristic mixing length theory.

  2. Can a Linear Sigma Model Describe Walking Gauge Theories at Low Energies?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gasbarro, Andrew

    2018-03-01

    In recent years, many investigations of confining Yang Mills gauge theories near the edge of the conformal window have been carried out using lattice techniques. These studies have revealed that the spectrum of hadrons in nearly conformal ("walking") gauge theories differs significantly from the QCD spectrum. In particular, a light singlet scalar appears in the spectrum which is nearly degenerate with the PNGBs at the lightest currently accessible quark masses. This state is a viable candidate for a composite Higgs boson. Presently, an acceptable effective field theory (EFT) description of the light states in walking theories has not been established. Such an EFT would be useful for performing chiral extrapolations of lattice data and for serving as a bridge between lattice calculations and phenomenology. It has been shown that the chiral Lagrangian fails to describe the IR dynamics of a theory near the edge of the conformal window. Here we assess a linear sigma model as an alternate EFT description by performing explicit chiral fits to lattice data. In a combined fit to the Goldstone (pion) mass and decay constant, a tree level linear sigma model has a Χ2/d.o.f. = 0.5 compared to Χ2/d.o.f. = 29.6 from fitting nextto-leading order chiral perturbation theory. When the 0++ (σ) mass is included in the fit, Χ2/d.o.f. = 4.9. We remark on future directions for providing better fits to the σ mass.

  3. Kinetic-energy matrix elements for atomic Hylleraas-CI wave functions.

    PubMed

    Harris, Frank E

    2016-05-28

    Hylleraas-CI is a superposition-of-configurations method in which each configuration is constructed from a Slater-type orbital (STO) product to which is appended (linearly) at most one interelectron distance rij. Computations of the kinetic energy for atoms by this method have been difficult due to the lack of formulas expressing these matrix elements for general angular momentum in terms of overlap and potential-energy integrals. It is shown here that a strategic application of angular-momentum theory, including the use of vector spherical harmonics, enables the reduction of all atomic kinetic-energy integrals to overlap and potential-energy matrix elements. The new formulas are validated by showing that they yield correct results for a large number of integrals published by other investigators.

  4. Wave radiation and diffraction by a two-dimensional floating body with an opening near a side wall

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Hong-sheng; Zhou, Hua-wei

    2013-08-01

    The radiation and diffraction problem of a two-dimensional rectangular body with an opening floating on a semi-infinite fluid domain of finite water depth is analysed based on the linearized velocity potential theory through an analytical solution procedure. The expressions for potentials are obtained by the method of variation separation, in which the unknown coefficients are determined by the boundary condition and matching requirement on the interface. The effects of the position of the hole and the gap between the body and side wall on hydrodynamic characteristics are investigated. Some resonance is observed like piston motion in a moon pool and sloshing in a closed tank because of the existence of restricted fluid domains.

  5. A Density Functional Approach to Polarizable Models: A Kim-Gordon-Response Density Interaction Potential for Molecular Simulations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tabacchi, G; Hutter, J; Mundy, C

    2005-04-07

    A combined linear response--frozen electron density model has been implemented in a molecular dynamics scheme derived from an extended Lagrangian formalism. This approach is based on a partition of the electronic charge distribution into a frozen region described by Kim-Gordon theory, and a response contribution determined by the instaneous ionic configuration of the system. The method is free from empirical pair-potentials and the parameterization protocol involves only calculations on properly chosen subsystems. They apply this method to a series of alkali halides in different physical phases and are able to reproduce experimental structural and thermodynamic properties with an accuracy comparablemore » to Kohn-Sham density functional calculations.« less

  6. Gromov-Witten invariants and localization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Morrison, David R.

    2017-11-01

    We give a pedagogical review of the computation of Gromov-Witten invariants via localization in 2D gauged linear sigma models. We explain the relationship between the two-sphere partition function of the theory and the Kähler potential on the conformal manifold. We show how the Kähler potential can be assembled from classical, perturbative, and non-perturbative contributions, and explain how the non-perturbative contributions are related to the Gromov-Witten invariants of the corresponding Calabi-Yau manifold. We then explain how localization enables efficient calculation of the two-sphere partition function and, ultimately, the Gromov-Witten invariants themselves. This is a contribution to the review issue ‘Localization techniques in quantum field theories’ (ed V Pestun and M Zabzine) which contains 17 chapters, available at [1].

  7. Efficient two-component relativistic method for large systems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nakai, Hiromi; Research Institute for Science and Engineering, Waseda University, Tokyo 169-8555; CREST, Japan Science and Technology Agency, 4-1-8 Honcho, Kawaguchi, Saitama 332-0012

    This paper reviews a series of theoretical studies to develop efficient two-component (2c) relativistic method for large systems by the author’s group. The basic theory is the infinite-order Douglas-Kroll-Hess (IODKH) method for many-electron Dirac-Coulomb Hamiltonian. The local unitary transformation (LUT) scheme can effectively produce the 2c relativistic Hamiltonian, and the divide-and-conquer (DC) method can achieve linear-scaling of Hartree-Fock and electron correlation methods. The frozen core potential (FCP) theoretically connects model potential calculations with the all-electron ones. The accompanying coordinate expansion with a transfer recurrence relation (ACE-TRR) scheme accelerates the computations of electron repulsion integrals with high angular momenta and longmore » contractions.« less

  8. Influence of magnetic flutter on tearing growth in linear and nonlinear theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kreifels, L.; Hornsby, W. A.; Weikl, A.; Peeters, A. G.

    2018-06-01

    Recent simulations of tearing modes in turbulent regimes show an unexpected enhancement in the growth rate. In this paper the effect is investigated analytically. The enhancement is linked to the influence of turbulent magnetic flutter, which is modelled by diffusion terms in magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) momentum balance and Ohm’s law. Expressions for the linear growth rate as well as the island width in nonlinear theory for small amplitudes are derived. The results indicate an enhanced linear growth rate and a larger linear layer width compared with resistive MHD. Also the island width in the nonlinear regime grows faster in the diffusive model. These observations correspond well to simulations in which the effect of turbulence on the magnetic island width and tearing mode growth is analyzed.

  9. Drag reduction by a linear viscosity profile.

    PubMed

    De Angelis, Elisabetta; Casciola, Carlo M; L'vov, Victor S; Pomyalov, Anna; Procaccia, Itamar; Tiberkevich, Vasil

    2004-11-01

    Drag reduction by polymers in turbulent flows raises an apparent contradiction: the stretching of the polymers must increase the viscosity, so why is the drag reduced? A recent theory proposed that drag reduction, in agreement with experiments, is consistent with the effective viscosity growing linearly with the distance from the wall. With this self-consistent solution the reduction in the Reynolds stress overwhelms the increase in viscous drag. In this Rapid Communication we show, using direct numerical simulations, that a linear viscosity profile indeed reduces the drag in agreement with the theory and in close correspondence with direct simulations of the FENE-P model at the same flow conditions.

  10. Linear control theory for gene network modeling.

    PubMed

    Shin, Yong-Jun; Bleris, Leonidas

    2010-09-16

    Systems biology is an interdisciplinary field that aims at understanding complex interactions in cells. Here we demonstrate that linear control theory can provide valuable insight and practical tools for the characterization of complex biological networks. We provide the foundation for such analyses through the study of several case studies including cascade and parallel forms, feedback and feedforward loops. We reproduce experimental results and provide rational analysis of the observed behavior. We demonstrate that methods such as the transfer function (frequency domain) and linear state-space (time domain) can be used to predict reliably the properties and transient behavior of complex network topologies and point to specific design strategies for synthetic networks.

  11. ORACLS- OPTIMAL REGULATOR ALGORITHMS FOR THE CONTROL OF LINEAR SYSTEMS (CDC VERSION)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Armstrong, E. S.

    1994-01-01

    This control theory design package, called Optimal Regulator Algorithms for the Control of Linear Systems (ORACLS), was developed to aid in the design of controllers and optimal filters for systems which can be modeled by linear, time-invariant differential and difference equations. Optimal linear quadratic regulator theory, currently referred to as the Linear-Quadratic-Gaussian (LQG) problem, has become the most widely accepted method of determining optimal control policy. Within this theory, the infinite duration time-invariant problems, which lead to constant gain feedback control laws and constant Kalman-Bucy filter gains for reconstruction of the system state, exhibit high tractability and potential ease of implementation. A variety of new and efficient methods in the field of numerical linear algebra have been combined into the ORACLS program, which provides for the solution to time-invariant continuous or discrete LQG problems. The ORACLS package is particularly attractive to the control system designer because it provides a rigorous tool for dealing with multi-input and multi-output dynamic systems in both continuous and discrete form. The ORACLS programming system is a collection of subroutines which can be used to formulate, manipulate, and solve various LQG design problems. The ORACLS program is constructed in a manner which permits the user to maintain considerable flexibility at each operational state. This flexibility is accomplished by providing primary operations, analysis of linear time-invariant systems, and control synthesis based on LQG methodology. The input-output routines handle the reading and writing of numerical matrices, printing heading information, and accumulating output information. The basic vector-matrix operations include addition, subtraction, multiplication, equation, norm construction, tracing, transposition, scaling, juxtaposition, and construction of null and identity matrices. The analysis routines provide for the following computations: the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of real matrices; the relative stability of a given matrix; matrix factorization; the solution of linear constant coefficient vector-matrix algebraic equations; the controllability properties of a linear time-invariant system; the steady-state covariance matrix of an open-loop stable system forced by white noise; and the transient response of continuous linear time-invariant systems. The control law design routines of ORACLS implement some of the more common techniques of time-invariant LQG methodology. For the finite-duration optimal linear regulator problem with noise-free measurements, continuous dynamics, and integral performance index, a routine is provided which implements the negative exponential method for finding both the transient and steady-state solutions to the matrix Riccati equation. For the discrete version of this problem, the method of backwards differencing is applied to find the solutions to the discrete Riccati equation. A routine is also included to solve the steady-state Riccati equation by the Newton algorithms described by Klein, for continuous problems, and by Hewer, for discrete problems. Another routine calculates the prefilter gain to eliminate control state cross-product terms in the quadratic performance index and the weighting matrices for the sampled data optimal linear regulator problem. For cases with measurement noise, duality theory and optimal regulator algorithms are used to calculate solutions to the continuous and discrete Kalman-Bucy filter problems. Finally, routines are included to implement the continuous and discrete forms of the explicit (model-in-the-system) and implicit (model-in-the-performance-index) model following theory. These routines generate linear control laws which cause the output of a dynamic time-invariant system to track the output of a prescribed model. In order to apply ORACLS, the user must write an executive (driver) program which inputs the problem coefficients, formulates and selects the routines to be used to solve the problem, and specifies the desired output. There are three versions of ORACLS source code available for implementation: CDC, IBM, and DEC. The CDC version has been implemented on a CDC 6000 series computer with a central memory of approximately 13K (octal) of 60 bit words. The CDC version is written in FORTRAN IV, was developed in 1978, and last updated in 1989. The IBM version has been implemented on an IBM 370 series computer with a central memory requirement of approximately 300K of 8 bit bytes. The IBM version is written in FORTRAN IV and was generated in 1981. The DEC version has been implemented on a VAX series computer operating under VMS. The VAX version is written in FORTRAN 77 and was generated in 1986.

  12. ORACLS- OPTIMAL REGULATOR ALGORITHMS FOR THE CONTROL OF LINEAR SYSTEMS (DEC VAX VERSION)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Frisch, H.

    1994-01-01

    This control theory design package, called Optimal Regulator Algorithms for the Control of Linear Systems (ORACLS), was developed to aid in the design of controllers and optimal filters for systems which can be modeled by linear, time-invariant differential and difference equations. Optimal linear quadratic regulator theory, currently referred to as the Linear-Quadratic-Gaussian (LQG) problem, has become the most widely accepted method of determining optimal control policy. Within this theory, the infinite duration time-invariant problems, which lead to constant gain feedback control laws and constant Kalman-Bucy filter gains for reconstruction of the system state, exhibit high tractability and potential ease of implementation. A variety of new and efficient methods in the field of numerical linear algebra have been combined into the ORACLS program, which provides for the solution to time-invariant continuous or discrete LQG problems. The ORACLS package is particularly attractive to the control system designer because it provides a rigorous tool for dealing with multi-input and multi-output dynamic systems in both continuous and discrete form. The ORACLS programming system is a collection of subroutines which can be used to formulate, manipulate, and solve various LQG design problems. The ORACLS program is constructed in a manner which permits the user to maintain considerable flexibility at each operational state. This flexibility is accomplished by providing primary operations, analysis of linear time-invariant systems, and control synthesis based on LQG methodology. The input-output routines handle the reading and writing of numerical matrices, printing heading information, and accumulating output information. The basic vector-matrix operations include addition, subtraction, multiplication, equation, norm construction, tracing, transposition, scaling, juxtaposition, and construction of null and identity matrices. The analysis routines provide for the following computations: the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of real matrices; the relative stability of a given matrix; matrix factorization; the solution of linear constant coefficient vector-matrix algebraic equations; the controllability properties of a linear time-invariant system; the steady-state covariance matrix of an open-loop stable system forced by white noise; and the transient response of continuous linear time-invariant systems. The control law design routines of ORACLS implement some of the more common techniques of time-invariant LQG methodology. For the finite-duration optimal linear regulator problem with noise-free measurements, continuous dynamics, and integral performance index, a routine is provided which implements the negative exponential method for finding both the transient and steady-state solutions to the matrix Riccati equation. For the discrete version of this problem, the method of backwards differencing is applied to find the solutions to the discrete Riccati equation. A routine is also included to solve the steady-state Riccati equation by the Newton algorithms described by Klein, for continuous problems, and by Hewer, for discrete problems. Another routine calculates the prefilter gain to eliminate control state cross-product terms in the quadratic performance index and the weighting matrices for the sampled data optimal linear regulator problem. For cases with measurement noise, duality theory and optimal regulator algorithms are used to calculate solutions to the continuous and discrete Kalman-Bucy filter problems. Finally, routines are included to implement the continuous and discrete forms of the explicit (model-in-the-system) and implicit (model-in-the-performance-index) model following theory. These routines generate linear control laws which cause the output of a dynamic time-invariant system to track the output of a prescribed model. In order to apply ORACLS, the user must write an executive (driver) program which inputs the problem coefficients, formulates and selects the routines to be used to solve the problem, and specifies the desired output. There are three versions of ORACLS source code available for implementation: CDC, IBM, and DEC. The CDC version has been implemented on a CDC 6000 series computer with a central memory of approximately 13K (octal) of 60 bit words. The CDC version is written in FORTRAN IV, was developed in 1978, and last updated in 1986. The IBM version has been implemented on an IBM 370 series computer with a central memory requirement of approximately 300K of 8 bit bytes. The IBM version is written in FORTRAN IV and was generated in 1981. The DEC version has been implemented on a VAX series computer operating under VMS. The VAX version is written in FORTRAN 77 and was generated in 1986.

  13. General relativity as the effective theory of GL(4,R) spontaneous symmetry breaking

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tomboulis, E. T.

    2011-10-15

    We assume a GL(4,R) space-time symmetry which is spontaneously broken to SO(3,1). We carry out the coset construction of the effective theory for the nonlinearly realized broken symmetry in terms of the Goldstone fields and matter fields transforming linearly under the unbroken Lorentz subgroup. We then identify functions of the Goldstone and matter fields that transform linearly also under the broken symmetry. Expressed in terms of these quantities the effective theory reproduces the vierbein formalism of general relativity with general coordinate invariance being automatically realized nonlinearly over GL(4,R). The coset construction makes no assumptions about any underlying theory that mightmore » be responsible for the assumed symmetry breaking. We give a brief discussion of the possibility of field theories with GL(4,R) rather than Lorentz space-time symmetry providing the underlying dynamics.« less

  14. An approximation theory for the identification of nonlinear distributed parameter systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Banks, H. T.; Reich, Simeon; Rosen, I. G.

    1988-01-01

    An abstract approximation framework for the identification of nonlinear distributed parameter systems is developed. Inverse problems for nonlinear systems governed by strongly maximal monotone operators (satisfying a mild continuous dependence condition with respect to the unknown parameters to be identified) are treated. Convergence of Galerkin approximations and the corresponding solutions of finite dimensional approximating identification problems to a solution of the original finite dimensional identification problem is demonstrated using the theory of nonlinear evolution systems and a nonlinear analog of the Trotter-Kato approximation result for semigroups of bounded linear operators. The nonlinear theory developed here is shown to subsume an existing linear theory as a special case. It is also shown to be applicable to a broad class of nonlinear elliptic operators and the corresponding nonlinear parabolic partial differential equations to which they lead. An application of the theory to a quasilinear model for heat conduction or mass transfer is discussed.

  15. hi-class: Horndeski in the Cosmic Linear Anisotropy Solving System

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zumalacárregui, Miguel; Bellini, Emilio; Sawicki, Ignacy

    We present the public version of hi-class (www.hiclass-code.net), an extension of the Boltzmann code CLASS to a broad ensemble of modifications to general relativity. In particular, hi-class can calculate predictions for models based on Horndeski's theory, which is the most general scalar-tensor theory described by second-order equations of motion and encompasses any perfect-fluid dark energy, quintessence, Brans-Dicke, f ( R ) and covariant Galileon models. hi-class has been thoroughly tested and can be readily used to understand the impact of alternative theories of gravity on linear structure formation as well as for cosmological parameter extraction.

  16. Einstein gravity 3-point functions from conformal field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Afkhami-Jeddi, Nima; Hartman, Thomas; Kundu, Sandipan; Tajdini, Amirhossein

    2017-12-01

    We study stress tensor correlation functions in four-dimensional conformal field theories with large N and a sparse spectrum. Theories in this class are expected to have local holographic duals, so effective field theory in anti-de Sitter suggests that the stress tensor sector should exhibit universal, gravity-like behavior. At the linearized level, the hallmark of locality in the emergent geometry is that stress tensor three-point functions 〈 T T T 〉, normally specified by three constants, should approach a universal structure controlled by a single parameter as the gap to higher spin operators is increased. We demonstrate this phenomenon by a direct CFT calculation. Stress tensor exchange, by itself, violates causality and unitarity unless the three-point functions are carefully tuned, and the unique consistent choice exactly matches the prediction of Einstein gravity. Under some assumptions about the other potential contributions, we conclude that this structure is universal, and in particular, that the anomaly coefficients satisfy a ≈ c as conjectured by Camanho et al. The argument is based on causality of a four-point function, with kinematics designed to probe bulk locality, and invokes the chaos bound of Maldacena, Shenker, and Stanford.

  17. zeldovich-PLT: Zel'dovich approximation initial conditions generator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eisenstein, Daniel; Garrison, Lehman

    2016-05-01

    zeldovich-PLT generates Zel'dovich approximation (ZA) initial conditions (i.e. first-order Lagrangian perturbation theory) for cosmological N-body simulations, optionally applying particle linear theory (PLT) corrections.

  18. Recent developments in linear theta-pinch research: experiment and theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    McKenna, K.F.; Bartsch, R.R.; Commisso, R.J.

    1978-01-01

    High energy plasmas offusion interest can be generated in linear theta pinches. However, end losses present a fundamental limitation on the plasma containment time. This paper discusses recent progress in end-loss and end-stoppering experiments and in the theoretical understanding of linear theta-pinch physics.

  19. Kinks in higher derivative scalar field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhong, Yuan; Guo, Rong-Zhen; Fu, Chun-E.; Liu, Yu-Xiao

    2018-07-01

    We study static kink configurations in a type of two-dimensional higher derivative scalar field theory whose Lagrangian contains second-order derivative terms of the field. The linear fluctuation around arbitrary static kink solutions is analyzed. We find that, the linear spectrum can be described by a supersymmetric quantum mechanics problem, and the criteria for stable static solutions can be given analytically. We also construct a superpotential formalism for finding analytical static kink solutions. Using this formalism we first reproduce some existed solutions and then offer a new solution. The properties of our solution is studied and compared with those preexisted. We also show the possibility in constructing twinlike model in the higher derivative theory, and give the consistency conditions for twinlike models corresponding to the canonical scalar field theory.

  20. Scalar and vector perturbations in a universe with discrete and continuous matter sources

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Eingorn, Maxim; Kiefer, Claus; Zhuk, Alexander, E-mail: maxim.eingorn@gmail.com, E-mail: kiefer@thp.uni-koeln.de, E-mail: ai.zhuk2@gmail.com

    We study a universe filled with dust-like matter in the form of discrete inhomogeneities (e.g., galaxies and their groups and clusters) and two sets of perfect fluids with linear and nonlinear equations of state, respectively. The background spacetime geometry is defined by the FLRW metric. In the weak gravitational field limit, we develop the first-order scalar and vector cosmological perturbation theory. Our approach works at all cosmological scales (i.e. sub-horizon and super-horizon ones) and incorporates linear and nonlinear effects with respect to energy density fluctuations. We demonstrate that the scalar perturbation (i.e. the gravitational potential) as well as the vectormore » perturbation can be split into individual contributions from each matter source. Each of these contributions satisfies its own equation. The velocity-independent parts of the individual gravitational potentials are characterized by a finite time-dependent Yukawa interaction range being the same for each individual contribution. We also obtain the exact form of the gravitational potential and vector perturbation related to the discrete matter sources. The self-consistency of our approach is thoroughly checked. The derived equations can form the theoretical basis for numerical simulations for a wide class of cosmological models.« less

Top